 |
Play
by Play - Fighter's Fight Commentary
|
Event:
WP 100
Date: Apr 24, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 120 wins and 89 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 29 wins and 18 losses; Roman Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, Sam Margolis and Andrew Berry.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Nice sprawl there from Sparxx as Kersikov shoots in.
Kersikov misses with a takedown attempt - Sparxx sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.#TD#
Sparxx closes the distance and gets a double leg, slamming Kersikov to the mat! Kersikov manages to get full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Kersikov
Our spies down at at KFA inform us that Kersikov has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kersikov wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Kersikov manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T1#
Kersikov wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T2#
Kersikov seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T3#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is keeping the position.
Kersikov looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx won't allow Kersikov to sweep him here. #T4#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily. #T5#
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T6#
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Kersikov is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T7#
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Kersikov won't allow it.
Kersikov is trying to control but can't.
#T8#
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Kersikov defends it. #T9#
Kersikov is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Kersikov! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Kersikov
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T10#
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Kersikov keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T11#
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Kersikov is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Kersikov tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it. #T12#
Kersikov tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Kersikov
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
I would not like to be Kersikov right now.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Kersikov for as long as he can get away with.
Kersikov is in a world of trouble here. He's outmatched on the ground here and he'd better get Sparxx off his back sharpish unless he wants to be submitted.#T13#
Kersikov tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Sparxx is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Kersikov tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
#T14#
Sparxx has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Kersikov's body.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Kersikov manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Kersikov.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Kersikov
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kersikov slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 99
Date: Apr 20, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 119 wins and 89 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 30 losses; Tyron Scott!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, Daniel Bishop and Chris Edwards.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Sparxx showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Scott
Sparxx controlling the pace.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Scott won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount. #T1#
Scott is concentrating on defense, preventing Sparxx from advancing position.
Scott has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Scott won't allow it.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Scott defends it. #T2#
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T3#
Scott wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #T4#
Sparxx is thwarting Scott's attempts to control the position.
Scott is trying to get back to full guard.#T5#
Scott desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Scott tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Scott is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #T6##SUB#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Scott defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx stalling.
Scott tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T7#
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T8#
Scott tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Scott manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Scott is working from the bottom. #T9#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T10#
Scott trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Scott has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Scott keeps moving. #T11#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T12#
Scott has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Scott is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Scott is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx works a leg free and moves into half guard. #T13#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Scott is trying to get back to full guard.#T14#
Scott is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx stalling.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 2 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Tyrone Sparxx, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 98
Date: Apr 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 60 losses; Strega Notturna! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 118 wins and 89 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, Sam Margolis and James Atkins.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Sparxx scores with a takedown into Notturna's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Notturna (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Notturna has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Notturna pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Notturna swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
Notturna has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Notturna has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Notturna tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Notturna trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Notturna is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.
Notturna being controlled here, momentarily. #T2#
Notturna is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Notturna looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Notturna swivels though and keeps the full guard.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Notturna tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Notturna is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Notturna wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Notturna there! Score +3 for passing guard: Notturna (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
We've been hearing good reports from Notturna's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Notturna is working to get back to half guard.
Notturna is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #T4#
Notturna tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Notturna is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Notturna wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Notturna is working to get back to half guard.
Notturna tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Notturna is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Notturna can't escape the position.
#T5#
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Notturna to control.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T6#
Notturna wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx wants to take Notturna's back here but Notturna is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Notturna is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Notturna is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Sparxx has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Notturna (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx is riding his opponent, not letting Notturna buck him off. #T7#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Notturna is really stuck here.
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
#T8#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Notturna tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
#T9#
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Notturna is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx is trying to stick to Notturna's back but Notturna is turning into Sparxx. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Sparxx's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Notturna. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Notturna (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Notturna tries to pass.
Notturna has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.
Sparxx seems keen to control Notturna's posture.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T10#
Notturna wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Notturna controls from within his opponent's guard.
Notturna wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Notturna wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Notturna controls the pace.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T11#
Notturna trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Notturna tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Notturna slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Notturna from controlling successfully.
Notturna is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Notturna has managed to sneak the leg through.#T12#
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Notturna sits in half guard.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Notturna's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Notturna's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Notturna (2) vs (12) Sparxx
I really don't envy Notturna right now.
Notturna looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Notturna is in bad spot here.
#T13#
Notturna trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Notturna wants to escape the position.
Sparxx is riding his opponent, not letting Notturna buck him off.
Notturna trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
What can Notturna do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Sparxx gets his hands free as Notturna looks to control.
Notturna can't escape the position.
#T14##SUB2#
Sparxx has his arm under Notturna's chin here. Game over son! Sparxx squeezes tightly and Notturna is forced to tap out!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:22 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
After winning the bout, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 97
Date: Apr 13, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 117 wins and 89 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 81 wins and 50 losses; Jackson Ramirez!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, James Glass and Colin Fotheringham.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Sparxx manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Ramirez on his heels. He'll look to pass Ramirez's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Ramirez
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Ramirez
Ramirez is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ramirez looking for a sweep but Sparxx has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (0) Ramirez
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Ramirez is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.#T1#
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Ramirez is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx controlling his opponent. #T2#
Ramirez keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Ramirez keeps trying to improve his position.
Ramirez is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Ramirez tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T3#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Ramirez tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T4#
Ramirez has given up his back here.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Ramirez
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Ramirez tries to break free.
Ramirez has the hand control, trying to stop the rear naked choke. #T5#
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Ramirez tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T6##SUB#
Sparxx is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Ramirez has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
Sparxx slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
I really don't envy Ramirez right now.
I would not like to be Ramirez right now.
Ramirez tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
#T7#
Sparxx controls the action.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Ramirez is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Ramirez tries to break free.
#T8#
Sparxx avoiding Ramirez 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Ramirez doesn't escape. #T9#
Sparxx avoiding Ramirez 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx controls the position.#T10#
Ramirez turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (2) Ramirez
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Ramirez's corner is telling him to maintain position.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Ramirez preventing the sweep. #T11#
Ramirez is looking to pass into half guard but Sparxx pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Sparxx is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (2) Ramirez
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Ramirez is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Ramirez seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now. #T12#
Ramirez is trying to hold Sparxx in close to prevent damage but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
Ramirez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T13#
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Ramirez is looking to get back to full guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (15) vs (2) Ramirez
Sparxx taking a breather here. #T14#
Ramirez is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Ramirez denies him.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 15 to 2.
A relieved looking Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 96
Date: Apr 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 117 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 29 losses; Tyron Scott!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, Paul Tew and Daniel Bishop.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Scott changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Sparxx looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Scott
Scott controls the position.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx tries to buck Scott off but Scott is having none of it.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Scott is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Sparxx's shoulder. That is not cool.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Scott wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx looking for a sweep but Scott has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (6) Scott
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Scott's attempts to control the action. #T2#
Scott controlling the pace for now.
Scott prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Scott takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T3#
Sparxx tries to hold on but Scott pushes him away.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Scott keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.#T4#
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Scott engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx managing to control the position. #T5#
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T6#
Scott looking to pass the guard.
My spies in Hammer House of Horror inform me that Scott has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Scott slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx controlling the position.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Scott wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T7#
Scott slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Scott's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (6) Scott
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Scott can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.#T8#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T9#
Scott looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Scott keeps moving. #T10#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Scott is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T11#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Scott controlling Sparxx's posture. #T12#
Scott keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Scott looking to control.
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Scott won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.#T13#
Scott trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Scott is trying to get back to full guard.
Scott controlling the position for now.#T14#
Sparxx stalling.
Scott won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Scott won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Scott wins on points by 6 to 2.
Tyron Scott is the new super heavyweight champion!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyron Scott thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 95
Date: Apr 06, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 116 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 58 losses; Long Wang!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Paul Tew and Phil Schofield.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Wang has managed to clinch.
Wang has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Sparxx after a bit of a struggle. #TD2#
Wang has Sparxx pressed up against the ropes. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Wang pulls back from the ropes and twists to the side, sending Sparxx tumbling to the mat - Wang dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Wang
Wang trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Wang sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx controlling the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Wang controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx has his hands on Wang's head, controlling the position.
Wang engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T1#
Wang stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Wang wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Wang engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Wang wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T2#
Wang is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Wang trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Wang not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Wang content to stall in guard here.
Wang trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T3#
Wang tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Wang works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Wang is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Let's hope that Wang has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Wang seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Wang is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#T4#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at House of 1000 Corpses, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Wang's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Wang's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) Wang
Sparxx controls the position.
Wang trying to control the position but Sparxx manages to sink in the hooks.
You can see the frustration on Wang's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
#T5#
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Wang rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
Wang rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Wang trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T6#
Wang is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Wang tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Wang works his way to full guard. Good work.
Wang looking for a sweep. Not yet Wang, not yet. #T7#
Wang looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Wang keeps moving.
Wang looking to control.
Sparxx trying to control but Wang is working from the bottom. #T8#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Wang is retaining full guard.
Wang keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Our spies down at at Average Judas Gym inform us that Wang has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Wang is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T9#
Wang is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Wang keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Wang trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T10#
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Wang is adopting a defensive guard.
Wang keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T11#
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Wang trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily. #T12#
Wang trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Wang trying to control the position here. #T13#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Wang keeps moving.
Wang has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Wang is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up. #T14#
Wang wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
Wang tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Wang trying to control here.
Wang wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Wang keeps working.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 4 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Long Wang spoke after the fight, saying 'No worries. Everyone here knows my opponent has a bad habit of testing positive for PEDs, so I'm sure this fight will soon be ruled a 'No Contest' by the Athletic Commission.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 94
Date: Apr 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 115 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 50 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fotheringham, Sam Margolis and Phil Schofield.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Ignatowski.
Ignatowski will have to do better than that with his takedown attempts.#TD2#
Sparxx gets caught napping as Ignatowski dives in and scores a takedown. Sparxx manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Ignatowski
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ignatowski from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is pulling down on Ignatowski's head to control his posture.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ignatowski trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T1#
Ignatowski is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Ignatowski passes into half guard.
Sparxx gets full guard.
Ignatowski has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to prevent any damage.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Ignatowski advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T2#
Ignatowski is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Ignatowski is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Ignatowski is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to prevent any damage. #T3#
Sparxx continues to stall.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is pulling down on Ignatowski's head. It's preventing any offense from Ignatowski, at least for the moment.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T4#
Ignatowski looking to pass the guard.
Ignatowski looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Ignatowski
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Ignatowski wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard. #T5#
Ignatowski trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Ignatowski wants to sweep but no luck.
Ignatowski trying to control the position.
Ignatowski is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T6#
Sparxx postures up.
Ignatowski looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Ignatowski is keeping the position.
Ignatowski is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ignatowski is retaining full guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #SUB2#
Ignatowski has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.#T7#
Ignatowski is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Ignatowski lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Ignatowski
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ignatowski from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is controlling Ignatowski's posture.#T8#
Ignatowski pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Ignatowski is one step ahead there.
Ignatowski wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Ignatowski passes into half guard.
Ignatowski tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it. #T9#
Ignatowski seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #SUB2#
Ignatowski is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Ignatowski is stalling here. Sparxx is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Ignatowski seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Sparxx has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (6) vs (4) Ignatowski
Ignatowski seems a little lost for a moment, as Sparxx dominates the positioning.
Ignatowski is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #T10#
Sparxx is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Ignatowski will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Ignatowski is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but can't.
Sparxx is staying tight to Ignatowski's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Ignatowski is looking to reverse the position.
Ignatowski can't do much from the bottom here. #T11#
You can see the frustration on Ignatowski's face as Sparxx controls the position.
Ignatowski tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx slows the pace down.
Ignatowski is looking to reverse the position.
You can see the frustration on Ignatowski's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Ignatowski tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T12#
Ignatowski is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Ignatowski is trying to improve his position.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet. #T13#
Ignatowski looking for a sweep but Sparxx has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (8) vs (4) Ignatowski
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Sparxx is looking to work his way around to Ignatowski's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Ignatowski regains half guard.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Ignatowski tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T14#
Ignatowski preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Ignatowski is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ignatowski is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Sparxx jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (11) vs (4) Ignatowski
Ignatowski is looking for a sweep.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 11 to 4.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A relieved looking Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 93
Date: Mar 30, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 114 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 73 wins and 33 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are James Ackerman, Phil Schofield and James Glass.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez keeps the fight standing with a nice sprawl.
Rodriquez changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt.
Rodriquez with the counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it easily.#TD#
Sparxx drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Rodriquez
Rodriquez seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez is continuing to stall.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T1#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx controlling the action here. #T2#
Rodriquez moves into full guard.
Rodriquez looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T3#
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Rodriquez
Rodriquez keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling his opponent. #T4#
Rodriquez tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T5#
Rodriquez has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Rodriquez
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.
Rodriquez has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx avoiding Rodriquez 's attempts to control his hands.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Rodriquez is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T6#
Sparxx has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Rodriquez's body.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T7#
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Rodriquez tries to break free.
#T8#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T9#
Sparxx gets his hands free as Rodriquez looks to control.
Rodriquez tries to escape the position.
#SUB#
Sparxx is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Rodriquez defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined. #T10#
Rodriquez tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Sparxx is not going to allow Rodriquez to sit and survive in this position.
Sparxx controlling from the back.#T11#
Rodriquez trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in. #T12#
Sparxx tries to keep control of the position but Rodriquez is staying busy.
You can see the frustration on Rodriquez's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
What can Rodriquez do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Rodriquez is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T13#
Rodriquez trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Rodriquez is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Sparxx controls the action.
Sparxx avoiding Rodriquez 's attempts to control his hands.
Good control from Sparxx.#SUB#
Sparxx working for the choke. #T14#
Sparxx is hanging on to Rodriquez's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping busy.
Rodriquez just looking to survive in the bad position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 92
Date: Mar 27, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 113 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 57 losses; Long Wang!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Andrew Berry and Sam Margolis.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown but Wang manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Sparxx's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.
Sparxx throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Wang's waist but Wang gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Sparxx off to one side.
Sparxx tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Wang swivels and escapes.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Wang slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.#CL2#
Wang forces Sparxx back against the cage and clinches.
Wang has Sparxx pressed up against the cage and is working for takedown. Sparxx manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing.
Sparxx prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx jumps guard but his hands slip and he falls flat on his back. Well, he's made himself look a right mug there, as Wang walks away with a smile on his face. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet and shakes his head. #CL2#
Wang has managed to clinch.
Sparxx prevents a takedown attempt there.
#TD2#
Wang wants the takedown. Sparxx is fighting it off but Wang persists and manages to bring the fight to the ground, ending up in Sparxx's guard against the cage. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Wang
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Wang pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Wang content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T1#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Wang is controlling well.
Wang sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sparxx controlling the position for now.#T2#
Wang controlling the action here.
Sparxx controlling the position for now.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Wang is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Wang content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
It looks like Wang might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T3#
Wang is continuing to stall.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Wang, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Wang seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Let's hope that Wang has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Wang controlling the action here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T4#
Sparxx is looking to control Wang's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Wang working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Sparxx's thigh. Sparxx counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Wang from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Wang engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Wang wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T5#
Wang is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Wang trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Wang tries to pass.
Wang trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Wang is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Wang tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Wang's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Wang content to stall in guard here. #T7#
Wang passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Wang seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Wang trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Wang wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Wang trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Wang is controlling the pace.
#T8#
Wang trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Wang keeps him under control.
Wang keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Wang passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Wang
Sparxx is being controlled here.
Wang's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T9#
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx prevents Wang from moving into mount.
Wang is trying to move to mount but Sparxx reverses beautifully and ends up in Wang's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Wang
Wang is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx pushes down on Wang's leg and manages to get into half guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T10#
Wang wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Wang desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T11#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Wang defending well.
Wang slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T12#
Sparxx stays in close to Wang's body and controls the position.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Wang is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture. #T13#
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (5) Wang
Sparxx just content to control the position.
Wang is looking for a sweep.#T14#
Sparxx staying calm.
Wang manages to get back to half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Sparxx is heads and Wang is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... heads!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 6 to 5.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
Long Wang spoke after the fight, saying 'No worries. Everyone here knows my opponent has a bad habit of testing positive for PEDs, so I'm sure this fight will soon be ruled a 'No Contest' by the Athletic Commission.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 91
Date: Mar 23, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 32 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 112 wins and 88 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Bishop, Paul Tew and Andrew Berry.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in but Rodriquez avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Rodriquez feinted with a counter takedown.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown but Rodriquez manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Sparxx's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.#TD2#
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Rodriquez to the ground. Sparxx is now in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
Rodriquez is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T1#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Rodriquez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T2#
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez trying to control the position.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Rodriquez wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T3#
Rodriquez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx passes Rodriquez's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Rodriquez is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard. #T4#
Rodriquez tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Rodriquez defending well. #T5#
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.
The fighters are battling for position here. Rodriquez manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
#T6#
Rodriquez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Rodriquez continues to stall.#T7#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T8#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rodriquez is keeping the position for now. #T9#
Rodriquez bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Rodriquez controls the pace.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T10#
Sparxx is trying to keep Rodriquez in close.
Rodriquez being controlled here momentarily.
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #T11#
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx is controlling Rodriquez's posture.
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Rodriquez stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T12#
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Rodriquez looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T13#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture. #T14#
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Rodriquez looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 4 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 90
Date: Mar 20, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 71 wins and 32 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 112 wins and 87 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, Daniel Bishop and James Ackerman.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Rodriquez leaves Sparxx with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Rodriquez appears to be looking for a counter takedown.
Sparxx dives in for a single leg takedown but Rodriquez sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.
Rodriquez slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.
Nick Rodriquez has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx has his takedown stuffed#TD#
and Rodriquez counters with a driving takedown into guard. Nice work there by Rodriquez. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Rodriquez is proving a slippery customer.
Rodriquez seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #T1#
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T2#
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Rodriquez is one step ahead there.
Sparxx trying to control the position here. #T3#
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T4#
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
Rodriquez pushes down on Sparxx's leg and manages to get into half guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T5#
Rodriquez is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Well, if Rodriquez is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.#T6#
Rodriquez trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Well, if Rodriquez is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Rodriquez seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T7#
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here.
Rodriquez uses his free foot to push down on Sparxx's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.#T8#
Rodriquez perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Rodriquez looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Rodriquez's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx wants to sweep but Rodriquez has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez just content to control the position. #T9#
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx is trying to control Rodriquez's posture but Rodriquez avoids it.
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T10#
Rodriquez tries to advance to mount but can't.
Rodriquez is staying tight to Sparxx's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Sparxx is trying to control Rodriquez's posture but Rodriquez avoids it.
Rodriquez tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs. #T11#
Rodriquez working away.
A bit of a lull in the action here.
Rodriquez working away.
Rodriquez is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Sparxx tries to buck Rodriquez off but Rodriquez is having none of it.#T12#
Rodriquez controls the position.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well. #T13#
Sparxx trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Rodriquez manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (11) vs (0) Sparxx
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Rodriquez looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T14#
Rodriquez avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Rodriquez trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez controlling his opponent.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 11 to 0.
Nick Rodriquez is the new super heavyweight champion!
After winning the bout, Nick Rodriquez thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 89
Date: Mar 16, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 111 wins and 87 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 56 losses; Long Wang!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, Richard Clark and Donald Grub.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Sparxx closes the distance and gets a double leg, slamming Wang to the mat! Wang manages to get full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Wang
Wang is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Wang is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.#T1#
Sparxx passes Wang's left leg - he's now in half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Wang controlling the position well.
Sparxx controlling the pace. #T2#
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx is pressing down on Wang's thigh, looking to free his foot. Wang is holding on for now.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance. #T3#
Wang tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx prevents Wang from improving his position.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T4#
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
The fighters are battling for position here. Wang manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx postures up.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Wang is keeping the position for now. #T5#
Wang is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Wang pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Wang keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T6#
Further stalling from Sparxx.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Wang is keeping the position.#T7#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Wang looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
If it seems like I'm not saying a lot, it's just because Sparxx is stinking the place up with his stalling.#T8#
Wang wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Wang swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Wang wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T9#
Wang wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T10#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Wang is keeping the position.
Wang looking for a sweep. Not yet Wang, not yet.
Wang being controlled here, momentarily.
Our spies down at at Average Judas Gym inform us that Wang has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?#T11#
Wang controlling Sparxx's posture.
Wang's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T12#
Wang controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx is fighting to break Wang's control of his arms but Wang is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T13#
Wang keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Wang controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T14#
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx is fighting to break Wang's control of his arms but Wang is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 2 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
The defeated Long Wang had this to say: 'No worries. Everyone here knows my opponent has a bad habit of testing positive for PEDs, so I'm sure this fight will soon be ruled a 'No Contest' by the Athletic Commission.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 88
Date: Mar 13, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 110 wins and 87 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 31 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, James Ackerman and Colin Fotheringham.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Rodriquez defends well against a solid takedown attempt from Sparxx.
Rodriquez drops down looking to force a counter takedown but Sparxx defends it well.#TD#
Sparxx throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Rodriquez was covering up waiting for the punch and Sparxx finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Rodriquez
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard. #T1#
Rodriquez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #T2#
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in to control the position. #T3#
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Rodriquez.
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's posture.#T4#
Rodriquez is continuing to stall.
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx stays in close to Rodriquez's body and controls the position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T5#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Rodriquez is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Rodriquez#T6#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) Rodriquez
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Rodriquez for as long as he can get away with.#T7#
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T8#
Rodriquez is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #T9#
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Rodriquez trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T10#
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T11#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Rodriquez.
Rodriquez trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T12#
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T13#
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Sparxx prevents Rodriquez from improving his position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #T14#
Rodriquez regains full guard. Nicely done.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Rodriquez looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 4 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 87
Date: Mar 09, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 30 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 109 wins and 87 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Richard Clark and Steven Brown.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Rodriquez attempts a counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it well and moves away.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx with a poor takedown #TD#
and Rodriquez decides to take the opportunity to score a takedown. He's landed in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Nick Rodriquez has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Rodriquez is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Rodriquez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T1#
Rodriquez content to stall in guard here.
Sparxx controlling the position.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.#T2#
Sparxx has Rodriquez pulled in close to control his posture.
Rodriquez stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez controls the position.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx regains half guard.#T3#
Sparxx is controlling Rodriquez's trapped leg to prevent Rodriquez from advancing to side control.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Rodriquez perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T4#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Rodriquez is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Rodriquez sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T5#
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Rodriquez is controlling well.
Rodriquez wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T6#
Rodriquez seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T7#
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Rodriquez controls the pace.
Rodriquez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T8#
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Rodriquez not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (2) Sparxx#T9#
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T10#
Rodriquez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.#T11#
Rodriquez has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Rodriquez wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Rodriquez there! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T12#
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully. #T13#
Rodriquez tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (5) vs (8) Sparxx
Rodriquez wants to escape the position.
Rodriquez trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him. #T14#
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Rodriquez from escaping the position.
Sparxx controlling from the back.
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 8 to 5.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
Our winner, Tyrone Sparxx, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 86
Date: Mar 06, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 108 wins and 87 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 51 losses; Anthony Lavicci!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Phil Schofield and William Gold.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Lavicci fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Sparxx keeps the fight standing with a nice sprawl.#TD#
Sparxx shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Lavicci
Lavicci keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Lavicci is trying to get back to full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Lavicci trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Lavicci is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lavicci is defending well.
Lavicci is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T2#
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Lavicci tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Lavicci is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.#T3#
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Lavicci knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Lavicci wants to control the action here but instead Sparxx manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Lavicci
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Lavicci is trying desperately to improve position.#T4#
Lavicci wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Lavicci tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Lavicci
I really don't envy Lavicci right now.
Lavicci trying to control the position but Sparxx manages to sink in the hooks. #T5#
Sparxx trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Lavicci doesn't escape.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Lavicci knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Lavicci for a finish.
I really don't envy Lavicci right now.
#T6##SUB#
Sparxx has the hooks in and he's looking for a rear naked choke here. Lavicci is defending well but eventually Sparxx manages to get an arm under the chin and he's locked on the RNC! Lavicci has no choice but to tap now! He does! This one is all over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:24 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 85
Date: Mar 02, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 30 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 108 wins and 86 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, Sam Margolis and Phil Schofield.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx fails to land the takedown.
Rodriquez changes levels looking for a counter takedown but doesn't commit.#TD2#
A momentary lapse in concentration from Rodriquez enables Sparxx to shoot in and score with a neat double leg. Rodriquez manages to secure a closed guard as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx postures up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T1#
Rodriquez is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Rodriquez controlling the pace.
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T2#
Still in half guard, Rodriquez seems content to control.
Rodriquez is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Sparxx reverses the position - he's now on top in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Rodriquez is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (4) Sparxx
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T3#
Rodriquez tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Rodriquez is controlling well.
Rodriquez moves into full mount! Sparxx won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it. #T4#
Sparxx has given up his back here. Will Rodriquez look for the submission or keep pounding away?
Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (10) vs (4) Sparxx
Rodriquez keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Rodriquez.
#T5#
Rodriquez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Rodriquez breaks the grip.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T6#
Sparxx trying to control the action but Rodriquez just sinks the hooks in.
Rodriquez controlling well, preventing Sparxx from escaping the position.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Rodriquez trying to control momentarily.
#T7##SUB#
Sparxx is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Rodriquez is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully. #T8#
A lull in the action here.
Rodriquez biding his time, looking for the opening.
#T9#
Rodriquez is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Rodriquez biding his time, controlling Sparxx.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
#T10#
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
What can Sparxx do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Rodriquez trying to control momentarily.
Rodriquez controlling from the back.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#T11#
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Will Rodriquez go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
#T12#
Rodriquez has good solid back control here.
Sparxx prevents Rodriquez from getting a body triangle.
Sparxx controlling his opponent's hands, preventing the submission attempt.
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Rodriquez.
#T13#
A lull in the action here.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Rodriquez breaks the grip.
Sparxx tries to roll but Rodriquez sticks to his back.
Sparxx just trying to survive but Rodriquez is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish. #T14#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Rodriquez controlling the positon.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Rodriquez has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is trying to break free.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 10 to 4.
Nick Rodriquez is the new super heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Nick Rodriquez made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 84
Date: Feb 28, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 107 wins and 86 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 29 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, Richard Clark and James Glass.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Sparxx.
Rodriquez tries a counter takedown but it's more of a dummy move, and he uses it to push himself away.#TD#
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Rodriquez to the ground. Sparxx is now in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Rodriquez
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Rodriquez
Rodriquez is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping him busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #T1#
Rodriquez is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom here.
Rodriquez has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Rodriquez is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Rodriquez keeps working. #T2#
Rodriquez tries to improve position but can't.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx working away.
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from improving position.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Rodriquez is working away. #T3#
This fight is sponsored by Chainsaw 7. More blood and guts and stuff like that, in cinemas everywhere now!
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Rodriquez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T4#
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Rodriquez is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
The referee asks Sparxx politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Sparxx prefers to stall for the moment though.
Rodriquez tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Sparxx presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (0) Rodriquez#T5#
Rodriquez is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Rodriquez sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Rodriquez is looking to improve his position.
Rodriquez is positioning himself well to prevent Sparxx advancing to mount. #T6#
Rodriquez trying to control from the bottom.
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Rodriquez is working away.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T7#
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Rodriquez is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Rodriquez is a slippery customer.#T8#
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T9#
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Rodriquez is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Rodriquez tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T10#
Rodriquez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Sparxx is controlling the pace.
#T11#
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Rodriquez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Rodriquez is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.#T12#
Rodriquez is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Rodriquez avoid being mounted?
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Rodriquez is holding on to half guard well.
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T13#
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Rodriquez's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Rodriquez
Rodriquez is trying to escape the position but Sparxx is controlling the position.
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
Rodriquez is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T14#
A lull in the action here.
Rodriquez gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (12) vs (0) Rodriquez
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Sparxx has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (15) vs (0) Rodriquez
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 15 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 83
Date: Feb 24, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 28 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 106 wins and 86 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, Andrew Berry and James Atkins.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Rodriquez defends well and Sparxx ends up having to push Rodriquez into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Rodriquez stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Rodriquez wants it to stay on the feet.
Rodriquez slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.
Rodriquez drops down looking for a counter takedown but Sparxx sprawls and moves away.
Nick Rodriquez has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx shoots in for a double leg but Rodriquez sprawls well. That's going to sap some energy.
Sparxx goes for a double leg but Rodriquez avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the cage as Rodriquez continues to drive forward.
Rodriquez displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Sparxx.
Rodriquez attempts a counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it well and moves away.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Rodriquez tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Rodriquez manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Rodriquez appears to be looking for a counter takedown.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx dives in and grabs Rodriquez's left leg, looking for a takedown. Rodriquez pushes down on Sparxx's head and hops out.
Rodriquez appears to be looking for a counter takedown.#TD2#
Sparxx throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Rodriquez was covering up waiting for the punch and Sparxx finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T1#
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T2#
Rodriquez wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Rodriquez there! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Rodriquez tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.#T3#
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Rodriquez wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Rodriquez is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Rodriquez is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T4#
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Rodriquez is looking to escape.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T5#
Sparxx is continuing to stall.
Rodriquez is just holding on here. Sparxx manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (0) vs (8) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx tightening his grip on Rodriquez, looking for the choke.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Rodriquez from escaping the position.
#T6#
What can Rodriquez do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
#T7#
Rodriquez trying to survive by controlling the hands.
Good control from Sparxx.
Rodriquez is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T8#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.
Rodriquez is keeping busy.
Rodriquez trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Rodriquez tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Rodriquez.#T9#
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Rodriquez turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T10#
Rodriquez engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx controlling Rodriquez's posture. #T11#
Rodriquez's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Rodriquez seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to his closed guard and prevents Rodriquez from doing any damage or advancing position.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T12#
Rodriquez sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Rodriquez tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Rodriquez stalling away here and it's allowed Sparxx to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard. #T13#
Rodriquez looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Rodriquez is one step ahead there. #T14#
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Rodriquez haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Rodriquez engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (10) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 10 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 82
Date: Feb 21, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 105 wins and 86 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 50 losses; Xavier Merlin!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, Chris Edwards and James Atkins.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Merlin shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Merlin
Merlin has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Merlin is stalling in the full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck. #T1#
Sparxx has Merlin pulled in close to control his posture.
Merlin looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Merlin from controlling successfully. #T2#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Merlin
Merlin wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Merlin is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T3#
Merlin trying to control here.
Merlin desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Merlin is trying to get back to full guard.#T4#
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Merlin wants to get back to full guard.#T5#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Merlin tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Merlin
Merlin tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away. #T6#
Merlin tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Merlin tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T7#
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Merlin is holding on tight.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Merlin can't escape the position.
#T8#
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T9#
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T10#
Merlin tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Merlin sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Merlin knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T11#
Merlin is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Merlin avoid being mounted?
Sparxx is pressing down on Merlin's thigh, looking to free his foot. Merlin is holding on for now.
Merlin is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Merlin working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard. #T12#
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Merlin for as long as he can get away with.
Sparxx is fighting to break Merlin's control of his arms but Merlin is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Merlin looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T13#
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T14#
Merlin is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Merlin
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx controlling from side mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 2.
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 81
Date: Feb 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 33 losses; Vasiliy Kulik! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 104 wins and 86 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Ackerman, Daniel Bishop and Phil Schofield.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
Tyrone Sparxx seems to be the more aggressive standup fighter in this bout.#CL#
The fight moves into the clinch position.
Kulik tries to take the fight to the ground by pulling guard but can't manage it.
Sparxx goes for a takedown in the clinch but Kulik prevents it.
Kulik is looking for a takedown.
Kulik is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Sparxx pulls him back up using the underhooks.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Vasiliy Kulik. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Kulik tries to pull guard but can't drag his opponent to the mat. Sparxx just stands there and leans against the cage.#TD#
Kulik pulls guard effortlessly.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kulik keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Kulik controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T1#
Kulik is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Kulik has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Kulik looking to control.
#T2#
Kulik bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kulik (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Kulik is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T3#
Kulik being controlled here momentarily.
Kulik not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Kulik preventing the sweep. #T4#
Kulik slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Kulik tries to pass.
Kulik controls from within his opponent's guard. #T5#
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Kulik wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Kulik preventing the sweep.
Kulik passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Kulik keeps him under control.#T6#
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Kulik's back. He's all about the action.
Kulik is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Kulik is one step ahead there.
Kulik really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.#T7#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Kulik controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kulik (2) vs (2) Sparxx#T8#
Kulik tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Kulik seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Kulik's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kulik is retaining full guard.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T9#
Kulik working a defensive guard but Sparxx passes into half guard.
Kulik is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T10#
Kulik wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T11#
Kulik is working hard here to advance position.
Kulik is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Kulik trying to control here.
#T12#
Kulik is controlling Sparxx's trapped leg to prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.
Kulik wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kulik is defending well.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T13#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx is thwarting Kulik's attempts to control the position.#T14#
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Kulik won't allow it.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Kulik is heads and Sparxx is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... tails!
Sparxx wins on points by 3 to 2.
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 80
Date: Feb 14, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 28 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 104 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, Sam Margolis and Donald Grub.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Rodriquez tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Rodriquez manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Sparxx dives in for a single leg takedown but Rodriquez sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.
Rodriquez feinted with a counter takedown.
Sparxx fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Rodriquez avoids it really well and circles away.
Rodriquez attempts a counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it well and moves away.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Nick Rodriquez has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx has his takedown stuffed#TD#
and Rodriquez counters with a shoot takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T1#
Rodriquez wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Rodriquez slows the pace down in half guard.
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T2#
Sparxx is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Rodriquez jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is being controlled here.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Rodriquez controlling the position.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.#T3#
Sparxx stops Rodriquez from passing to mount.
A lull in the action here.
Rodriquez tries to advance to mount but can't. #T4#
Who's going to make the next move?
Rodriquez trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T5#
Rodriquez gets to mount! Sparxx was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Rodriquez's attempts to control the action. #T6#
Rodriquez wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Rodriquez pushes him away.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Rodriquez is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T7#
Rodriquez seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Rodriquez slips nicely into half guard.#T8#
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T9#
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Rodriquez is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T10#
Rodriquez sitting in guard here, content to control. #T11#
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Rodriquez showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Rodriquez looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
#T12#
Rodriquez trying to control here.
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's trapped leg to prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is defending well.
Rodriquez is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T13#
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx is looking to pass Rodriquez's guard but actually Rodriquez recovers to full guard.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T14#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 7 to 2.
Nick Rodriquez retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Nick Rodriquez, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 79
Date: Feb 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 103 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 52 wins and 32 losses; Vasiliy Kulik!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fotheringham, Daniel Bishop and James Glass.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx shoots in but no luck this time.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.#CL2#
Kulik closes the distance and clinches.
Kulik drops down looking for an ankle pick but Sparxx pulls his leg out and moves away.
#CL2#
Kulik gets to the clinch - let's see what his plan is here.#TD2#
Kulik jumps guard and drags Sparxx to the mat. He's obviously going to be looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kulik is looking to improve his position.
Kulik has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T1#
Kulik is trying to get back to full guard.
Kulik trying to control here.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Kulik tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Kulik knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T2#
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Kulik trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T3#
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Kulik is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Kulik trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Kulik holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now. #T4#
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Kulik is a painfully thin specimen of a man. You do wonder whether a good body kick would snap him clean in two.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx is thwarting Kulik's attempts to control the position.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Sparxx is thwarting Kulik's attempts to control the position.#T5#
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (3) vs (0) Kulik
Kulik is looking for a sweep.
A lull in the action here.
You can see the frustration on Kulik's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T6#
Kulik tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kulik being controlled for a moment. #T7#
Kulik tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx has knee on belly momentarily but Kulik bucks him off and regains half guard.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Kulik wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T8#
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Kulik is doing well to control the position and prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T9#
Kulik is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#T10#
Kulik is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Kulik manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (3) vs (2) Kulik
Sparxx is controlling Kulik's posture.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Kulik looking to pass the guard. #T11#
Sparxx is controlling Kulik's posture.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Kulik not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T12#
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Kulik controlling him for the moment.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Kulik wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Kulik stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Kulik is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T13#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Kulik pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx pulls Kulik in close to prevent any damage.
Kulik won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #T14#
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Kulik controlling from the top position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 3 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 78
Date: Feb 07, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 85 wins and 48 losses; Xavier Merlin! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 102 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Chris Edwards and William Gold.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Sparxx is defended easily by Merlin.
Merlin dives in and grabs Sparxx's left leg, looking for a takedown. Sparxx pushes down on Merlin's head and hops out.
Merlin has been working on his balance at KFA, so perhaps that has help him stuff some of the takedown attempts by Sparxx.
Sparxx slaps away a takedown attempt from Merlin, before circling back to the center of the mat.#TD2#
Sparxx closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Merlin did well to prevent Sparxx getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Merlin (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Merlin has a hand on Sparxx's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Sparxx takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Merlin (0) vs (5) Sparxx
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Merlin tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx moves to back control. Score +3 for taking back: Merlin (0) vs (8) Sparxx#T1#
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Merlin from escaping the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Merlin.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Merlin can't escape the position.
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Merlin manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Merlin (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx has Merlin pulled in close to control his posture.
Merlin looking to pass the guard. #T2#
Sparxx controlling the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Merlin is stalling in the full guard.
Merlin being controlled here momentarily.
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T3#
Merlin looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx has control of Merlin's left arm, preventing Merlin from doing any damage.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T4#
Merlin trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Merlin slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Merlin pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Merlin stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Merlin (5) vs (8) Sparxx
Merlin wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T5#
Merlin just content to control the position.
Merlin trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.#T6#
Merlin working away.
Merlin wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Merlin controls the position.
Sparxx manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Merlin is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T7#
Merlin trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx keeping hold of Merlin's head, controlling as best he can.
Merlin content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Merlin is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T8#
Merlin is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Sparxx is pulling down on Merlin's head. It's preventing any offense from Merlin, at least for the moment.
Merlin might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T9#
Sparxx pulls Merlin in close to prevent any damage.
Merlin pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is pulling down on Merlin's head. It's preventing any offense from Merlin, at least for the moment.#T10#
Merlin wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx is pulling down on Merlin's head. It's preventing any offense from Merlin, at least for the moment.#T11#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Merlin from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Merlin controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx controlling Merlin's posture. #T12#
Merlin stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Merlin has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.
Merlin passes into half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Merlin is controlling well.
Well,Merlin is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?#T13#
Merlin seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Merlin is working away from the top position though.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Merlin is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Merlin has managed to sneak the leg through.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Merlin is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Merlin is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T14#
Sparxx won't allow Merlin to pass to mount.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#SUB2#
Merlin avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Merlin controlling him for the moment.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 8 to 5.
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 77
Date: Feb 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 101 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 11 losses; Roman Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are James Glass, James Ackerman and Richard Clark.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Kersikov
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Kersikov tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov wants to get back to full guard.#T1#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is defending well.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard. #T2#
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Kersikov trying to control here.
#T3#
Sparxx not doing much here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T4#
Kersikov is looking to improve his position.
Kersikov makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Kersikov.
Sparxx stays in close to Kersikov's body and controls the position.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck. #T5#
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kersikov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Kersikov.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard. #T6#
Kersikov looking to control.
Kersikov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T7#
Kersikov keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T8#
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Kersikov for as long as he can get away with.
Our spies down at at KFA inform us that Kersikov has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Kersikov is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx pushes down on Kersikov's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T9#
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Kersikov tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T10#
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Kersikov is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T11#
Kersikov controlling the position for now.
Kersikov tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Kersikov is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx is controlling the pace.
#T12#
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T13#
Sparxx trying to advance position but Kersikov counters by regaining guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck.
Kersikov is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T14#
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Kersikov
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Kersikov blocks the move with his legs.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 5 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 76
Date: Jan 31, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 100 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 70 losses; Billy Turturro!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Paul Tew and Colin Fotheringham.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Horrible takedown attempt by Turturro or perhaps it was just good defense by Sparxx, which made it look bad. #TD#
Sparxx dives in and scores a takedown into Turturro's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Turturro
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Turturro looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Turturro wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Turturro is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Turturro is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T1##SUB2#
Turturro looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Sparxx passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Turturro
Turturro being controlled for a moment.
Turturro gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard. #T2#
Turturro is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Turturro wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Turturro desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Sparxx is thwarting Turturro's attempts to control the position.#T3#
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Turturro trying to control here.
Turturro is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Turturro is trying to control but can't.
#T4#
Turturro works his way to full guard. Good work.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Turturro wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx prevents Turturro from improving his position.
Turturro trying to control here.
#T5#
Turturro is trying to control but Sparxx passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Turturro
Turturro is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling from side mount.
Turturro looks to move to half guard but instead Sparxx has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Turturro#T6#
Turturro is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Turturro looks out of his depth in this position - he's holding on tight.
Turturro is trying to escape the mount.
#T7#
Turturro keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Turturro is wriggling around trying to escape.
Turturro wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Turturro is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.#T8#
Sparxx controlling his opponent. #T9#
Turturro can't escape the position.
Turturro wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Turturro working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Turturro tries to control Sparxx's body but Sparxx pushes him off. Turturro squirms to his side and now Sparxx has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (13) vs (0) Turturro#T10#
Turturro is in bad spot here.
Sparxx avoiding Turturro 's attempts to control his hands.
Turturro is really stuck here.
Turturro manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Turturro.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (13) vs (2) Turturro
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T11#
My spies in Blacktalians MMA II inform me that Turturro has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx pulls Turturro in close to prevent any damage.
Turturro passes into half guard.
Turturro trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Turturro is controlling well.
#T12#
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Turturro is looking to pass into half guard but Sparxx pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Sparxx is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (15) vs (2) Turturro
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #SUB2#
Turturro escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Turturro looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T13#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx is pushing down on Turturro's leg trying to pass to half guard. Turturro is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Turturro won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Turturro has a hand on Sparxx's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Sparxx takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (18) vs (2) Turturro
Turturro looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (21) vs (2) Turturro
Sparxx is not going to allow Turturro to sit and survive in this position. #T14#
Turturro is really stuck here.
I would not like to be Turturro right now.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Turturro for as long as he can get away with.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Turturro turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (21) vs (4) Turturro
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 21 to 4.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 75
Date: Jan 27, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 85 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 55 losses; Moldy Jello!
The judges for this bout are James Glass, William Gold and Steven Brown.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Jello's waist but Jello gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Sparxx off to one side.
Jello feints the counter takedown.
Sparxx shoots for a takedown but Jello saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.
Jello feints the counter takedown.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Jello sees it coming a mile off and avoids it easily.
Jello is definitely looking for the counter takedowns here.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD#
Jello gets caught flat footed, as Sparxx shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Jello
Jello has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Jello wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is fighting to break Jello's control of his arms but Jello is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T1#
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Jello controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #SUB2#
Jello is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.#T2#
Jello lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Jello
Jello slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Jello is one step ahead there. #T3#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Jello preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.
Jello is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T4#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Jello trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Jello has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Jello engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T5#
Jello being controlled here momentarily.
Jello looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Jello from controlling successfully. #T6#
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Jello is one step ahead there.
Sparxx is pulling down on Jello's head. It's preventing any offense from Jello, at least for the moment.#T7#
Jello looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) Jello
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T8#
Jello is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Jello.
Jello trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T9#
Jello looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.#T10#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Jello keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Jello looking for a sweep. Not yet Jello, not yet. #T11#
Jello pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Jello.
Jello trying to control the position.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T12#
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Jello is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.#T13#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx stays in close to Jello's body and controls the position. #T14#
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Jello controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Jello.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 4 to 2.
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Moldy Jello stepped up to the mic, saying 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 74
Date: Jan 24, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 84 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 30 losses; Vasiliy Kulik!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Richard Clark and Sam Margolis.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Kulik drives through with a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Let's see what he can do from the top position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Kulik
Kulik trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx controlling Kulik's posture.
Kulik stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position.
Kulik won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully.
Kulik slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T1#
Kulik preventing the sweep.
Kulik is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
It looks like Kulik might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T2#
Kulik sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Kulik keeps him under control.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Kulik has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Kulik
Sparxx is not content to let Kulik control the position. #T3#
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Kulik taking a breather here.
Sparxx is trying to control Kulik's posture but Kulik avoids it. #T4#
Kulik trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Kulik advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (7) Kulik
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Kulik's attempts to control the action. #T5#
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Kulik's attempts to control the action.
Kulik might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Kulik is a painfully thin specimen of a man. You do wonder whether a good body kick would snap him clean in two.
Kulik controlling from mount.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Kulik gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T6#
Kulik looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx is working to get back to half guard.
Kulik content just to control the position here. #T7#
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Kulik tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away. #T8#
Kulik controlling from the full mount.
Kulik looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
#T9#
Kulik looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T10#
Sparxx has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Kulik's lack of action.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Kulik keeps him under control.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T11#
Kulik is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
Kulik content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.#T12#
Sparxx is in trouble now - Kulik has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (10) Kulik
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Kulik's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx regains half guard.#T13#
Kulik stalling.
Kulik seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx trying to control here.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T14#
Kulik wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx is looking to control Kulik's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kulik is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kulik wins on points by 10 to 0.
An out of breath Vasiliy Kulik thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 73
Date: Jan 20, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 40 losses; Jackson Ramirez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 83 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, Phil Schofield and Donald Grub.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Sparxx gets caught flat footed, as Ramirez shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ramirez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Ramirez sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Ramirez might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Ramirez slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Ramirez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Ramirez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ramirez controls the position.
Ramirez trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T1#
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Ramirez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Ramirez is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.#T2#
Ramirez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Ramirez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx seems a little lost for a moment, as Ramirez dominates the positioning.#T3#
Sparxx looking for a sweep but Ramirez has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Ramirez (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to hold on but Ramirez postures up.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Ramirez controlling the action here.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now. #T4#
Ramirez keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Ramirez seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.
Ramirez wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Still in half guard, Ramirez seems content to control.
Ramirez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T5#
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Ramirez tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Ramirez is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Ramirez performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T6#
Sparxx is pressing down on Ramirez's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Ramirez stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Ramirez tries to pass.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Ramirez advances to half guard. #T7#
Ramirez wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is controlling Ramirez's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Ramirez perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Ramirez keeps him under control.#T8#
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx pulls Ramirez in close to prevent any damage. #T9#
Ramirez trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ramirez (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ramirez is retaining full guard.
Ramirez is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Ramirez manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ramirez (9) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T10#
Sparxx has control of Ramirez's left arm, preventing Ramirez from doing any damage.
Ramirez stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T11#
Ramirez not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Ramirez controlling him for the moment. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Ramirez tries to pass.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Ramirez is one step ahead there. #T13#
Ramirez controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.
Ramirez controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Ramirez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T14#
Ramirez advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Ramirez (12) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx prevents Ramirez from improving position.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Ramirez's best efforts.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ramirez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Ramirez advancing to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Ramirez takes the fight on points by 12 to 2.
Jackson Ramirez gave a mention to Threads of Fate in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales).
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 72
Date: Jan 17, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 26 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 82 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, Richard Clark and Phil Schofield.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Rodriquez fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Rodriquez misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Rodriquez.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Nick Rodriquez. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Rodriquez darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Rodriquez into the cage.
Rodriquez is trying to pull guard but Sparxx turns him against the cage and we stay in the clinch.#TD#
Rodriquez pulls guard.
Sparxx stays in close to Rodriquez's body and controls the position.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx pushing down on Rodriquez's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Sparxx controlling the action here.#T1#
Rodriquez wants to sweep but Sparxx has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (3) Sparxx
Rodriquez is trying to escape the position but Sparxx is controlling the position.
Rodriquez tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Rodriquez looks to move to half guard but instead Sparxx has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Rodriquez to control.#T2#
Rodriquez stops Sparxx from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Sparxx tries to take his opponent's back but Rodriquez turns with him and manages to move into guard on the top. Nice work. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez preventing the sweep. #T3#
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Rodriquez stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position. #T4#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Rodriquez is one step ahead there.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Rodriquez looking to pass the guard. #T5#
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx is looking to sweep but instead, Rodriquez has passed into half guard.
Rodriquez has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (5) Sparxx#T6#
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
Rodriquez is trying to take his opponent's back.
Sparxx regains half guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Rodriquez from advancing position. #T7#
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Rodriquez wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here. #T8#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Rodriquez is controlling well.
Rodriquez is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Rodriquez keeps him under control.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Rodriquez's back. He's all about the action.
More stalling from Sparxx.#T9#
Rodriquez keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T10#
Rodriquez controls from within his opponent's guard.
Rodriquez seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.#T11#
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Rodriquez has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (8) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.#T12#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Rodriquez working away.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.#T13#
Rodriquez tries to advance to mount but Sparxx denies him.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Rodriquez's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Rodriquez is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Sparxx reverses the position - he's now on top in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (8) vs (7) Sparxx
Rodriquez is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T14#
Rodriquez continues to stall.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's posture.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 8 to 7.
Nick Rodriquez decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 71
Date: Jan 13, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 81 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 26 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Bishop, Colin Fotheringham and Donald Grub.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Rodriquez shoots in but Sparxx avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Horrible takedown attempt by Rodriquez or perhaps it was just good defense by Sparxx, which made it look bad.
Tyrone Sparxx seems to be the more aggressive standup fighter in this bout.
Rodriquez throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Rodriquez off to one side.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Nick Rodriquez.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Sparxx as he jumps to the side.
Rodriquez will have to do better than that with his takedown attempts.
Sparxx stuffs the takedown attempt from Rodriquez. Rodriquez gets slowly back to his feet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown. He's persisting with it as Sparxx sprawls well. Sparxx wins this battle and keeps the fight standing. Rodriquez gets slowly back to his feet.
Rodriquez shoots for a double leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls well. He's pushed Rodriquez's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Rodriquez.#T1#
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Rodriquez.
Sparxx stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Sparxx wants it to stay on the feet.#TD2#
Sparxx gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Rodriquez
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to his closed guard and prevents Rodriquez from doing any damage or advancing position.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T2#
Sparxx is pulling down on Rodriquez's head to control his posture.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Rodriquez controlling him for the moment.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T3#
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Rodriquez postures up.
My spies in KFA inform me that Rodriquez has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Rodriquez
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T4#
Rodriquez has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Rodriquez lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Rodriquez
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T6#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Rodriquez passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Rodriquez jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (7) Rodriquez#T7#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
A bit of a lull in the action here.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx regains half guard there - taking advantage of Rodriquez's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Rodriquez with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T8#
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Rodriquez stalling.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T9#
Rodriquez is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx trying to get back to full guard but Rodriquez takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (10) Rodriquez#T10#
Rodriquez is trying to take his opponent's back.
Rodriquez controlling from the full mount.
Rodriquez's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T11#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Rodriquez seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Sparxx is holding on tight.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping busy.
Sparxx is looking to get back to full guard here but Rodriquez has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (13) Rodriquez
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is not content to let Rodriquez control the position. #T12#
Sparxx tries to bench press Rodriquez off him but Rodriquez keeps the position.
Rodriquez content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T13#
Rodriquez advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (2) vs (15) Rodriquez
Sparxx tries to hold on but Rodriquez postures up.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T14#
Rodriquez tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez wins on points by 15 to 2.
Our winner, Nick Rodriquez, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 70
Date: Jan 10, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 16 losses; Tyron Scott! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 99 wins and 80 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Ackerman, Phil Schofield and Chris Edwards.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Scott forces Sparxx back against the cage and clinches.#TD#
Scott pulls guard successfully.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Scott keeps moving.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
Scott working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T2#
Scott controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Scott looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T3#
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Scott pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Scott is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
#T4#
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Scott trying to control the position here.
Scott's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
We've been hearing good reports from Scott's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T5#
Scott is trying to hold Sparxx in close to prevent damage but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
Scott wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx is pressing down on Scott's thigh, looking to free his foot. Scott is holding on for now.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Scott is a slippery customer.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T6#
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T7#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Scott is defending well.
Scott is trying to get back to full guard.#T8#
Scott desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Scott is holding on to half guard well.#T9#
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Scott is defending the position.
Scott wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx controlling the pace. #T10#
Sparxx prevents Scott from improving his position.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Sparxx is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Scott reverses the position - he's now on top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Scott (2) vs (0) Sparxx#T11#
Scott not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx working a defensive guard but Scott manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Scott (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here. #T12#
Sparxx is being controlled here.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T13#
Sparxx is being controlled here.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.#T14#
Scott is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx stops Scott from passing to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Scott takes the fight on points by 5 to 0.
Tyron Scott retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyron Scott thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 69
Date: Jan 06, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 41 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 98 wins and 80 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Paul Tew and Colin Fotheringham.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Ignatowski throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Ignatowski off to one side.
Sparxx shoots in for a double leg but Ignatowski sprawls well. That's going to sap some energy.
Sparxx shoots in and drives through. Ignatowski sprawls well.
Ignatowski shoots for a double leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls well. He's pushed Ignatowski's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
Sparxx stuffs the takedown.
Sparxx with the counter takedown but Ignatowski avoids it easily.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for The Reverend Jim Ignatowski. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Ignatowski misses with a takedown attempt - Sparxx sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Ignatowski closes this distance looking for a takedown but Sparxx circles away.
Sparxx dives in for a single leg takedown but Ignatowski sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.
Ignatowski attempts a counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it well and moves away.#TD#
Ignatowski throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Sparxx was covering up waiting for the punch and Ignatowski finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Ignatowski trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (2) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Ignatowski pulls Sparxx in to control the position. #T1#
Ignatowski working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Ignatowski is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Ignatowski looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard. #T2#
Ignatowski tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Ignatowski makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Ignatowski.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Ignatowski looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T3#
Ignatowski is trying to get back to full guard.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Ignatowski trying to control from the bottom.
#T4#
Ignatowski is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Ignatowski moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Ignatowski keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Ignatowski wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Ignatowski might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T5#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Ignatowski's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (5) Sparxx
We've been hearing good reports from Ignatowski's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Ignatowski is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Ignatowski tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T6#
Ignatowski is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Ignatowski is looking to get back to full guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (8) Sparxx#T7#
Sparxx taking a breather here.
Ignatowski prevents Sparxx from improving position.
Sparxx slows the pace down.
Ignatowski is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T8#
Sparxx gets to mount! Ignatowski was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Ignatowski (2) vs (10) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Ignatowski keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T9#
Ignatowski tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Ignatowski (2) vs (13) Sparxx
Ignatowski trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Ignatowski rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
#T10#
Sparxx has good solid back control here.
Sparxx is continuing to stall.
Sparxx not allowing Ignatowski to control his hands. #T11#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Ignatowski is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Good control from Sparxx.
The adventures of Sparxx the control monster continue. Boring.
Ignatowski trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T12#
Ignatowski tries to break free.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Ignatowski tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Ignatowski is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Ignatowski is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted. #T13#
Sparxx controls the action.#T14#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Ignatowski is really stuck here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ignatowski is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Sparxx.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 13 to 2.
A relieved looking Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 68
Date: Jan 03, 2024 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 16 losses; Tyron Scott! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 98 wins and 79 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Glass, Colin Fotheringham and Steven Brown.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Scott instigates a clinch.
Sparxx gets double underhooks to prevent a takedown attempt from Scott.
Scott tries to jump guard but he falls flat on his backside. Sparxx smiles and moves away.
#CL#
Scott drives through and clinches with Sparxx against the ropes.
Scott jumps guard but Sparxx turns him against the ropes and keeps the fight standing.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyron Scott. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Scott is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Sparxx gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx fails to pull the fight into his guard.
#TD#
Scott drags the fight down to the ground.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Scott is retaining full guard.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T1#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Scott is retaining full guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Scott's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Scott wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to pass Scott's guard but actually Scott recovers to full guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Scott keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T2#
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Scott keeps moving.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T3#
Scott is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Scott controlling Sparxx's posture. #T4#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T5#
Sparxx trying to control but Scott is working from the bottom.
Scott is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T6#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Scott looking to control.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Scott is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T8#
Scott is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx trying to control but Scott is working from the bottom. #T9#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T10#
Sparxx pushing down on Scott's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Scott won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount. #T11#
Scott is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Scott trying to control from the bottom.
Scott tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Scott is defending the position. #T12#
Sparxx stalling.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T13#
Scott has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Scott knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Scott is looking to improve his position.
#T14#
Sparxx trying to control from Scott's half guard. Scott has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Scott swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Scott not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Scott is heads and Sparxx is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... heads!
Scott takes the fight on points by 1 to 0.
Tyron Scott retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Tyron Scott made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 67
Date: Dec 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 97 wins and 79 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 40 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, William Gold and James Glass.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Ignatowski shoots for a double leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls well. He's pushed Ignatowski's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Ignatowski tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Sparxx swivels and escapes.
Ignatowski shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Sparxx but Sparxx pushes him off and we're back to square one.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of The Reverend Jim Ignatowski.
Ignatowski shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt.
Ignatowski drops down looking to force a counter takedown but Sparxx defends it well.
Ignatowski closes this distance looking for a takedown but Sparxx circles away.
Ignatowski shoots for a double leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls well. He's pushed Ignatowski's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
Sparxx appears to be looking for a counter takedown.#TD2#
Ignatowski looks for a takedown. He's got it. We're now in half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Ignatowski
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Ignatowski has control of the leg.
My spies in KFA inform me that Ignatowski has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ignatowski trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T1#
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Ignatowski looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ignatowski from controlling successfully.
Ignatowski pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx seems keen to control Ignatowski's posture.#T2#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Ignatowski tries to pass.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Ignatowski looking to pass the guard.
Ignatowski preventing the sweep.
Ignatowski trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T3#
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to his closed guard and prevents Ignatowski from doing any damage or advancing position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Ignatowski trying to move into half guard but instead Sparxx has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Ignatowski
Ignatowski trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Ignatowski looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T4#
Ignatowski wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Sparxx prevents Ignatowski from improving his position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Ignatowski gets full guard.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Ignatowski working a defensive guard here.
#T5#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Ignatowski being controlled here, momentarily. #SUB2#
Ignatowski has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Ignatowski is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Ignatowski working a defensive guard here.
#T6#
Ignatowski wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Ignatowski manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Ignatowski
Ignatowski is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Ignatowski's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Ignatowski
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Ignatowski controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T7#
Ignatowski looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB2#
Ignatowski is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Ignatowski tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Ignatowski not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T8#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Ignatowski is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T9#
Ignatowski keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #SUB2#
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Ignatowski has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Ignatowski's legs - danger averted.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx is pushing down on Ignatowski's leg trying to pass to half guard. Ignatowski is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (7) vs (4) Ignatowski#T10#
Ignatowski prevents Sparxx from moving into mount.
Ignatowski tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Ignatowski is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T11#
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Ignatowski tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Ignatowski struggling a bit here.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Ignatowski is working from the bottom.
Ignatowski is looking for a sweep.#T12#
Ignatowski manages to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Further stalling from Sparxx.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Ignatowski for as long as he can get away with.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T13#
Ignatowski manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ignatowski is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Ignatowski looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T14##SUB2#
Ignatowski has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ignatowski is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
Ignatowski is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx pushing down on Ignatowski's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
The fighters are battling for position here. Ignatowski manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Ignatowski swivels though and keeps the full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 7 to 4.
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 66
Date: Dec 27, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 79 wins and 43 losses; Xavier Merlin! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 96 wins and 79 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, Sam Margolis and Andrew Berry.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Merlin feints and as Sparxx raises his hands in defense, Merlin changes levels and drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Merlin (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Merlin preventing the sweep.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Merlin from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Merlin controlling him for the moment.
Merlin has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.#T1#
Merlin showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Merlin from controlling successfully. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Merlin has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.#T2#
Merlin pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Merlin might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Merlin is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx controlling Merlin's posture. #T3#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Merlin tries to pass.
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T4#
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Merlin won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Merlin trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Sparxx pulls Merlin in close to prevent any damage.
Merlin engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T6#
Merlin wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Merlin being controlled here momentarily.
Merlin is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Merlin tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Merlin is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T8#
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Merlin trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Merlin looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Merlin (2) vs (2) Sparxx#T9#
Merlin looking to control.
Sparxx won't allow Merlin to sweep him here.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Merlin (2) vs (5) Sparxx
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Merlin struggling a bit here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T10#
Sparxx taking a breather here. #T11#
Sparxx tries to move into full mount but can't pass Merlin's legs. #T12#
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now. #T13#
Merlin tries to improve position but can't.
Merlin looks to move to half guard but instead Sparxx has passed into mount! Damn! Score +2 for reaching mount: Merlin (2) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from the full mount. #T14#
Merlin wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Merlin is looking to escape.
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Merlin is holding on tight.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Merlin sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 2.
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 65
Date: Dec 23, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 23 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 96 wins and 78 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Chris Edwards and James Ackerman.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Rodriquez fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx avoids it really well and circles away.
Sparxx changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.
Rodriquez shoots in looking for a takedown but Sparxx manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Rodriquez's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.#TD#
Rodriquez scores with a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T1#
Rodriquez engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Rodriquez stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is pulling down on Rodriquez's head to control his posture.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T2#
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
More stalling from Sparxx.#T3#
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Rodriquez is one step ahead there.
Rodriquez forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to pass to mount. #T4#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg.
Rodriquez looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Rodriquez keeps him under control.
Rodriquez with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Rodriquez is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it. #T5#
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Rodriquez is very close to passing his half guard.
Rodriquez trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T6#
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T7#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Rodriquez's head to control him but Rodriquez postures up.
Rodriquez is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head. #T8#
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Rodriquez is very close to passing his half guard.#T9#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Rodriquez is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Rodriquez is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Rodriquez trying to control the pace. #T10#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Well, if Rodriquez is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here.
Sparxx trying to control but Rodriquez postures up.
#T11#
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Rodriquez haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Rodriquez slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.#T12#
Rodriquez is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Rodriquez wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
#T13#
Well, if Rodriquez is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Rodriquez from advancing position. #T14#
Sparxx is pressing down on Rodriquez's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx is controlling Rodriquez's posture.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 2 to 0.
During a confident post fight interview, Nick Rodriquez thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 64
Date: Dec 20, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 96 wins and 77 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 54 wins and 23 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fotheringham, Chris Edwards and James Atkins.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Rodriquez throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Rodriquez off to one side.
Rodriquez fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown. "I don't think so" says Sparxx as he avoids it easily.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Nick Rodriquez.
Rodriquez shoots in looking for a takedown. Sparxx tries to sprawl out of it but Rodriquez keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Sparxx manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Sparxx is trying to close the distance and clinch up, after that failed offence from Rodriquez.
Rodriquez shoots in but Sparxx avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Rodriquez looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Sparxx is fending him off so far but Rodriquez persists. Nope, Sparxx circles away and we're back to standing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx avoids it really well and circles away.#TD2#
Sparxx gets caught napping as Rodriquez dives in and scores a takedown. Sparxx manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Rodriquez#T1#
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Rodriquez controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Sparxx controlling the position.
Rodriquez controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
My spies in KFA inform me that Rodriquez has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T3#
Rodriquez controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Rodriquez passes into half guard.
Rodriquez is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Rodriquez advancing to mount.
Rodriquez trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away. #T4#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at House of 1000 Corpses, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Rodriquez controlling the action here.#T5#
Sparxx wants to sweep but Rodriquez has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Rodriquez
Sparxx is trying to escape the position but Rodriquez is controlling the position.
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
This fight is sponsored by Chainsaw 7. More blood and guts and stuff like that, in cinemas everywhere now!#T6#
Sparxx trying his best to control but Rodriquez has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (7) Rodriquez
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Rodriquez wants to take Sparxx's back here but Sparxx is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
#T7#
Sparxx wants to hold on but Rodriquez pushes him away.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping busy.
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T8#
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Rodriquez is very close to passing his half guard.
Rodriquez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control but Rodriquez postures up.
#T9#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Rodriquez content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg. #T10#
Still in half guard, Rodriquez seems content to control.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Rodriquez slows the pace down in half guard.
Rodriquez stalling away here and it's allowed Sparxx to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard. #T11#
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Rodriquez slips nicely into half guard.
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Rodriquez has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (10) Rodriquez#T12#
Sparxx tries to bench press Rodriquez off him but Rodriquez keeps the position.
Sparxx is being controlled here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Let's hope that Rodriquez has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away. #T13#
Rodriquez is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx tries to buck Rodriquez off but Rodriquez is having none of it.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Rodriquez's best efforts.#T14#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Rodriquez is controlling well.
Rodriquez is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
Sparxx working a defensive guard but Rodriquez manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (13) Rodriquez
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Rodriquez wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez wins on points by 13 to 0.
A relieved looking Nick Rodriquez thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 63
Date: Dec 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 29 wins and 14 losses; Tyron Scott! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 96 wins and 76 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Daniel Bishop and Sam Margolis.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Scott.
Scott is looking to clinch.
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Scott is defended easily by Sparxx.#TD#
Scott closes the distance and gets a double leg, slamming Sparxx to the mat! Sparxx manages to get full guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Scott (2) vs (0) Sparxx
We've been hearing good reports from Scott's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Scott trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Scott postures up. #T1#
Scott is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx is pulling down on Scott's head to control his posture.
Scott tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Scott (2) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Scott is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture. #T2#
Scott looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Scott manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Scott (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control the position but Scott says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard. #T3#
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Scott content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Scott passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Scott (7) vs (2) Sparxx#T4#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Scott looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Scott controlling the pace for now. #T5#
Sparxx tries to hold on but Scott pushes him away.
Scott looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T6#
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
Scott wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Scott controlling the pace for now. #T7#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#T8#
Scott tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Scott controlling from mount.
Scott trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it. #T9#
Scott controlling his opponent.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Scott looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Scott pushes him away.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Scott haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.#T10#
Scott looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Scott pushes him away.
Scott can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Sparxx is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
#T11#
Scott trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Scott postures up.
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T12#
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx just holding on.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Scott pushes him away.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Scott sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T13#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Scott is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Scott passes into side control, despite Sparxx's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Scott (10) vs (2) Sparxx
Scott taking a breather here. #T14#
Sparxx tries to buck Scott off but Scott is having none of it.
And that's the end of the fight!
Scott takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
Tyron Scott is the new super heavyweight champion!
An out of breath Tyron Scott thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 62
Date: Dec 13, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 95 wins and 76 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 22 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, Sam Margolis and Richard Clark.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Rodriquez dives in and scores a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Rodriquez
Rodriquez is stalling in the full guard.
Rodriquez looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
My spies in KFA inform me that Rodriquez has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Rodriquez is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T1#
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx controlling the position.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez is stalling in the full guard. #T2#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Rodriquez tries to pass.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully. #T3#
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep. #T4#
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in to control the position.
Sparxx controls Rodriquez momentarily but Rodriquez frees himself.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Rodriquez's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Rodriquez
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T5#
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck. #T6#
Rodriquez is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here. #T7#
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Rodriquez for as long as he can get away with.#T8#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rodriquez is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard.#T9#
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Sparxx is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Rodriquez reverses the position - he's now on top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Rodriquez
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx wants to control the position but Rodriquez says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard. #T10#
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Rodriquez sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T11#
Rodriquez is stalling here. Sparxx is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Rodriquez seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Sparxx has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (6) vs (4) Rodriquez
Sparxx working away.
Rodriquez tries to improve position but can't. #T12#
Rodriquez tries to control but Sparxx manages to take his back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (9) vs (4) Rodriquez
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
Sparxx controls the position.
Rodriquez tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Sparxx tries to control but Rodriquez wriggling away. #T13#
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Rodriquez tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Rodriquez really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T14#
Rodriquez tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 9 to 4.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 61
Date: Dec 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 21 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 94 wins and 76 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, James Ackerman and Chris Edwards.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Sparxx is fending him off so far but Rodriquez persists. Nope, Sparxx circles away and we're back to standing.
Rodriquez shoots for a takedown but Sparxx saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.#TD#
Sparxx gets caught napping as Rodriquez dives in and scores a takedown. Sparxx manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez looking to pass the guard.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather. #T1#
Rodriquez controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Rodriquez tries to pass.
Sparxx is pulling down on Rodriquez's head to control his posture.
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T2#
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx controlling the position.
Rodriquez not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T3#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully.
Rodriquez is stalling in the full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx#T4#
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T5#
Rodriquez controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet. #T6#
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #T7#
Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T8#
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T9#
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
Rodriquez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T10#
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Rodriquez tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Rodriquez won't allow it.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (5) Sparxx#T11#
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping him busy.
Rodriquez is letting Sparxx control him for a moment.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom here. #T12#
Rodriquez tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Sparxx easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (2) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx fails to move to back control.
Rodriquez is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T13#
Rodriquez wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Rodriquez is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely.
Rodriquez working to try and regain half guard.
#T14#
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Rodriquez keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 60
Date: Dec 06, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 49 losses; Boris Balkan! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 93 wins and 76 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, James Ackerman and Paul Tew.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Balkan has a takedown stuffed.
Nice sprawl there from Sparxx as Balkan shoots in.
Balkan is trying hard to land a takedown here. Sparxx sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Boris Balkan. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Sparxx changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Balkan looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Balkan (0) vs (4) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Balkan gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Balkan (0) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Balkan regains half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Balkan makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Balkan.#T1#
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #T2#
Balkan tries to land a sweep but no joy.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Balkan is working hard here to advance position.
Balkan has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T3#
Balkan looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Balkan is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Balkan is retaining full guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T4#
Balkan tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Balkan working a defensive guard here.
Balkan pulls Sparxx in to control the position. #SUB2#
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Balkan slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Balkan (2) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the position here. #T5#
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Balkan controlling him for the moment.
Balkan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Balkan tries to pass. #T6#
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Balkan tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T7#
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Balkan manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Balkan (2) vs (8) Sparxx#T8#
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Balkan looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T9#
Balkan pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Balkan wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Balkan tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T10#
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Balkan has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T11#
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Balkan won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount. #T12#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Balkan trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T13#
Balkan wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Balkan trying to control here.
Balkan is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx trying to advance position but Balkan counters by regaining guard. #T14#
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Balkan has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 8 to 2.
Our winner, Tyrone Sparxx, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 58
Date: Dec 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 76 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 44 losses; Long Wang!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, William Gold and Colin Fotheringham.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Sparxx closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Wang did well to prevent Sparxx getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Wang
Wang keeps control of the position for the meantime.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Wang trying to control from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Wang is trying to get back to full guard.
Wang controlling the position for now.
Wang trying to control from the bottom.
Wang desperately trying to maintain half guard. #T2#
Wang gets back to full guard.
Wang controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Wang wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T3#
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Wang looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Wang being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx is fighting to break Wang's control of his arms but Wang is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T4#
Wang working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Wang trying to control the position.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T5#
Wang pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Wang looking to control.
Wang controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Wang is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Wang trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Wang for as long as he can get away with.
Wang has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Wang is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T7#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Wang.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Wang not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Wang wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Wang looking for a sweep. Not yet Wang, not yet. #T8#
Wang seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Wang is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Wang looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Wang working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Wang controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T9#
Wang looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Wang controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Wang wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard. #T10#
Wang is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Wang avoid being mounted?
Wang is positioning himself well to prevent Sparxx advancing to mount.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Wang slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Wang looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T11#
Wang working a defensive guard here.
Wang has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Wang trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Wang is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T12#
Wang controlling the position.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Wang is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Wang looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T13#
Wang looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Wang is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Wang
Sparxx pulls Wang in close to prevent any damage. #T14#
Wang slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Wang being controlled here momentarily.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Wang is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Sparxx is heads and Wang is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... heads!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 3 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans post fight for their support.
The defeated Long Wang had this to say: 'No worries. Everyone here knows my opponent has a bad habit of testing positive for PEDs, so I'm sure this fight will soon be ruled a 'No Contest' by the Athletic Commission.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 57
Date: Nov 29, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 75 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 43 wins and 60 losses; Billy Turturro!
The judges for this bout are James Glass, Sam Margolis and Donald Grub.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx goes for a double leg but Turturro avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the ropes as Turturro continues to drive forward.
Sparxx is defending well against a takedown attempt.
Turturro wants a takedown.
Turturro has hold of a leg and is looking for a trip takedown. Sparxx avoids it nicely though and we remain in the clinch.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Billy Turturro.
Turturro tries for a takedown. No joy.
Sparxx stops a takedown attempt from Turturro.
#TD#
Sparxx pulls guard.
Turturro won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx is controlling Turturro's posture.#T1#
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Turturro stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Turturro advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Turturro's head to control him but Turturro postures up.
Turturro has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (3) Turturro#T2#
Turturro controlling his opponent.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Turturro has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Turturro postures up.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T3#
Turturro tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Turturro tries to take his opponent's back but Sparxx turns with him and manages to move into guard on the top. Nice work. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (3) Turturro
Turturro trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T4#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Turturro is keeping the position.
Turturro is controlling Sparxx's posture.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T5#
Turturro keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T6#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T7#
Turturro trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Turturro lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Turturro
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Turturro from controlling successfully.
Turturro pushes down on Sparxx's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T8#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Turturro is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Turturro trying to control the pace.
My spies in Blacktalians MMA inform me that Turturro has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T9#
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Turturro trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T10#
Sparxx keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Turturro is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T11#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Turturro is controlling well.
Sparxx is not content to let Turturro control the position.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Turturro keeps him under control.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
#T12#
Turturro prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Turturro wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T13#
Sparxx has his hands on Turturro's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx pulls Turturro in close to his closed guard and prevents Turturro from doing any damage or advancing position.#T14#
Turturro sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx is pulling down on Turturro's head. It's preventing any offense from Turturro, at least for the moment.
And that's the end of the fight!
Turturro wins on points by 5 to 2.
A victorious Billy Turturro thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 56
Date: Nov 25, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 20 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 74 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, James Ackerman and Colin Fotheringham.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Sparxx scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Rodriquez tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Rodriquez controlling the positon.#T1##SUB#
Rodriquez has the hooks in and he's looking for a rear naked choke here. Sparxx is defending well but eventually Rodriquez manages to get an arm under the chin and he's locked on the RNC! Sparxx has no choice but to tap now! He does! This one is all over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:20 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Nick Rodriquez!
Nick Rodriquez retains his super heavyweight title!
A victorious Nick Rodriquez thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 55
Date: Nov 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 92 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 20 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Phil Schofield and Sam Margolis.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Rodriquez on his heels. He'll look to pass Rodriquez's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.#T1#
Sparxx pushing down on Rodriquez's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Rodriquez moves into full guard.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's posture.#T2#
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.#T3#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T4#
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #T5#
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Rodriquez is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T6#
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Rodriquez trying to control here.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T7#
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Rodriquez knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Sparxx prevents Rodriquez from improving his position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx prevents Rodriquez from improving his position.#T8#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is defending well.
Sparxx controlling the action here. #T9#
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Rodriquez is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Rodriquez defending well.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#T10#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is trying to advance to mount but he's lost his balance and Rodriquez reverses the position - he's now on top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Rodriquez#T11#
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Rodriquez advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Rodriquez
Rodriquez in side control, just content to control the action for now. #T12#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx trying to remain calm as Rodriquez controls from the top position.
A bit of a lull in the action here.
Rodriquez takes a little break here. Sparxx wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.#T13#
Sparxx is not content to let Rodriquez control the position.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Rodriquez wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T14#
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx prevents Rodriquez from improving position.
A lull in the action here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez wins on points by 5 to 2.
Nick Rodriquez is the new super heavyweight champion!
Our winner, Nick Rodriquez, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 54
Date: Nov 18, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 91 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 47 losses; Boris Balkan!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Sam Margolis and Colin Fotheringham.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Balkan shoots in looking for a takedown but Sparxx manages to keep the fight standing, pushing Balkan's face into the canvas for good measure before circling away.
Balkan dives in for a single leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.#TD#
Balkan gets caught napping as Sparxx dives in and scores a takedown. Balkan manages to retain guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Balkan
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Balkan pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Balkan wants to sweep but no luck. #T1#
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Balkan seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Balkan is retaining full guard.
Balkan is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx pushes down on Balkan's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T2#
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Balkan is trying is best to control the position here.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Balkan defends it. #T3#
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Balkan tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Balkan is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.#T4#
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Balkan controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Balkan is defending the position.
Balkan wants to get back to full guard.#T5##SUB#
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T6#
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Balkan#T7#
Balkan wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T8#
Balkan can't escape the position.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Balkan tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.#T9#
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Balkan doesn't allow it.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Balkan to control.#T10#
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Balkan working to try and regain half guard.
#T11#
Balkan holds of for dear life.
Balkan is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Balkan is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T12#
Balkan sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Balkan moves into full guard.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx won't allow Balkan to sweep him here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T13#
Balkan looking to control.
Sparxx stays in close to Balkan's body and controls the position.
Balkan is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T14#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Balkan.
Balkan working a defensive guard here.
Balkan controlling Sparxx's posture.
Balkan is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 5 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 53
Date: Nov 15, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 19 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 90 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, Colin Fotheringham and Chris Edwards.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Sparxx but Sparxx pushes him off and we're back to square one.
Horrible takedown attempt by Rodriquez or perhaps it was just good defense by Sparxx, which made it look bad. #TD2#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Sparxx was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx tries to advance position but instead Rodriquez slips a leg back in to half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Rodriquez tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Rodriquez is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Rodriquez trying to control from the bottom.
#T2#
Rodriquez is positioning himself well to prevent Sparxx advancing to mount.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Rodriquez is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Rodriquez avoid being mounted?
Rodriquez is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Rodriquez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Rodriquez gets back to full guard.
#T3#
Rodriquez has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rodriquez is keeping the position for now. #T4#
Rodriquez controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Rodriquez is adopting a defensive guard.
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck. #T5#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
#T6#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.
Rodriquez controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T7#
Rodriquez wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Rodriquez manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Rodriquez.
Rodriquez is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard. #T8#
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Rodriquez defends it. #T9#
Rodriquez desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx moves into full mount! Rodriquez won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (7) Sparxx#T10#
Rodriquez is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely.
Rodriquez really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Rodriquez is looking to escape. #T11#
Sparxx wants to take Rodriquez's back but he can't do it this time.
Rodriquez gets back to half guard.
Rodriquez tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T12#
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Rodriquez is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T13#
Rodriquez moves into full guard.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T14#
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Rodriquez trying to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 0. Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 52
Date: Nov 11, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 34 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 89 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Richard Clark and Sam Margolis.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Ignatowski shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown. "I don't think so" says Ignatowski as he avoids it easily.
Ignatowski darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Ignatowski into the cage. #TD#
Ignatowski gets double underhooks and manages to take the fight to the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Ignatowski sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Ignatowski with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Ignatowski is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T1#
Ignatowski wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Ignatowski, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #SUB#
Ignatowski is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Sparxx is doing well to control the position and prevent Ignatowski from advancing to side control.#T2#
Ignatowski tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Ignatowski controlling the pace.
Sparxx keeping control of the position.
Ignatowski is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Ignatowski is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Ignatowski prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Ignatowski trying to control the pace.
Ignatowski seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Ignatowski tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T4#
Ignatowski wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Ignatowski being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Ignatowski tries to pass.
We've been hearing good reports from Ignatowski's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T5#
Ignatowski trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ignatowski is retaining full guard.
Ignatowski is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Ignatowski pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Ignatowski being controlled here, momentarily. #SUB#
Ignatowski has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Sparxx is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Ignatowski. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (5) Sparxx#T6#
Ignatowski tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Ignatowski gets back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Ignatowski is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T7#
Sparxx looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Sparxx prevents Ignatowski from improving his position.
Ignatowski regains full guard. Nicely done.
Ignatowski looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard. #T8#
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Ignatowski is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Ignatowski manages to get to full guard.
Ignatowski wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T9#
Ignatowski not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Ignatowski looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Ignatowski looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T10#
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Ignatowski trying to control from the bottom.
Ignatowski is looking to get back to full guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (8) Sparxx
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Ignatowski tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Ignatowski is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Ignatowski has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Ignatowski tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T11#
Ignatowski keeping control of the position.
Ignatowski gets back to full guard.
Ignatowski looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Ignatowski controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T12#
Ignatowski trying to control the position.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Ignatowski swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx won't allow Ignatowski to sweep him here. #SUB#
Ignatowski isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Sparxx stacks Ignatowski on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (11) Sparxx
Ignatowski tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.#T13#
Ignatowski stops Sparxx from passing to mount.
Ignatowski tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Ignatowski tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T14#
Sparxx slows the pace down.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Ignatowski is looking for a sweep.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 11 to 2.
After winning the bout, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 51
Date: Nov 08, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 38 losses; Strega Notturna! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 88 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fotheringham, Phil Schofield and James Atkins.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx fails with the takedown.
Notturna fails with a takedown attempt from distance.
Notturna has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx tries to score a power double leg takedown but Notturna sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Sparxx somewhat.#TD2#
Sparxx scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Notturna (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is staying tight to Notturna's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Notturna is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Sparxx is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Notturna (0) vs (6) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Notturna is working to get back to half guard.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T1#
Notturna working to try and regain half guard.
#T2#
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Notturna is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx fails to move to back control. #T3#
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Notturna to control.
Notturna is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully. #T4#
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Notturna to control.
Sparxx content just to control the position here. #T5#
Notturna working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.#T6#
Sparxx prevents Notturna from getting the reversal.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Notturna is looking to get to half guard.#T7#
Notturna is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Notturna is working to get back to half guard.
#T8#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Notturna working to try and regain half guard.
#T9#
Notturna wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Notturna wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Notturna (0) vs (9) Sparxx
Notturna trying to control the position but Sparxx manages to sink in the hooks. #T10#
Sparxx controlling the position well here. Notturna rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Notturna trying to control but not successfully.
Notturna is really stuck here.
#T11#
What can Notturna do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Sparxx is continuing to stall.
Notturna can't escape the position.
#T12#
Notturna is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Sparxx.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T13#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.#T14#
Notturna just trying to survive but Sparxx is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Notturna is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Notturna breaks Sparxx's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Notturna (2) vs (9) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Notturna is one step ahead there.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 9 to 2. Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Tyrone Sparxx, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 50
Date: Nov 04, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 33 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 87 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, James Ackerman and Phil Schofield.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Ignatowski tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Sparxx swivels and escapes.
Sparxx with the counter takedown but Ignatowski avoids it easily.
Ignatowski darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Ignatowski into the cage.
Ignatowski has a body lock and is looking for a takedown. Sparxx is bouncing around trying to prevent the takedown and somehow he has indeed managed to stay on his feet.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for The Reverend Jim Ignatowski. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Ignatowski is looking for a takedown.
Ignatowski drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Ignatowski is working for takedown but Sparxx is calmly controlling the position for now.#TD2#
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski into guard.
Ignatowski is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Ignatowski has managed to sneak the leg through.
Ignatowski is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to prevent any damage.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Ignatowski controlling him for the moment. #T1#
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Ignatowski's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (0) vs (2) Sparxx
We've been hearing good reports from Ignatowski's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Ignatowski looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #SUB#
Ignatowski has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.#T2#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Ignatowski wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Ignatowski moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Ignatowski looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
Ignatowski is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Ignatowski is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T3#
Ignatowski is trying to get back to full guard.
Ignatowski wants to sweep but Sparxx has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (0) vs (5) Sparxx
The referee asks Sparxx politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Sparxx prefers to stall for the moment though.
Ignatowski can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx gets to mount! Ignatowski was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Ignatowski (0) vs (7) Sparxx
My spies in House of 1000 Corpses inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T4#
Ignatowski tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Ignatowski to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Ignatowski (0) vs (10) Sparxx
Ignatowski might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Ignatowski can't escape the position.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T5#
Sparxx is not going to allow Ignatowski to sit and survive in this position.
What can Ignatowski do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Sparxx has the hooks in. Ignatowski is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Ignatowski tries to break free.
#T6#
Ignatowski is working hard here to advance position.#SUB2#
Sparxx has his opponent's back and is working for the choke.
Ignatowski tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Sparxx gets his hands free as Ignatowski looks to control.
Ignatowski tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Ignatowski manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Ignatowski.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (10) Sparxx#T7#
Ignatowski won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Ignatowski slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T8#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to his closed guard and prevents Ignatowski from doing any damage or advancing position.
Sparxx wants to hit a sweep here but Ignatowski passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Sparxx there! Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (5) vs (10) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to hold on but Ignatowski pushes him away.#T9#
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Ignatowski controlling from mount.
Sparxx manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Ignatowski not doing much here.
#T10#
Ignatowski prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Ignatowski stalling away here and it's allowed Sparxx to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Ignatowski pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ignatowski from controlling successfully. #T11#
Ignatowski looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (5) vs (12) Sparxx
Ignatowski wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Ignatowski there! Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (5) vs (15) Sparxx
Ignatowski wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx content just to control the position here. #T12#
Ignatowski can't escape the position.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Ignatowski is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T13#
Ignatowski gets back to half guard.
Sparxx looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Ignatowski wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Ignatowski says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T14#
Ignatowski is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Ignatowski is trying to control but can't.
Ignatowski tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ignatowski is looking to get back to full guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (5) vs (18) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 18 to 5.
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 49
Date: Nov 01, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 32 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 86 wins and 73 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, James Glass and Phil Schofield.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Ignatowski darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Ignatowski tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
We've been hearing good reports from Ignatowski's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx is doing well to control the position and prevent Ignatowski from advancing to side control.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Ignatowski is controlling well.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Ignatowski not doing much here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ignatowski trying to advance position but Sparxx counters by regaining guard. #T1#
Ignatowski looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Ignatowski trying to move into half guard but instead Sparxx has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Ignatowski lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Ignatowski tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T2#
Ignatowski trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to move into half guard but instead Ignatowski has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (6) vs (4) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Ignatowski being controlled here momentarily.
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Ignatowski content to stall in guard here.
Ignatowski stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (9) vs (4) Sparxx#T3#
Sparxx is not content to let Ignatowski control the position. #T4#
The referee asks Ignatowski politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Ignatowski prefers to stall for the moment though.
Sparxx prevents Ignatowski from moving into mount.
Ignatowski is working hard here to advance position.
Ignatowski wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #SUB#
Ignatowski goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Ignatowski but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Ignatowski (9) vs (8) Sparxx
Ignatowski tries to improve position but can't.
Ignatowski might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T5#
Ignatowski tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Sparxx presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Ignatowski (9) vs (10) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Ignatowski sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Ignatowski trying to control from the bottom.
#T6#
Ignatowski is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Ignatowski trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Sparxx manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (9) vs (13) Sparxx
Ignatowski is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.#T7#
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Ignatowski to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Ignatowski (9) vs (16) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sparxx is not going to allow Ignatowski to sit and survive in this position.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Ignatowski tries to break free.
Ignatowski rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
#T8#
Ignatowski regains full guard. Nicely done.
Ignatowski lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (11) vs (16) Sparxx
Ignatowski stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position.
Ignatowski looking to pass the guard.
Ignatowski looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ignatowski (11) vs (18) Sparxx
Ignatowski working a defensive guard but Sparxx passes into half guard.
#T9#
Ignatowski is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Ignatowski avoid being mounted?
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Ignatowski is defending the position.
Ignatowski moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Ignatowski wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Ignatowski looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T10#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Ignatowski is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Ignatowski looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Ignatowski (11) vs (21) Sparxx
Ignatowski really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T11#
Ignatowski looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Ignatowski (11) vs (24) Sparxx
Ignatowski trying to control the position but Sparxx manages to sink in the hooks. #SUB2#
Ignatowski is trying to roll into a better position but Sparxx has get a rear naked choke and Ignatowski is forced to tap out! This one is allllll over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 11:49 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx! Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 48
Date: Oct 28, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 86 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 32 losses; The Reverend Jim Ignatowski!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, Colin Fotheringham and Steven Brown.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Ignatowski defends well against a solid takedown attempt from Sparxx.#TD2#
Ignatowski throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Sparxx was covering up waiting for the punch and Ignatowski finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Ignatowski
Ignatowski wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx is pulling down on Ignatowski's head to control his posture.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Ignatowski
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ignatowski looking for a sweep. Not yet Ignatowski, not yet. #T1##SUB2#
Ignatowski working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ignatowski is retaining full guard.
Ignatowski has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Ignatowski manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Ignatowski
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T2#
Ignatowski is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx pulls Ignatowski in close to his closed guard and prevents Ignatowski from doing any damage or advancing position.
Ignatowski controlling from the top position. #T3#
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Ignatowski keeps trying to improve his position.
Ignatowski looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Ignatowski
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Ignatowski is keeping the position for now. #T4#
Sparxx won't allow Ignatowski to sweep him here.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Ignatowski holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx stays in close to Ignatowski's body and controls the position.
Ignatowski controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Ignatowski is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
#T5#
Ignatowski wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Ignatowski is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Ignatowski controlling the position.#T6#
Ignatowski lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (6) Ignatowski
Sparxx looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Ignatowski trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T7#
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Ignatowski controlling him for the moment.
Ignatowski pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #T8#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ignatowski from controlling successfully.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Ignatowski trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Ignatowski stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Ignatowski slips nicely into half guard.
Ignatowski tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T9#
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Ignatowski trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Ignatowski tries to pass.
Ignatowski is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Ignatowski has managed to sneak the leg through.
Ignatowski tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt. #T10#
Ignatowski is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Ignatowski wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T11#
Ignatowski trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Ignatowski stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Ignatowski is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx is pulling down on Ignatowski's head to control his posture. #T12#
Ignatowski trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Ignatowski not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx has his hands on Ignatowski's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T13#
Ignatowski pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Ignatowski slips nicely into half guard.
Ignatowski tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Ignatowski is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T14#
Ignatowski content to control rather than advance.
Ignatowski is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Ignatowski is looking to stall here but Sparxx recovers full guard.
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ignatowski tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Ignatowski wins on points by 6 to 4.
The Reverend Jim Ignatowski seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 47
Date: Oct 25, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 32 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 85 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, James Glass and James Atkins.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Kersikov to the ground. Sparxx is now in Kersikov's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T1#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've been hearing good reports from Kersikov's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Kersikov looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Kersikov pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T2#
Kersikov wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Kersikov working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard. #T3#
Kersikov controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Kersikov is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily. #T4#
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Kersikov gets full guard.#T5#
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is keeping the position.#T6#
Kersikov trying to control the position.
Kersikov working a defensive guard but Sparxx manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Kersikov prevents Sparxx from improving position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom here. #T7#
Sparxx takes a little break here. Kersikov wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Kersikov stops Sparxx from passing to mount. #T8#
Sparxx controls the position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Kersikov is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Kersikov will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Sparxx wants to control but Kersikov is keeping him busy.
Kersikov is letting Sparxx control him for a moment. #T9#
Kersikov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T10#
Kersikov is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control. #SUB2#
Kersikov is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. Oh but that's left an opportunity for Sparxx! He's got an arm triangle... it looks tight! He's rotating and Kersikov has tapped! This one is allllll over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 10:35 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx! Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 46
Date: Oct 21, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 84 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 16 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Steven Brown and Andrew Berry.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx closes the distance and looks for a trip takedown... aaaand he's got it - Sparxx lands in his opponent's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T1#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T2#
Rodriquez is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #T3#
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Rodriquez wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T4#
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Rodriquez is retaining full guard. #T5#
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard here.
Rodriquez seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.#T6#
Rodriquez can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Rodriquez's thigh. Rodriquez counters though and makes it back to full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T7#
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T8#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck.
Rodriquez trying to control the position.
Rodriquez trying to control the position here. #T9#
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Rodriquez is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Rodriquez is continuing to stall.#T10#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Rodriquez is adopting a defensive guard.
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T11#
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet. #T12#
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Rodriquez.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx is fighting to break Rodriquez's control of his arms but Rodriquez is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T13#
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture. #T14#
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx stays in close to Rodriquez's body and controls the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 2 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 45
Date: Oct 18, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 83 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 31 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Paul Tew and Richard Clark.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Kersikov fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Kersikov fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx avoids it really well and circles away.
Kersikov throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Kersikov off to one side.
Sparxx feinted with a counter takedown.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Bogdan Kersikov.
Sparxx shoots for a double leg takedown but Kersikov sprawls well. He's pushed Sparxx's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
We've been hearing reports that Sparxx has been drilling takedowns in recent sessions so let's see if that has an impact on the result of this fight.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Kersikov as he jumps to the side.
Kersikov fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Kersikov stuffs the takedown.
Sparxx throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Kersikov's waist but Kersikov gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Sparxx off to one side.
Sparxx shoots for a double leg takedown but Kersikov sprawls well. He's pushed Sparxx's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
Horrible takedown attempt by Sparxx or perhaps it was just good defense by Kersikov, which made it look bad.
Kersikov tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Sparxx defends well and Kersikov ends up having to push Sparxx into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#TD2#
Kersikov darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Kersikov
Kersikov keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T1#
Kersikov wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T2#
Kersikov is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Kersikov trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T3#
Kersikov controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Kersikov looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx advances to half guard. #T4#
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Kersikov has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Kersikov is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Kersikov is defending well.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T5#
Kersikov trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Kersikov is squirming around nicely. #T6#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Kersikov working to try and regain half guard.
#T7#
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Kersikov is holding on tight.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Kersikov to control.
Sparxx tries to control but Kersikov wriggling away. #T8#
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Kersikov is looking to get to half guard.#T9#
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T10#
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Kersikov is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T11#
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Kersikov tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Kersikov is holding on tight.
#T12#
Kersikov is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Kersikov tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T13#
Kersikov is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Kersikov is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.#T14#
Kersikov keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 5 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 44
Date: Oct 14, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 79 wins and 40 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 82 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, Andrew Berry and James Atkins.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Jello defends it nicely.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Jello tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Jello manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
Jello attempts a counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it well and moves away.
Moldy Jello has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown but Jello shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Jello has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx fails with the takedown.#TD2#
Sparxx closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Jello did well to prevent Sparxx getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (0) vs (2) Sparxx#T1#
Jello holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Jello tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Jello controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Sparxx moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (0) vs (5) Sparxx#T2#
Jello seems a little lost for a moment, as Sparxx dominates the positioning.
Jello sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Jello gets full guard.
Jello keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx won't allow Jello to sweep him here. #T3#
Jello is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.
Jello trying to control the position here. #T4#
Sparxx stays in close to Jello's body and controls the position.
Jello looking to control but Sparxx passes into half guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello is looking to improve his position.
#T5#
Sparxx controlling the pace.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Jello wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Jello blocks the move with his legs.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T6#
Jello wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Jello is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx is staying tight to Jello's torso, preventing him from escaping.
You can see the frustration on Jello's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T7#
Jello tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx just content to control the position.
Jello is looking for a sweep.
Jello can't do much from the bottom here. #T8#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Jello keeps working.
Jello prevents Sparxx from improving position.
Jello being controlled for a moment. #T9#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Jello keeps working.
Jello can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx just content to control the position. #T10#
Jello is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Jello stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
Jello tries to get back to half guard but can't.
You can see the frustration on Jello's face as Sparxx controls the position. #T11#
Jello is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx controls the position from side control.
Jello is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T12#
Sparxx controls the position.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T13#
Jello is looking to reverse the position.
Jello is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Jello tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T14#
Jello tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Jello seems a little lost for a moment, as Sparxx dominates the positioning.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 8 to 0. Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Tyrone Sparxx, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Moldy Jello spoke after the fight, saying 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 43
Date: Oct 11, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 79 wins and 39 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 81 wins and 72 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Paul Tew and James Glass.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (0) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Jello is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Jello's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (0) vs (5) Sparxx#T1#
Sparxx advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (0) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx trying to control but Jello is having none of it.
Jello is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T2#
Jello tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (0) vs (10) Sparxx
Jello wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free.
Jello is trying to break free.
What can Jello do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Jello trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip. #T3#
Sparxx controlling the position well here. Jello rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
#T4#
Jello surviving as best he can, preventing damage.
Sparxx just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
I really don't envy Jello right now.
#T5#
Jello prevents Sparxx from getting a body triangle.
What can Jello do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Jello is keeping busy.
#T6#
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Jello is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Jello tries to break free.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T7#
Jello rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.
Sparxx not allowing Jello to control his hands. #T8#
Sparxx is looking to control Jello but Jello is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Jello manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Jello.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (10) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T9#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (12) Sparxx
Jello looking to control.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Jello controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T10#
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Jello controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Jello pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage. #T11#
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Jello is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx trying to control but Jello is working from the bottom. #T12#
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Jello is trying to get back to full guard.
Jello has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Jello is working from the bottom.
Jello wants to get back to full guard.#T13#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Jello keeps working.
Jello wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (2) vs (15) Sparxx
Jello working to try and regain half guard.
Jello is working hard here to advance position.#T14#
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Jello is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx fails to take his opponent's back.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 15 to 2. Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
The defeated Moldy Jello had this to say: 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 42
Date: Oct 07, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 78 wins and 39 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 81 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Bishop, Richard Clark and William Gold.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx changes levels and looks for a double leg takedown. Jello tries to avoid it but Sparxx manages to keep hold of a leg and drag Jello to the ground. Jello escapes though and pops straight back up to his feet.
Sparxx tries to score a power double leg takedown but Jello sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Sparxx somewhat.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Sparxx.
Moldy Jello has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Sparxx.
Jello drops down looking for a counter takedown but Sparxx sprawls and moves away.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt #TD#
and Jello counters with a nice double leg into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jello is controlling the pace.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Jello is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Jello trying to advance position but Sparxx counters by regaining guard. #T2#
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Jello trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Jello is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T3#
Jello preventing the sweep.
Sparxx has his hands on Jello's head, controlling the position.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#SUB2#
Sparxx looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Jello has picked Sparxx up and slammed him! Sparxx can't keep hold of the triangle and Jello manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T4#
Jello staying calm.
Jello tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs.
Jello is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T5#
Sparxx is not content to let Jello control the position.
The referee asks Jello politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Jello prefers to stall for the moment though.#T6#
Sparxx prevents Jello from moving into mount.
Sparxx tries to buck Jello off but Jello is having none of it.
Jello is staying tight to Sparxx's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Jello wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T7#
Jello wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Jello wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Jello advancing to mount.
We've been hearing good reports from Jello's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T8#
Jello perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Jello seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T9#
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Jello advancing to mount.
Jello controlling the pace.
Sparxx is looking to get back to full guard here but Jello has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello controlling from side mount. #T10#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Jello is staying tight to Sparxx's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Jello keeps moving and retains side control.
Jello content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though. #T11#
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx trying his best to control but Jello has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello looking to control and managing it successfully. #T12#
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
Jello can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Jello tries to push Sparxx's head away but Sparxx is holding on tight.#T13#
Jello takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Jello wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Jello wants to control the action but instead Sparxx gets a body lock and reverses into Jello's guard! Nice work! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (10) vs (2) Sparxx#T14#
Jello looking for a sweep. Not yet Jello, not yet.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now.
Jello trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Jello keeps moving.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
An out of breath Moldy Jello thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 41
Date: Oct 04, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 80 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 14 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, Daniel Bishop and Paul Tew.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez changes levels and looks for a double leg takedown. Sparxx tries to avoid it but Rodriquez manages to keep hold of a leg and drag Sparxx to the ground. Sparxx escapes though and pops straight back up to his feet.
Rodriquez tries to score a power double leg takedown but Sparxx sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Rodriquez somewhat.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Nick Rodriquez.
Rodriquez changes levels and looks for a double leg takedown. Sparxx tries to avoid it but Rodriquez manages to keep hold of a leg and drag Sparxx to the ground. Sparxx escapes though and pops straight back up to his feet.
Rodriquez dives in for a single leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.
Wow, both these guys are really going for it!
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Sparxx as he jumps to the side.
Sparxx slaps away a takedown attempt from Rodriquez, before circling back to the center of the mat.
Rodriquez shoots for a double leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls well. He's pushed Rodriquez's face into the mat and manages to get back to his feet relatively easily.
Rodriquez shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Sparxx pinned against the cage. Sparxx gets the underhooks and manages to circle away.
Rodriquez has a takedown stuffed.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Rodriquez defends it nicely.
Rodriquez closes the distance and clinches up with Sparxx, looking for a takedown. Rodriquez pushes Sparxx against the cage but Sparxx circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.
Rodriquez closes the distance and clinches up with Sparxx, looking for a takedown. Rodriquez pushes Sparxx against the cage but Sparxx circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.
Rodriquez closes this distance looking for a takedown but Sparxx circles away.
Rodriquez tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Sparxx swivels and escapes.#T1#
Sparxx looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Rodriquez is fending him off so far but Sparxx persists. Nope, Rodriquez circles away and we're back to standing.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Sparxx as he jumps to the side.
Sparxx attempts a counter takedown but Rodriquez avoids it well and moves away.
Rodriquez throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Rodriquez off to one side.
Rodriquez looks winded!
Nice sprawl there from Sparxx as Rodriquez shoots in.
Rodriquez tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Sparxx defends well and Rodriquez ends up having to push Sparxx into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.#TD#
Sparxx bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Rodriquez
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Rodriquez stops Sparxx from passing to mount.
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Rodriquez tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T2#
Rodriquez is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Rodriquez is being controlled here.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez is looking to reverse the position.#T3#
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Rodriquez is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx controls the position from side control.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is keeping him busy. #T4#
Rodriquez is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T5#
Rodriquez is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Rodriquez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T6#
Sparxx staying calm.
Rodriquez is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #T7#
Rodriquez is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Rodriquez will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.#T8#
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
Rodriquez is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx happy to just control the position for now. #T9#
Sparxx has knee on belly and now moves to full mount! Trouble for Rodriquez! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (6) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Rodriquez wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #T10#
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Rodriquez to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (9) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx is not going to allow Rodriquez to sit and survive in this position.
Rodriquez tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Sparxx avoiding Rodriquez 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx keeps control of the position easily here as Rodriquez tries to buck him off.
#T11#
Rodriquez trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish. #T12#
Sparxx not allowing Rodriquez to control his hands.
You can see the frustration on Rodriquez's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#T13#
Sparxx tries to get the hooks in deep but Rodriquez pushed the leg off.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Rodriquez.#T14#
Sparxx has the hooks in. Rodriquez is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Rodriquez is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Rodriquez.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 9 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his super heavyweight title!
After winning the bout, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 40
Date: Sep 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 79 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 33 losses; Xavier Merlin!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, James Ackerman and Sam Margolis.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Merlin is trying hard to land a takedown here. Sparxx sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
Sparxx stuffs the takedown.
Merlin fails with the takedown.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Xavier Merlin.#TD#
Sparxx feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Merlin
Merlin is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Merlin looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Merlin keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T1#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Merlin swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx passes Merlin's left leg - he's now in half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Merlin is looking to improve his position.
Merlin wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
#T2#
Merlin wants to control the action here but instead Sparxx manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Merlin
Merlin tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Merlin is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T3#
Merlin tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Merlin tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away. #T4#
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Merlin working to try and regain half guard.
#T5#
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Merlin to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Merlin
Sparxx controls the position.
Merlin tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
#T6#
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Merlin rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
Sparxx controlling from the back.#T7#
Sparxx gets his hands free as Merlin looks to control.
Merlin is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Merlin trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
#T8#
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Merlin can't escape the position.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Merlin.#T9##T10#
Merlin tries to break free.
Merlin trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
I would not like to be Merlin right now.
#T11#
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx is trying to stick to Merlin's back but Merlin is turning into Sparxx. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Sparxx's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Merlin. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Merlin
Merlin is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T12#
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Merlin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Merlin trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (2) Merlin
Merlin is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
#T13#
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Merlin is keeping the position for now. #T14#
Merlin looking to control.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Merlin is keeping the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
During a confident post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 39
Date: Sep 27, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 38 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 78 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Sam Margolis and Colin Fotheringham.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx fails miserably with a takedown attempt.#TD2#
Sparxx drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Jello has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Jello is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is keeping the position.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #T2#
Jello bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Jello trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #T3#
Jello is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Jello looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is fighting to break Jello's control of his arms but Jello is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T4#
Jello looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T5#
Jello working a defensive guard here.
Jello controlling the position.#T6#
Jello tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Jello is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.
Sparxx postures up.
#T7#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Jello holds on and takes a little breather.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T8#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello looking to control.
#T9#
Jello wants to sweep but no luck.
Jello is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Jello working a defensive guard here.
#T10#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.#T11#
Jello is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello is trying to get back to full guard.#T12#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Jello defending well. #T13#
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jello is defending well.
Jello wants to control the action here but instead Sparxx manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (2) vs (7) Sparxx
Jello tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (2) vs (10) Sparxx
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
#T14#
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Jello trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx has the hooks in. Jello is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 10 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
The defeated Moldy Jello had this to say: 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 38
Date: Sep 23, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 13 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 77 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, Chris Edwards and Phil Schofield.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Rodriquez shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Rodriquez showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez controlling the action here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Rodriquez keeps him under control.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.#T1#
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Rodriquez stalling.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg. #T2#
Sparxx is not content to let Rodriquez control the position.
Rodriquez sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Rodriquez has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Rodriquez tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it. #T3#
Rodriquez is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T4#
Sparxx has his hands on Rodriquez's head, controlling the position.
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully. #T5#
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T6#
Rodriquez is looking to pass into half guard but Sparxx pushes him away with his feet and jumps on top - now Sparxx is in guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Rodriquez working a defensive guard but Sparxx manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (5) Sparxx#T7#
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
A lull in the action here.
You can see the frustration on Rodriquez's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T8#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Rodriquez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep.#T9##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Rodriquez tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez stops Sparxx from passing to mount. #T10#
Sparxx working away.
Rodriquez gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (2) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx is looking to work his way around to Rodriquez's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T11#
Sparxx tries to control but Rodriquez wriggling away.
Rodriquez tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely. #T12#
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T13#
Rodriquez can't escape the position.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Rodriquez is looking to escape.
Rodriquez can't escape the position.
#T14#
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Rodriquez is looking to escape.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Rodriquez to control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 2.
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 37
Date: Sep 20, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 75 wins and 37 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 71 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Atkins, Sam Margolis and Colin Fotheringham.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Horrible takedown attempt by Sparxx or perhaps it was just good defense by Jello, which made it look bad. #TD2#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx stays in close to Jello's body and controls the position.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Jello is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Jello controlling the position.
Jello looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Jello has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx postures up.
#T2#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T3#
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T4#
Jello is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Jello is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T5#
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx is fighting to break Jello's control of his arms but Jello is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx stays in close to Jello's body and controls the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T6#
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Jello seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Jello is retaining full guard. #T7#
Jello is looking to sweep but instead, Sparxx has passed into half guard.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx prevents Jello from improving his position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #T8#
Jello wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Jello defends it. #T9#
Jello is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Jello works his way to full guard. Good work.#T10#
Jello has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Jello wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard. #T11#
Jello trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Jello is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Jello has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.#T13#
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Jello is defending the position. #T14#
Jello is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Jello trying to control here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 2 to 0.
A victorious Tyrone Sparxx thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Moldy Jello had this to say: 'I like big butts!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 36
Date: Sep 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 76 wins and 70 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 74 wins and 37 losses; Moldy Jello!
The judges for this bout are Steven Brown, Chris Edwards and Paul Tew.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Jello darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Jello
Jello sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Jello postures up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T1#
Jello is controlling the pace.
Let's hope that Jello has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Jello has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at KFA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.#T2#
Sparxx trying to control but Jello postures up.
Jello content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx keeping hold of Jello's head, controlling as best he can. #T3#
Jello trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Jello perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jello wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T4#
Jello passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Jello
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Jello controlling the position from side mount. #T5#
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Jello is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Sparxx's shoulder. That is not cool.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T6#
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at House of 1000 Corpses, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T7#
A lull in the action here as Jello stalls from top position.
Sparxx sneaks back into half guard.
Jello controlling the action here.#T8#
Sparxx is controlling Jello's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Jello's head to control him but Jello postures up.
Jello controlling the pace. #T9#
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Jello controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Jello content to stall in guard here. #T10#
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Jello.#T11#
Sparxx pulls Jello in to control the position.
Jello pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx pulls Jello in close to his closed guard and prevents Jello from doing any damage or advancing position.#T12#
Jello wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Jello controlling from the top position.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T13#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Jello sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Jello is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Jello controlling the pace. #T14#
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Jello wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Jello takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB2#
Jello is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello wins on points by 5 to 0.
Moldy Jello is the new super heavyweight champion!
An out of breath Moldy Jello thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 35
Date: Sep 13, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 12 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 75 wins and 70 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Daniel Bishop and Steven Brown.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx slaps away a takedown attempt from Rodriquez, before circling back to the center of the mat.
Rodriquez goes for a double leg but Sparxx avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the ropes as Sparxx continues to drive forward.
Rodriquez goes for a takedown in the clinch but Sparxx prevents it.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Nick Rodriquez. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Rodriquez fails to pull guard.
Rodriquez is trying to pull guard but Sparxx has him pressed against the ropes.#TD2#
Sparxx is working on a single leg takedown against the ropes. Rodriquez can't fight it off and eventually Sparxx manages to take the fight to the floor. Rodriquez looks annoyed but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T1#
Rodriquez wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx is thwarting Rodriquez's attempts to control the position.#T2#
Sparxx is taking a breather. Rodriquez says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx is trying to control. Rodriquez wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez working to try and regain half guard.
#T3#
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Rodriquez is looking to escape.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T4#
Rodriquez tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Rodriquez is working hard here to advance position.
Rodriquez wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.#T5#
Rodriquez is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely.
Rodriquez tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T6#
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Rodriquez is trying to reverse the position but instead Sparxx has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx is not going to allow Rodriquez to sit and survive in this position.
Rodriquez is in bad spot here.
Sparxx is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Rodriquez trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T7#
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Rodriquez wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free. #T8#
Sparxx trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Rodriquez doesn't escape.
Rodriquez has the hand control, trying to stop the rear naked choke.
Good control from Sparxx.
Rodriquez tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell! #T9#
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Rodriquez is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Rodriquez is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T10#
Rodriquez tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx content just to control the position here. #T11#
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Rodriquez to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (0) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx controls the action.
Sparxx looking to hold on to the position here but Rodriquez rolls and ends up regaining guard.
#T12#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rodriquez is keeping the position for now.
Rodriquez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Rodriquez is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#T13#
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Well,Rodriquez is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T14#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Rodriquez trying to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 11 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
Tyrone Sparxx seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 34
Date: Sep 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 74 wins and 70 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 28 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are William Gold, James Glass and Sam Margolis.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
Kersikov darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Kersikov into the ropes.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt from distance.
Kersikov is definitely looking for the counter takedowns here.
Sparxx displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Kersikov.
Kersikov is trying hard to land a takedown here. Sparxx sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Bogdan Kersikov.
Kersikov will have to do better than that with his takedown attempts.
Kersikov looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
Kersikov displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Sparxx.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Kersikov defends it nicely.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Sparxx.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Sparxx.
Kersikov stuffs the takedown attempt from Sparxx. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet. #TD2#
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Kersikov
My spies in KFA inform me that Kersikov has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Kersikov being controlled here momentarily. #T1#
Kersikov trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Kersikov.
Kersikov not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T2#
Kersikov is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Kersikov is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #T3#
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Kersikov wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T4#
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Kersikov is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Kersikov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Kersikov trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Sparxx manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T5#
Kersikov is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Kersikov looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Kersikov#T6#
Sparxx trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Kersikov doesn't escape.
Kersikov is in bad spot here.
Sparxx tries to keep control of the position but Kersikov is staying busy.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T7#
Sparxx struggling to keep hold of the position.
Sparxx keeps control of the position easily here as Kersikov tries to buck him off.
Kersikov is in bad spot here.
#T8#
Sparxx not allowing Kersikov to control his hands.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx controlling the position well here. Kersikov rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx wants to control but Kersikov is keeping busy.#T9#
Kersikov is really stuck here.
Sparxx controls the action.#SUB#
Kersikov defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Sparxx's arms.
Sparxx is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish. #T10#
Kersikov trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
#T11#
Sparxx controlling the position well here. Kersikov rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx tries to keep control of the position but Kersikov is staying busy.#T12#
Sparxx has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Kersikov's body.
Sparxx is controlling the position but Kersikov somehow manages to roll and ends up with half guard.
Kersikov tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Kersikov is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T13##SUB#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Kersikov sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Kersikov won't allow it.
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Kersikov takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #T14#
Kersikov is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Kersikov lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (4) Kersikov
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kersikov from controlling successfully.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 4.
A relieved looking Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 33
Date: Sep 06, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 27 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 73 wins and 70 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Donald Grub, Richard Clark and Daniel Bishop.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Kersikov shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Sparxx pinned against the ropes. Sparxx gets the underhooks and manages to circle away. #TD2#
Sparxx shoots in from a long way out. He's driving through with the takedown attempt and he eventually gets it, landing in Kersikov's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kersikov keeps working.
Sparxx is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx working away.#T1#
Kersikov trying to remain calm as Sparxx controls from the top position.
Kersikov is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx working away.
Kersikov is being controlled here.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T2#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Kersikov is working away.
Kersikov is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Kersikov being controlled for a moment.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Kersikov is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at KFA, so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T3#
Kersikov tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Kersikov seems a little lost for a moment, as Sparxx dominates the positioning.
Kersikov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T4#
Sparxx passes to full mount! That's big trouble for Kersikov! Score +2 for reaching mount: Kersikov (0) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx takes Kersikov's back. Score +3 for taking back: Kersikov (0) vs (10) Sparxx
I really don't envy Kersikov right now.
Sparxx controlling the position well here. Kersikov rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx is not going to allow Kersikov to sit and survive in this position. #T5#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Sparxx controlling the positon.#T6##T7#
Kersikov rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Kersikov says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Kersikov trying to control from the bottom.
#T8#
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Kersikov defends it.
Sparxx wants to control but Kersikov is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Kersikov won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Kersikov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.#T9#
Kersikov is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Kersikov won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Kersikov tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard. #T10#
Kersikov is doing well to control the position and prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Kersikov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T11#
Kersikov wants to sweep but Sparxx has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (13) Sparxx
Kersikov is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kersikov keeps working. #SUB2#
Kersikov wants to improve his position, back to half guard but Sparxx has ideas of his own. He's got hold of Kersikov's far side arm and it looks like he's got an Americana. Ohh! Ohhhh! OOOOOOOOOH! A human being's arm is not meant to bend like that! Kersikov is tapping like a morse code operator on the Titanic! SOS SOS! He's out of here! Great win for Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 12:58 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Americana). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx bigged himself up after the win. The crowd seemed to love it. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 32
Date: Sep 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 26 losses; Volodymyr Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 70 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Columbo Gatti, Joseph Jones and John Roberts.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx gets caught flat footed, as Kersikov shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (0) Sparxx#SUB2#
Kersikov avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kersikov showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is pulling down on Kersikov's head. It's preventing any offense from Kersikov, at least for the moment.#T2#
Kersikov looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov being controlled here, momentarily.
Kersikov seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Kersikov has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture. #T3#
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T4#
Kersikov looking for a sweep. Not yet Kersikov, not yet.
Sparxx stands and throws Kersikov's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling the position. #T5#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Kersikov tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
A lull in the action here.#T6#
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T7#
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Kersikov stops Sparxx from passing to mount. #T8#
Sparxx passes to full mount! That's big trouble for Kersikov! Score +2 for reaching mount: Kersikov (2) vs (7) Sparxx
Kersikov regains half guard.
Kersikov is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Kersikov won't allow it. #T9#
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is continuing to stall.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Kersikov won't allow it. #T10#
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Kersikov says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T11#
The adventures of Sparxx the control monster continue. Boring.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.#T12#
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Kersikov defends it. #T13#
Kersikov is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling the action here.#T14#
Kersikov tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 2.
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 31
Date: Aug 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 14 losses; Vasiliy Kulik! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 69 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are James Ackerman, Richard Clark and Chris Edwards.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Kulik rushes Sparxx and pushes him back against the ropes in a clinch.#TD#
Kulik works for the underhooks and manages to get a trip takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kulik (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Kulik wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Kulik trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Kulik has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Kulik wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx has control of Kulik's left arm, preventing Kulik from doing any damage. #T1##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T2#
Kulik controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#SUB2#
Kulik got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Kulik has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.
Kulik trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx is trying to keep Kulik in close.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck. #T3#
Kulik sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kulik really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully. #SUB2#
Sparxx working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Kulik doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Kulik manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Kulik stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Kulik tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T4#
Kulik passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Kulik is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Kulik's head to control him but Kulik postures up.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Kulik keeps him under control.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
#T5#
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Kulik has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Kulik (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Kulik wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx tries to bench press Kulik off him but Kulik keeps the position. #T6#
Kulik content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sparxx tries to buck Kulik off but Kulik is having none of it.
The referee asks Kulik politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Kulik prefers to stall for the moment though.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Kulik wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T7#
Kulik is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Kulik trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage. #T8#
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Kulik tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T9#
Kulik content to stall in guard here. #SUB2#
Kulik got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Kulik has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.
Kulik trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kulik preventing the sweep. #T10#
Kulik looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Kulik trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Kulik wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T11#
Sparxx looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Kulik postures up.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kulik from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Kulik postures up.
Kulik passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Kulik is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T13#
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Kulik keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Kulik controlling the action here.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
#T14#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but instead Kulik has moved into half guard.
Kulik prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kulik takes the fight on points by 5 to 0.
Vasiliy Kulik decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 30
Date: Aug 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 27 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 68 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Chris Edwards, Steven Brown and Paul Tew.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Nice sprawl there from Kersikov as Sparxx shoots in.
Sparxx stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Sparxx wants it to stay on the feet.
Kersikov misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
Horrible takedown attempt by Sparxx or perhaps it was just good defense by Kersikov, which made it look bad.
Kersikov appears to be looking for a counter takedown.
Kersikov fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Bogdan Kersikov. That's going to take a lot out of him.
No luck for Kersikov with that takedown attempt.
Sparxx feints the counter takedown.
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown but doesn't get it.
We've been told by Kersikov's head coaches at KFA that he's been working on his takedown defense in preparation for this fight.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov looks for a takedown but Sparxx sprawls well.
Sparxx stuffs the takedown.
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown. He's persisting with it as Sparxx sprawls well. Sparxx wins this battle and keeps the fight standing. Kersikov gets slowly back to his feet.#T1#
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt. He shot from a bit too far out.
Sparxx closes this distance looking for a takedown but Kersikov circles away.
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Sparxx but Sparxx pushes him off and we're back to square one.
Kersikov has a takedown stuffed.
Kersikov misses with a takedown attempt - Sparxx sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Kersikov fails to land the takedown.#TD#
Kersikov dives in and scores a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (0) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T2#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Kersikov is one step ahead there. #T3#
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #T4#
Kersikov has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage. #T5#
Kersikov looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T6#
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Kersikov is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T7#
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kersikov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T8#
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Kersikov defends it.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Kersikov takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #T9#
Kersikov seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #T10#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T11#
Kersikov looking to control.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard. #T12#
Kersikov looking for a sweep. Not yet Kersikov, not yet.
Kersikov is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov sitting in guard, not really doing much. #T13#
Sparxx wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Kersikov is now in half guard.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Kersikov looking to pass the guard.
Kersikov postures up.
#T14#
Kersikov slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Kersikov stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Kersikov advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Kersikov is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx trying to hold on to Kersikov's head to control him but Kersikov postures up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov takes the fight on points by 4 to 2.
An out of breath Bogdan Kersikov thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 29
Date: Aug 23, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 25 losses; Volodymyr Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 67 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Anni Minnemäki, Tarja Halkonen and Roosa Järviläinen.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown but doesn't get it.#TD#
Kersikov shoots in from a long way out. He's driving through with the takedown attempt and he eventually gets it, landing in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to improve his position but instead Kersikov has moved into half guard.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Kersikov keeps him under control.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T1#
Kersikov being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Kersikov puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Kersikov has control of the leg.
Kersikov trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it. #T2#
Kersikov prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Kersikov wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Kersikov jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Kersikov keeps moving and retains side control.
Kersikov trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T3#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Kersikov (7) vs (0) Sparxx#T4#
Sparxx is working to get back to half guard.
Kersikov takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Kersikov (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Kersikov to control.
Sparxx tries to escape but Kersikov has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Kersikov gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Kersikov to control. #T5#
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Kersikov is controlling well.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Kersikov stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T6##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Kersikov defends easily.
Sparxx is controlling Kersikov's posture.
Sparxx is looking to sweep but instead, Kersikov has passed into half guard.
#T7#
Sparxx wants to control but Kersikov is keeping busy.
Kersikov keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Kersikov is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Kersikov trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T8#
Kersikov pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx controlling the position.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Kersikov postures up.
Sparxx managing to control the position. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T9#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kersikov from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Kersikov postures up.
Kersikov preventing the sweep. #T10#
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is pulling down on Kersikov's head. It's preventing any offense from Kersikov, at least for the moment.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Kersikov's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (10) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx postures up.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T11#
Kersikov controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard. #T12#
Kersikov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck. #T13#
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T14#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kersikov wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
Sparxx trying to advance position but Kersikov counters by regaining guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov takes the fight on points by 10 to 2.
Our winner, Volodymyr Kersikov, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 28
Date: Aug 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 11 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 66 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Emerson Jorge, Paulo Santos and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez shoots in and drives through. Sparxx sprawls well.
Rodriquez misses with a takedown attempt - Sparxx sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Sparxx is trying to avoid his opponent's strikes and get into the clinch.#TD#
Rodriquez looks for a takedown. He's got it. We're now in half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T1#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Rodriquez has control of the leg.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Rodriquez stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Rodriquez postures up.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T2#
Rodriquez stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position.
Rodriquez works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Rodriquez sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T3#
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez wants to advance to full mount but Sparxx doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Rodriquez is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T4#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T5#
Sparxx is looking to sweep but instead, Rodriquez has passed into half guard.
Rodriquez takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Rodriquez has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away. #T6#
Sparxx wants to hold on but Rodriquez pushes him away.#T7#
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx is trying to control but Rodriquez passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T8#
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx regains half guard there - taking advantage of Rodriquez's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#T9#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Rodriquez pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work. #T10#
Rodriquez performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx wants to control the action here but instead Rodriquez manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (11) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx regains half guard.
Rodriquez is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T11#
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is doing well to control the position and prevent Rodriquez from advancing to side control.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Rodriquez seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.#T12#
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Rodriquez sits in half guard.
Rodriquez wants to advance to full mount but Sparxx doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Rodriquez forces his way into half guard.#T13#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Rodriquez's head to control him but Rodriquez postures up.
Rodriquez works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (14) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is not content to let Rodriquez control the position.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.#T14#
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx seems a little lost for a moment, as Rodriquez dominates the positioning.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Rodriquez is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 14 to 0.
A very excited looking Nick Rodriquez made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 27
Date: Aug 12, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 72 wins and 65 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 11 losses; Nick Rodriquez!
The judges for this bout are Chris Edwards, Sam Margolis and James Atkins.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Sparxx wants it to stay on the feet.#TD#
Sparxx gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (6) vs (0) Rodriquez
Sparxx looking to control but Rodriquez is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Rodriquez is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx looking to control but Rodriquez is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T1#
Rodriquez tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Rodriquez is working to get back to half guard.
Rodriquez wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.#T2#
Sparxx fails to take his opponent's back.
Rodriquez is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Rodriquez is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T3#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx tries to control but Rodriquez wriggling away. #SUB#
Sparxx goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Rodriquez turns into him and now he's in Sparxx's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (2) Rodriquez
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T4##SUB#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Rodriquez gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Rodriquez sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Rodriquez controlling the action here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T5#
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Rodriquez stalling. #T6##SUB2#
Rodriquez is working for a submission of some sort.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T7#
Rodriquez trying to control the pace.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T8#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez controlling the action here.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Rodriquez keeps him under control.#T9#
Rodriquez is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Rodriquez is controlling well.
Rodriquez is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
Rodriquez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T10#
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Rodriquez is proving a slippery customer.
Rodriquez is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T11#
Rodriquez stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (6) vs (5) Rodriquez
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Rodriquez controlling the position.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T12#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Rodriquez trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Rodriquez trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T13#
A lull in the action here.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Rodriquez gets to mount! Sparxx was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (6) vs (7) Rodriquez#T14#
Rodriquez looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position but Rodriquez isn't that keen on the idea.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez controlling the pace for now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez wins on points by 7 to 6.
Nick Rodriquez decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 26
Date: Aug 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 24 losses; Jackson Ramirez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 71 wins and 65 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Chris Edwards, Paul Tew and Phil Schofield.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Ramirez tries to score a power double leg takedown but Sparxx sees that one coming and sprawls well. That will dishearten Ramirez somewhat.
Ramirez fails with the takedown.
Sparxx changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.
Sparxx displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Ramirez.
Sparxx with the counter takedown but Ramirez avoids it easily.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Jackson Ramirez. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Ramirez throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Ramirez off to one side.
Ramirez is trying hard to land a takedown here. Sparxx sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
Ramirez with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a shoot takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Ramirez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Ramirez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Ramirez is defending well.
Ramirez is trying to get back to full guard.#T1##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
#SUB2#
Ramirez is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
#T2#
Ramirez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Ramirez is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T3#
Ramirez is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Ramirez seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Ramirez has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Ramirez might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T4#
Ramirez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Ramirez gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ramirez (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Ramirez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?#T5#
Sparxx is pulling down on Ramirez's head. It's preventing any offense from Ramirez, at least for the moment.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Ramirez controlling from the top position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ramirez from controlling successfully. #T6#
Ramirez passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Ramirez is controlling the pace.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T7#
Ramirez is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Ramirez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T8#
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#SUB2#
Sparxx had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Ramirez defends it easily.
Sparxx controlling the position.#T9#
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Ramirez's corner is telling him to maintain position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB2#
Sparxx has his foot on Ramirez's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Ramirez works his way back into a safe position though.#T10##SUB2#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Ramirez is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx pulls Ramirez in close to prevent any damage.
Ramirez is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Ramirez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Sparxx working for a triangle but Ramirez defends it easily.
#T11##SUB2#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Ramirez gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Ramirez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T12#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Ramirez from controlling successfully. #SUB2#
Ramirez avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Ramirez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T13#
Ramirez looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Ramirez (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Ramirez has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Ramirez looking to control.
#T14#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Ramirez.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ramirez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Ramirez wants to sweep but no luck.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Ramirez is trying to control the position from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 4 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 25
Date: Aug 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 35 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 71 wins and 64 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Eddie Farnsworth, Bruno Lombardi and Jonathan Paton.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx darts in looking for a takedown but Jello gets double underhooks and turns Sparxx into the ropes.
Sparxx dives in for a single leg takedown but Jello sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the ropes.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Jello defends it nicely.
Moldy Jello has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Sparxx.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Jello tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the ropes. Jello manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Jello stuffs the takedown attempt from Sparxx. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Sparxx looks for a takedown but Jello sprawls well.
Sparxx looks for a takedown but Jello sprawls well.#T1#
No luck for Sparxx with that takedown attempt. #TD2#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown from distance. He catches Jello napping and manages to drive through into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Jello (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Jello gets back to half guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Jello is working from the bottom.
We've been hearing good reports from Jello's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T2#
Jello is looking to improve his position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Jello is a slippery customer.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Jello tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T3##SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Jello is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Jello wants to get back to full guard.
Jello has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.#T4#
Jello is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Jello avoid being mounted?
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Jello won't allow it.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T5##SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Jello is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Jello trying to control here.
Sparxx is pressing down on Jello's thigh, looking to free his foot. Jello is holding on for now.
Jello works his way to full guard. Good work.
Jello pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage. #T6#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Jello.
Sparxx is pushing down on Jello's leg trying to pass to half guard. Jello is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for an americana but Jello has been sneaky and has managed to get back to half guard, whilst Sparxx was thinking about the submission.
Jello keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T7##SUB2#
Sparxx is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Jello is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Jello has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Jello seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx working a defensive guard but Jello manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (4) Sparxx#T8#
Jello taking a breather here.
Sparxx prevents Jello from improving position.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T9#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx prevents Jello from moving into mount.
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to buck Jello off but Jello is having none of it.#T10#
Sparxx tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Jello easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is working to get back to half guard.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Jello content just to control the position here. #T11#
Sparxx holds on to Jello as tight as he can, avoiding damage.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is looking to control Jello's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Jello is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T12#
Sparxx won't allow Jello to pass to mount.
Jello keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx is trying to keep Jello in close.
Jello stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is trying to hold Jello in close to prevent damage but Jello has managed to pass into half guard.
#T13#
Sparxx trying to control here.
Jello works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (10) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control but Jello is having none of it.#T14#
Jello is trying to take his opponent's back.
Jello wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Jello wants to control but instead Sparxx manages to regain half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Jello has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Jello tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 13 to 4.
Moldy Jello retains his super heavyweight title!
A very excited looking Moldy Jello made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 24
Date: Aug 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 71 wins and 63 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 52 wins and 25 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, James Atkins and Paul Tew.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx has a takedown stuffed.
Kersikov shoots in but Sparxx avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Kersikov darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Kersikov into the ropes.
Kersikov stuffs a takedown. It's all about dictating where the fight takes place and Kersikov wants it to stay on the feet.
Sparxx leaves Kersikov with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Sparxx half commits to a counter takedown before pushing away, out of range.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Bogdan Kersikov.
Kersikov shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Sparxx as he jumps to the side.
Kersikov leaves Sparxx with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov is trying hard to land a takedown here. Sparxx sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
Kersikov fails with a takedown attempt.
Kersikov fails miserably with a takedown attempt.
Sparxx half commits to a counter takedown before pushing away, out of range.#T1#
Kersikov stuffs the takedown attempt from Sparxx. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet.
Kersikov gets his takedown attempt stuffed easily #TD#
and Sparxx counters with a takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Kersikov#SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom here. #SUB#
Sparxx is trying to get an arm triangle but Kersikov is defending well.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T2##SUB#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Kersikov knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Kersikov is defending well. #T3#
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom here. #SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Kersikov is defending well. #SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though. #T4#
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Kersikov blocks the move with his legs. #SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Kersikov, who protects the arm well. #T5#
Sparxx working away.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kersikov keeps working.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything. #SUB#
Sparxx swings around for an armbar but Kersikov sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) Kersikov#T6#
Kersikov slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (5) Kersikov
Kersikov advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (4) vs (7) Kersikov
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Sparxx looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (4) vs (10) Kersikov
Sparxx just trying to survive but Kersikov is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish. #T7#
Sparxx prevents Kersikov from getting a body triangle.
Sparxx just trying to survive but Kersikov is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Kersikov's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T8#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx tries to break free.
My spies in KFA inform me that Kersikov has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T9#
Kersikov has good solid back control here.
Kersikov trying to control momentarily.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
I really don't envy Sparxx right now.
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.#T10#
Sparxx trying to control the action but Kersikov just sinks the hooks in.
Kersikov has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Kersikov to control.
Kersikov doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (10) Kersikov
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Kersikov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T11#
Kersikov is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Kersikov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T12#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Kersikov.
Kersikov is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Kersikov is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (12) Kersikov#T13##SUB#
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx is controlling Kersikov's trapped leg to prevent Kersikov from advancing to side control.
Kersikov is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T14#
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Kersikov tries to pass.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Kersikov postures up.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Kersikov manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (12) Kersikov
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov wins on points by 12 to 8.
Bogdan Kersikov decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 23
Date: Jul 29, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 9 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 63 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Phil Schofield, Paul Tew and Donald Grub.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez shoots in looking for a takedown. Sparxx tries to sprawl out of it but Rodriquez keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the ropes. Sparxx manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Rodriquez is defended easily by Sparxx.#TD#
Rodriquez drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Rodriquez is aware though and is defending well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #T1#
Rodriquez slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Rodriquez looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T2#
Rodriquez trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx pushing down on Rodriquez's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Rodriquez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T3#
Rodriquez is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Rodriquez is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Rodriquez defends it. #T4#
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Rodriquez keeping control of the position. #SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
#SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Rodriquez defends the submission attempt.#T5#
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is thwarting Rodriquez's attempts to control the position.
Rodriquez regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Rodriquez is retaining full guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T6#
Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez is trying to hold Sparxx in close to prevent damage but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
Rodriquez wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
#SUB2#
Rodriquez is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
#T7#
Sparxx is thwarting Rodriquez's attempts to control the position.
Rodriquez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Rodriquez regains full guard. Nicely done. #T8#
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx is pushing down on Rodriquez's leg trying to pass to half guard. Rodriquez is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Rodriquez is trying to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Rodriquez avoid being mounted?
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Rodriquez is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Rodriquez keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount. #T9#
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Rodriquez manages to get to full guard.
#T10#
Rodriquez has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Sparxx passes Rodriquez's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard.#T11#
Rodriquez slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez trying to control the position here.
Sparxx pushes down on Rodriquez's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T12##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Rodriquez defends it well.
Rodriquez tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T13##SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Rodriquez is defending it quite comfortably.
Rodriquez is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T14#
Rodriquez is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Rodriquez trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 5 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 22
Date: Jul 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 25 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 70 wins and 62 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, James Glass and William Gold.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx shoots in and gets a takedown into Kersikov's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Kersikov is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Kersikov won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov preventing the sweep.
Kersikov content to stall in guard here. #T1#
Kersikov passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Kersikov takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Kersikov's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T2#
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Kersikov not doing much here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Kersikov pulls his head out easily. #T3#
Kersikov content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Kersikov trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Kersikov sits in half guard.
Kersikov is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #T4#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Kersikov tries to pass.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Kersikov won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Kersikov trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5##SUB2#
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Kersikov looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Kersikov tries to pass. #T6#
Kersikov controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Kersikov defends well.
Sparxx pulls Kersikov in to control the position. #T7#
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Kersikov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T8#
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Kersikov has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to control Kersikov's posture but Kersikov avoids it.
Sparxx is holding Kersikov down, trying to stall.
Sparxx tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Kersikov (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov content just to control the position here. #T9#
Sparxx tries to hold on but Kersikov pushes him away.
Sparxx manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Kersikov trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Kersikov works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (10) vs (2) Sparxx#T10#
Kersikov moves to back control. Score +3 for taking back: Kersikov (13) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the action but Kersikov just sinks the hooks in.
Kersikov trying to control.
Sparxx wants to control his opponent's hands but Kersikov gets his hands free. #T11#
Sparxx tries to roll but Kersikov sticks to his back.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Kersikov to control.
Kersikov is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx breaks Kersikov's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #T12#
Sparxx postures up.
#T13#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is keeping the position.
Kersikov lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (15) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Kersikov wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T14#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (15) vs (6) Sparxx
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov takes the fight on points by 15 to 6.
An out of breath Bogdan Kersikov thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 21
Date: Jul 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 8 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 69 wins and 62 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paul Tew, Chris Edwards and Donald Grub.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Sparxx but Sparxx pushes him off and we're back to square one.#CL2#
Sparxx clinches up with Rodriquez and pushes him back against the ropes.#TD#
Rodriquez decides to pull guard.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Rodriquez is retaining full guard.
Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T1#
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Rodriquez has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez being controlled here, momentarily. #T2#
Rodriquez seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Rodriquez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T3#
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T4#
Rodriquez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Rodriquez has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T5#
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Rodriquez wants to get back to full guard.#T6#
Sparxx is thwarting Rodriquez's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Rodriquez is looking to improve his position.
#T7#
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Rodriquez does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
The fighters are battling for position here. Rodriquez manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Rodriquez is adopting a defensive guard.#T8#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Rodriquez looking to control.
#T9#
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Rodriquez is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
Rodriquez is trying to push Sparxx off with his feet but Sparxx grabs hold of one of the legs and drops back looking for a submission! He's cranking on one of Rodriquez's ankles and Rodriquez is forced to tap! This one is aaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 10:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Ankle Lock). Tyrone Sparxx!
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 20
Date: Jul 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 8 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 69 wins and 61 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fotheringham, James Glass and William Gold.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Nice sprawl there from Sparxx as Rodriquez shoots in.#TD#
Rodriquez changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Sparxx looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez controls the position from side control.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx regains half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Rodriquez keeps him under control.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#T1#
Rodriquez perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Rodriquez trying to control from Sparxx's half guard. Sparxx has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Rodriquez wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Rodriquez is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Rodriquez passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (7) vs (0) Sparxx#T2#
Rodriquez gets to mount! Sparxx was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (9) vs (0) Sparxx
Rodriquez tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Rodriquez tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away. #T3#
Rodriquez tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Rodriquez pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Rodriquez wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.#T4#
Sparxx is controlling an arm, preventing Rodriquez from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position but Rodriquez isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Rodriquez has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (12) vs (0) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Rodriquez is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off. #T5#
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Rodriquez controlling the positon.
Rodriquez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T6#
Rodriquez trying to control.
I really don't envy Sparxx right now.
#SUB#
Sparxx has hold of Rodriquez's leg, trying to break free but it's let Rodriquez lock up a rear naked choke! This could be big trouble! Sparxx is turning an unusual color here… he's out! Rodriquez throws him to one side and jumps onto the ropes to celebrate with his fans.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 7:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Nick Rodriquez!
Nick Rodriquez seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 19
Date: Jul 15, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 61 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 69 wins and 60 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Luis Engracia and Emerson Jorge.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Jello looking for a takedown here - he's got it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Jello has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is trying to work for a sweep but Jello has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (7) vs (0) Sparxx#T1#
Sparxx looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Good control from Jello.
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Jello just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Jello is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
#T2#
Jello controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Jello kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx prevents Jello from getting a body triangle.#T3#
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.#T4#
Sparxx tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Jello content just to control the position here.
Sparxx sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
We've been hearing good reports from Jello's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Jello is controlling well.
Jello wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position. #T5#
Still in half guard, Jello seems content to control.
Jello's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Jello seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T6#
Jello looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Jello has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (13) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx regains half guard.#T7#
Sparxx tries to roll over but Jello keeps him under control.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Jello sits in half guard.
Jello perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Jello sits in half guard. #T8#
Jello uses his free foot to push down on Sparxx's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (16) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Jello's attempts to control the action.
Jello manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (19) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello is looking to control Sparxx but Sparxx is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T9#
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Jello trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Jello is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Jello has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Jello tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off. #T10#
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Jello really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
Jello trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#T11#
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Jello trying to control the pace.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T12#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Jello tries to pass.
Sparxx is trying to keep Jello in close.
Jello passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T13#
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Jello seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T14#
Jello stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Jello tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 19 to 0.
Moldy Jello retains his super heavyweight title!
Our winner, Moldy Jello, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
wp 17
Date: Jul 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 7 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 60 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Eddie Farnsworth, Alyssa Summers and Anthony Taglia.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx leaves Rodriquez with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense.
Sparxx is definitely looking for the counter takedowns here.
Rodriquez fails with the takedown#TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a nice double leg into side control. Rodriquez won't be happy with that. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (4) Sparxx
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Nick Rodriquez. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
Rodriquez is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
Rodriquez has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.#T1#
Rodriquez tries to get back to half guard but can't.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Rodriquez struggling a bit here.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but can't.
Sparxx wants to control for a moment but Rodriquez uses the opportunity to move back to half guard. #T2#
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Rodriquez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T3##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Rodriquez defends it well.
Rodriquez is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Rodriquez is doing well to control the position and prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.#T4#
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Rodriquez makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Rodriquez.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Rodriquez is working from the bottom. #T5#
Rodriquez is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Rodriquez wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Rodriquez.#T6#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx won't allow Rodriquez to sweep him here. #T7#
Rodriquez trying to control the position.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Sparxx postures up.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Rodriquez tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Rodriquez pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage. #T8#
Rodriquez wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Rodriquez is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Despite being in a bad position, Sparxx is controlling the hands, preventing any submission attempts. #T9#
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T10#
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Rodriquez is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T11#
Sparxx just trying to survive but Rodriquez is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Rodriquez really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Rodriquez to control. #T12#
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Rodriquez doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (6) Sparxx
Rodriquez seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Rodriquez being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T13#
Rodriquez trying to control the position here.
Well,Rodriquez is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard. #T14#
Rodriquez trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez keeping hold of Sparxx's head, controlling as best he can.
Rodriquez is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez gets back to full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 6 to 4.
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 18
Date: Jul 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 68 wins and 59 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Edson Gomes and Paulo Santos.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Jello feints and as Sparxx raises his hands in defense, Jello changes levels and drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is pulling down on Jello's head. It's preventing any offense from Jello, at least for the moment.
Jello is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Jello sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Jello trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T1#
Jello slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.#T2#
Sparxx regains half guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Jello's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Jello content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is controlling Jello's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Sparxx wants to control but Jello is keeping busy.
Jello trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well. #T3#
Jello passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Jello controlling the position easily from mount.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (11) vs (0) Sparxx#T4#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Jello biding his time, controlling Sparxx.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully. #T5#
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Jello from advancing position.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T6#
Jello wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Jello's back. He's all about the action.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T7#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Jello is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Jello with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T8#
Sparxx is trying is best to control the position here.
Jello seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Jello is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Jello advancing to mount. #T9#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Jello has control of the leg.
Jello wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Jello content to control rather than advance.
Jello seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T10#
Jello seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.#T11#
Sparxx keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Jello with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T12#
Jello has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx is trying to control but Jello manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (14) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Sparxx sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.#T13#
Sparxx wants to control but Jello is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Jello has control of the leg.
Jello trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (17) vs (0) Sparxx#T14#
Jello takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx looks out of his depth in this position - he's holding on tight.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 17 to 0.
Moldy Jello retains his super heavyweight title!
A victorious Moldy Jello thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 16
Date: Jul 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 22 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 59 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Alexandre Firmino and Mauricio Rocha.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Kersikov shoots in but doesn't get the takedown #TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a nice shoot takedown that brings the fighters to the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov looking for a sweep. Not yet Kersikov, not yet.
Kersikov is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Sparxx won't allow Kersikov to sweep him here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Kersikov wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T1#
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Kersikov is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Kersikov not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T2#
Sparxx pushing down on Kersikov's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Kersikov trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
Kersikov is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sparxx prevents Kersikov from improving his position.#T3#
Kersikov moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T4#
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Kersikov looking to control.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Kersikov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.#T5#
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Kersikov swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Kersikov.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T6#
Kersikov tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Kersikov is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T7#
Kersikov passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Kersikov looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Kersikov gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Kersikov is trying to take his opponent's back.
#T8#
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Kersikov controlling from the full mount.
Kersikov trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Kersikov gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.#T9#
Kersikov wants to take his opponent's back but instead Sparxx manages to regain half guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Kersikov is keeping busy.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Kersikov's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Kersikov's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Kersikov (5) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Kersikov.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T10#
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Kersikov manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (7) vs (6) Sparxx
Kersikov slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
We've been hearing good reports from Kersikov's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T11#
Sparxx looking to control.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (7) vs (8) Sparxx
Kersikov pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Kersikov looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T13#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Kersikov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T14#
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kersikov is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 8 to 7.
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 15
Date: Jun 28, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 46 wins and 22 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 58 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Trevor Gratis, Yves DeLean and Dillan Fox.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Kersikov drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Kersikov slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx is pulling down on Kersikov's head. It's preventing any offense from Kersikov, at least for the moment.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
We've been hearing good reports from Kersikov's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Kersikov being controlled here momentarily. #T2#
Kersikov slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #SUB#
Kersikov drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Sparxx dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Kersikov (2) vs (2) Sparxx#T3#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T4#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T5#
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #T6#
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Kersikov trying to control the position.
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #T7#
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Kersikov wants to sweep but no luck. #T8#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Kersikov can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Kersikov tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T9#
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Kersikov is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is fighting to break Kersikov's control of his arms but Kersikov is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T10#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T11#
Kersikov moves into full guard.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx is pressing down on Kersikov's thigh, looking to free his foot. Kersikov is holding on for now. #T12#
Kersikov is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace. #T13#
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Kersikov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Kersikov is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Sparxx stalling away here and it's allowed Kersikov to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard. #T14#
Sparxx stays in close to Kersikov's body and controls the position.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Kersikov is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Kersikov gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Kersikov takes the fight on points by 3 to 2.
During a confident post fight interview, Bogdan Kersikov thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
wp 14
Date: Jun 25, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 57 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Franklyn Lucas, Jonathan Paton and Jorge Garcia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Jello shoots in looking for a takedown. Sparxx tries to sprawl out of it but Jello keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Sparxx manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing. #TD#
Jello shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Jello showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is doing well to control the position and prevent Jello from advancing to side control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Jello has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.#T1#
Jello wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx wants to control but Jello passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx looking for a sweep but Jello has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello controlling the position easily from mount. #T2#
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Jello has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off.
Jello controlling well, preventing Sparxx from escaping the position.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T3#
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Sparxx breaks Jello's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (10) vs (2) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jello looking for a sweep. Not yet Jello, not yet.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard. #T4#
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T5#
Jello looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx trying to move into half guard but instead Jello has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (12) vs (2) Sparxx#T6#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a triangle here but Jello uses the submission attempt to pass into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (15) vs (2) Sparxx#T7#
Who's going to make the next move?
The referee asks Jello politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Jello prefers to stall for the moment though.
Sparxx gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (17) vs (2) Sparxx#T8#
Sparxx has given up his back here.
Score +3 for taking back: Jello (20) vs (2) Sparxx
Jello keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Jello controls the position.
Sparxx surviving as best he can, preventing damage. #T9#
Sparxx tries to break free.
A lull in the action here.
Jello slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Jello tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.#T10#
Sparxx breaks Jello's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (20) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx won't allow Jello to sweep him here.
Jello has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Jello looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard. #T11#
Sparxx prevents Jello from improving his position.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Jello says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx is looking to pass Jello's guard but actually Jello recovers to full guard.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T12#
Jello looking to control.
Sparxx won't allow Jello to sweep him here.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #T13#
Jello looking for a sweep. Not yet Jello, not yet.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jello is keeping the position for now. #T14#
Jello working a defensive guard here.
Jello looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Jello has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Jello is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (22) vs (4) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 22 to 4.
A very excited looking Moldy Jello made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 13
Date: Jun 18, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 56 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Steve Montenegro, Dean Styles and Eddie Farnsworth.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
A telegraphed takedown attempt from Jello is defended easily by Sparxx.#TD#
Jello drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Jello is one step ahead there.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Jello is stalling in the full guard. #T1#
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Jello slips nicely into half guard.#T2#
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Jello is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is not content to let Jello control the position.
Still in half guard, Jello seems content to control.#T3#
Jello is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello has improved his flexibility recently so we will have to see if he can use that to his advantage.
Jello controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (5) vs (2) Sparxx#T4#
Jello pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Jello looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #T5#
Jello looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx is thwarting Jello's attempts to control the position.
Jello has a hand on Sparxx's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Sparxx takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (5) Sparxx
Jello is trying desperately to improve position.#T6#
Jello stops Sparxx from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Sparxx looking to control but Jello is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T7#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Jello is trying desperately to improve position.#T8#
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Jello tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Jello is working to get back to half guard.
#T9#
Sparxx is trying to take his opponent's back.
Jello is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Jello is looking to escape. #T10#
Jello tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Jello is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Sparxx has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Jello (5) vs (8) Sparxx
Jello trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T11#
Sparxx wants to control but Jello is keeping busy.
Sparxx has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Jello's body.
Jello tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Sparxx keeps control of the position easily here as Jello tries to buck him off.
#T12#
You can see the frustration on Jello's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Jello just trying to survive but Sparxx is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
I really don't envy Jello right now.
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Jello manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (7) vs (8) Sparxx
Our spies down at at House of 1000 Corpses inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx pulls Jello in to control the position. #T13#
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Jello passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Jello, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Jello is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Jello looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #T14#
Sparxx is controlling Jello's trapped leg to prevent Jello from advancing to side control.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Jello is working away from the top position though.
Jello is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Jello has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (10) vs (8) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 10 to 8.
Moldy Jello retains his super heavyweight title!
Moldy Jello thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 12
Date: Jun 11, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 54 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 67 wins and 55 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Eddie Farnsworth, Dean Styles and Jorge Garcia.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Jello shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Sparxx defends it nicely.
Jello shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense.
We can't be sure of the tactics at this early stage but we have heard that Sparxx has been working on his takedowns a lot in the buildup to the fight and we can only assume he's going to look to take this to the mat.
Jello looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Sparxx is fending him off so far but Jello persists. Nope, Sparxx circles away and we're back to standing.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Moldy Jello. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD#
Jello shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to roll over but Jello keeps him under control.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Jello is very close to passing his half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx wants to control the position but Jello says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard. #T1#
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Jello has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Jello trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Jello won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #T2##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Jello defends well.
Jello preventing the sweep. #SUB2#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Jello is aware though and is defending well.#SUB2#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Jello can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #SUB2#
Sparxx has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Jello is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to escape the position but Jello is controlling the position. #T3#
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Jello keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx being controlled for a moment.
Jello gets to mount! Sparxx was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T4#
Jello looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Jello has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Jello (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx can't escape the position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T5#
Jello wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Jello is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Jello won't let him.
Sparxx tries to break free.
#T6#
Jello tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Jello's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Jello has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
#T7#
Jello controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Jello kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Jello is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Jello is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Jello prevents Sparxx from improving his position.#T8#
Sparxx moves into full guard.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Jello wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Jello has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (13) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T9#
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Jello's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Sparxx trying to get back to full guard but Jello takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (16) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T10#
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Jello wants to control but instead Sparxx manages to regain half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx with the active half guard here but Jello passes nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (19) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello happy to just control the position for now.
Jello wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T11#
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Jello tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Jello is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but instead Jello has moved into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T12#
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Jello wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx is pulling down on Jello's head. It's preventing any offense from Jello, at least for the moment.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Jello is aware though and is defending well.#T13##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Jello is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Jello from controlling successfully.
Jello is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Jello passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (22) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T14#
Jello is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx is not content to let Jello control the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 22 to 0.
After winning the bout, Moldy Jello thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 11
Date: Jun 04, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 43 wins and 21 losses; Bogdan Kersikov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 66 wins and 55 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Alec Ball, Robert Douchet and Dillan Fox.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Kersikov.
Kersikov goes for a double leg but Sparxx avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the cage as Sparxx continues to drive forward.
Kersikov tries to jump guard but he falls flat on his backside. Sparxx smiles and moves away.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Bogdan Kersikov. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Sparxx throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Kersikov tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Sparxx is in Kersikov's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Kersikov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Kersikov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Kersikov swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T2#
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Kersikov controlling the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
We've been hearing good reports from Kersikov's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T3#
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (5) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kersikov regains half guard.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Kersikov is having none of it. #T4#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Kersikov is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control from Kersikov's half guard. Kersikov has other ideas though and has regained full guard. #T5#
Kersikov is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Kersikov wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T6#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Kersikov controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Kersikov keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Kersikov trying to control the position.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T7#
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Kersikov is looking to reverse the position.#T8#
Kersikov sneaks back into half guard.
Kersikov moves into full guard.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T9#
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx stands and throws Kersikov's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (11) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Kersikov is defending well. #SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Kersikov, who protects the arm well. #T10#
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Kersikov instead regains half guard. #T11#
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx is looking to stall here but Kersikov recovers full guard.
Kersikov can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T12#
Kersikov is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Kersikov (0) vs (14) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Kersikov is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Kersikov (0) vs (17) Sparxx#T13#
I would not like to be Kersikov right now.
You can see the frustration on Kersikov's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#SUB2#
Sparxx tightening his grip on Kersikov, looking for the choke.
Sparxx not allowing Kersikov to control his hands. #T14##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy. #SUB2#
Sparxx is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB2#
Sparxx is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Kersikov is defending well though. Sparxx let's go of the attempt for now.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 17 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 10
Date: May 28, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 66 wins and 54 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 21 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Dean Styles, David Schapiro and Reed Andrews.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a double leg but Kersikov sprawls well. That's going to sap some energy.
Sparxx tries to shoot in for a takedown. He's got hold of a leg but Kersikov swivels and escapes.
Sparxx stuffs the takedown attempt from Kersikov. Kersikov gets slowly back to his feet.
Sparxx tries to close the distance and clinch up but Kersikov swats him away and circles back towards the center. #TD2#
Kersikov shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Kersikov showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at House of 1000 Corpses, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kersikov has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Kersikov
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kersikov looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Kersikov controlling the pace for now. #T1#
Kersikov manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Kersikov
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Kersikov is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx turns into Kersikov and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Kersikov
Kersikov being controlled here, momentarily.
Kersikov pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage. #T2#
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Kersikov bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (10) Kersikov
Sparxx controls Kersikov momentarily but Kersikov frees himself. #T3#
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Kersikov is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Kersikov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Kersikov stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Kersikov! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (13) Kersikov
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Kersikov keeps moving and retains side control. #T4#
Kersikov gets to mount! Sparxx was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (2) vs (15) Kersikov
Kersikov controlling from mount.
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Kersikov has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (18) Kersikov#T5#
Sparxx tries to break free.
Kersikov doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (18) Kersikov
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Kersikov wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T6#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Kersikov swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is pushing down on Kersikov's leg trying to pass to half guard. Kersikov is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Kersikov has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard. #T8#
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Kersikov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T9#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Kersikov is retaining full guard.
Kersikov tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T10#
Sparxx pushing down on Kersikov's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Kersikov won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Sparxx is looking to stall here but Kersikov recovers full guard.
Kersikov not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T11#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kersikov keeps moving.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Kersikov gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (20) Kersikov#SUB#
Kersikov got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Kersikov has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T12#
Kersikov trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #SUB#
Sparxx has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Kersikov is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (23) Kersikov
Sparxx regains half guard.
Kersikov is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Well,Sparxx is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Kersikov sitting and controlling from the half guard. #T13#
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Kersikov has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (26) Kersikov
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Kersikov maintains control.
Sparxx slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Kersikov is controlling well.
Kersikov wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it. #T14#
Sparxx is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Kersikov jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (29) Kersikov
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kersikov working away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov wins on points by 29 to 4.
During a confident post fight interview, Bogdan Kersikov thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 9
Date: May 21, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 5 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 54 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jonathan Paton, Steve Montenegro and Chad Campbell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rodriquez closes the distance and clinches up with Sparxx, looking for a takedown. Rodriquez pushes Sparxx against the cage but Sparxx circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.#TD2#
Sparxx is looking for a takedown here. He's shot in and has managed to get it, finishing up in Rodriquez's half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T1#
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Rodriquez is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Rodriquez says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Rodriquez controlling the position for now.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T2#
Rodriquez is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Rodriquez has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.
Rodriquez has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T3#
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Rodriquez is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Rodriquez gets back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving. #T4#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Rodriquez trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T5#
Rodriquez is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Rodriquez is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T6#
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck.
Rodriquez looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx trying to control but Rodriquez is working from the bottom.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rodriquez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard. #T7#
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Rodriquez preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Rodriquez is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T8#
Rodriquez moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez wants to sweep but no luck.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T9#
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rodriquez is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rodriquez is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T10#
Rodriquez looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Rodriquez is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Rodriquez is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T11#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Rodriquez is keeping the position.
Sparxx trying to control but Rodriquez is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Rodriquez controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T12#
Rodriquez looking for a sweep. Not yet Rodriquez, not yet.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Rodriquez is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Rodriquez bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx has his foot on Rodriquez's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Rodriquez works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T13#
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (4) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Rodriquez is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Rodriquez defends it well.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T14##SUB2#
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Rodriquez is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 4 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 8
Date: May 14, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 65 wins and 53 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are William Peck, Gregory Folan and Elvis Blanc.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Jello fails with a takedown attempt.
Jello tries for a takedown but Sparxx sees it coming a mile off and avoids it easily.
Jello tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Sparxx defends well and Jello ends up having to push Sparxx into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Moldy Jello. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD#
Jello manages to pull guard. Let's see whether he can land a sub off his back.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jello swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Jello is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
We've been hearing good reports from Jello's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #T1#
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx advances to half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx prevents Jello from improving his position.
Jello has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T2#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Jello bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (2) vs (0) Sparxx#SUB2#
Jello avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Jello stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T3##SUB2#
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Jello stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Jello! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Jello advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
#T4#
Sparxx is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Jello pushes him away.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Jello has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx regains half guard.#T5#
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Jello looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#SUB2#
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Jello wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T6#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Jello takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#SUB2#
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Jello trying to control the pace. #T7#
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Jello passes into half guard.
Sparxx is pressing down on Jello's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Jello defends well.
Sparxx looking to control but Jello passes into half guard.
#T8#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Jello trying to advance position but Sparxx counters by regaining guard.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Jello tries to pass.
Jello looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T9#
Sparxx looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Jello puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but Jello has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx tries to buck Jello off but Jello is having none of it.
Jello takes a little break here. Sparxx wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.#T10#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Jello keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T11#
Jello passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (13) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (16) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to roll but Jello sticks to his back.
Jello biding his time, controlling Sparxx.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Jello biding his time, looking for the opening.
#T12#
Jello has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Jello is looking to control Sparxx but Sparxx is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Jello is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Jello is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off.
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment. #T13#
Jello tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Jello keeps control of the position.
A lull in the action here.
#SUB#
Sparxx has hold of Jello's leg, trying to break free but it's let Jello lock up a rear naked choke! This could be big trouble! Sparxx is turning an unusual color here… he's out! Jello throws him to one side and jumps onto the cage to celebrate with his fans.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 13:49 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Moldy Jello!
A very excited looking Moldy Jello made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 6
Date: May 07, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 53 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 12 losses; Shane MacGowan!
The judges for this bout are Reed Andrews, Bruno Lombardi and Anthony Taglia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Sparxx has closed the distance and engaged MacGowan in a clinch.
MacGowan has Sparxx pressed up against the cage and is working for takedown. Sparxx manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing. #TD2#
Sparxx is fighting off a takedown attempt but MacGowan is just too persistent for him and manages to trip Sparxx to the mat. Sparxx regains guard as soon as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) MacGowan
MacGowan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
MacGowan pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #SUB2#
MacGowan drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and MacGowan jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
MacGowan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
MacGowan won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
MacGowan stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
MacGowan advances to half guard.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
MacGowan must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.#SUB#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
#T1#
MacGowan wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx looking to control.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
MacGowan looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and MacGowan defends well.#SUB2#
MacGowan thinks about going for a leg but decides against it, in order to maintain the position.
MacGowan wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #SUB#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#SUB2#
MacGowan thinks about going for a leg but decides against it, in order to maintain the position. #T2#
MacGowan pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
MacGowan trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
MacGowan trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. MacGowan manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) MacGowan
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#SUB#
MacGowan wants to control position but Sparxx is using a can opener to pass guard... He's turned it into a full on guillotine from mount now! Big trouble for MacGowan here! He's turning a lovely shade of purple and yep! He's tapping out! I would say world class Jiu Jitsu but is it really? It was nice but let's not get silly about it.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx rambled incoherently for about 5 minutes post fight about how awesome he is. It was kinda funny for a while but then everyone got annoyed. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP5
Date: Apr 30, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 4 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 52 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jeff Smith, Ryoma Takatsuka and Paul Gruel.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Rodriquez tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Sparxx defends well and Rodriquez ends up having to push Sparxx into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Rodriquez drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
#TD#
Rodriquez has clasped his hands together around Sparxx's back... aaand, he's got a takedown into side control. Nicely done. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Rodriquez (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Rodriquez is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Sparxx will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Who's going to make the next move?
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez slows the pace down. #T1#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Rodriquez slows the pace down.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx trying to remain calm as Rodriquez controls from the top position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Rodriquez taking a breather here.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.#T3#
Sparxx controls the position for a moment.
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez postures up.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
A lull in the action here.#T4#
Sparxx stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
Sparxx is trying to work for a sweep but Rodriquez has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (6) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx tries to control Rodriquez's body but Rodriquez pushes him off. Sparxx squirms to his side and now Rodriquez has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (9) vs (0) Sparxx#T5#
Sparxx tries to roll but Rodriquez sticks to his back.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Rodriquez trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#T6#
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Rodriquez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T7#
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Rodriquez.
Rodriquez not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Sparxx just looking to survive in the bad position.
Rodriquez trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T8#
Sparxx is really stuck here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Rodriquez gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Rodriquez really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Rodriquez to control. #T9#
Sparxx turns into Rodriquez and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (9) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Rodriquez is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #SUB2#
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Rodriquez slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (11) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully. #T10#
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Rodriquez pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily. #T11#
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.#T12#
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#SUB2#
Sparxx working for a triangle but Rodriquez defends it easily.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #T13#
Rodriquez sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx pulls Rodriquez in close to prevent any damage.
Rodriquez tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather. #T14#
Rodriquez showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Rodriquez postures up.
Rodriquez showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Rodriquez has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (14) vs (2) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 14 to 2.
A victorious Nick Rodriquez thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 4
Date: Apr 23, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 51 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 21 losses; Bogdan Kersikov!
The judges for this bout are Ryoma Takatsuka, Jeff Smith and Paul Gruel.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx dives in and grabs Kersikov's left leg, looking for a takedown. Kersikov pushes down on Sparxx's head and hops out.#TD#
Sparxx closes the distance and looks for a trip takedown... aaaand he's got it - Sparxx lands in his opponent's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Kersikov
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Kersikov holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kersikov is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kersikov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx trying to control but Kersikov is working from the bottom. #T1##SUB#
Sparxx drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Kersikov dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Kersikov
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck. #T2#
Sparxx controls Kersikov momentarily but Kersikov frees himself.
Sparxx has control of Kersikov's left arm, preventing Kersikov from doing any damage.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Kersikov has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Kersikov
Kersikov tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs. #T3#
Sparxx tries to bench press Kersikov off him but Kersikov keeps the position.
My spies in KFA inform me that Kersikov has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Kersikov is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Sparxx will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#T4#
Sparxx trying his best to control but Kersikov has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (2) vs (7) Kersikov
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Kersikov pushes him away.
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Kersikov has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (10) Kersikov
Sparxx trying to control the action but Kersikov just sinks the hooks in.
Kersikov tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.#T5#
Sparxx just trying to survive but Kersikov is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Kersikov controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Kersikov kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment. #T6#
Kersikov tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Kersikov keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx controlling the position well but he knows he's in a bad spot.
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
#T7#
Kersikov is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Kersikov from advancing position. #T8##SUB2#
Kersikov is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Kersikov to get the leverage.
Kersikov wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Kersikov is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Kersikov looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T9#
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #SUB#
Kersikov got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Kersikov has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.#T10#
Kersikov engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck. #T11#
Sparxx pulls Kersikov in close to prevent any damage.
Kersikov trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kersikov from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Well,Sparxx is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?#T12#
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Kersikov advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Kersikov with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Kersikov is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head. #T13#
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Kersikov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Kersikov sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Kersikov trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T14#
Kersikov wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kersikov wins on points by 10 to 2.
A very excited looking Bogdan Kersikov made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WP 3
Date: Apr 16, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 4 losses; Nick Rodriquez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 50 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jeff Smith, Micheangelo Fripello and Colin Fray.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Rodriquez shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt from distance.#TD2#
Rodriquez gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx stands and throws Rodriquez's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (0) vs (5) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Rodriquez knows the correct defense though, so he's OK. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Rodriquez has escaped the position, nice work there.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rodriquez tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T1##SUB2#
Sparxx goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Rodriquez rolls with the submission and now he's on top in Sparxx's guard! Nice work there by Rodriquez! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
We've been hearing good reports from Rodriquez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Rodriquez won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Rodriquez trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Rodriquez preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is pulling down on Rodriquez's head. It's preventing any offense from Rodriquez, at least for the moment.
Rodriquez pushes down on Sparxx's leg and manages to get into half guard.#T2##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Rodriquez is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sparxx is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Rodriquez jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (5) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Rodriquez's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.#T3#
Rodriquez content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Rodriquez looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #SUB2#
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is trying to control but Rodriquez passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (8) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez controls the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T4#
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Rodriquez with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but Rodriquez has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (11) vs (5) Sparxx
Rodriquez tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.#T5#
Sparxx is trying to control Rodriquez's posture but Rodriquez avoids it.
Sparxx tries to bench press Rodriquez off him but Rodriquez keeps the position.
Rodriquez happy to just control the position for now.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Rodriquez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T6#
Sparxx tries to control but Rodriquez manages to take his back. Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (14) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to escape but Rodriquez has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Rodriquez controls the position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Rodriquez just sinks the hooks in. #SUB#
Rodriquez looking for the choke from the back.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Rodriquez wants to take Sparxx's back here but Sparxx is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
#T7#
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.
Rodriquez takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Rodriquez manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Rodriquez (17) vs (5) Sparxx#T8#
Sparxx manages to reverse the position and now he's in Rodriquez's guard. Nice work there by Sparxx.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (17) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Rodriquez keeps moving.
Rodriquez not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Rodriquez being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Rodriquez manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (19) vs (7) Sparxx#T9#
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (19) vs (9) Sparxx
Rodriquez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Rodriquez is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rodriquez (21) vs (9) Sparxx
Rodriquez stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Rodriquez controlling from the top position. #T10#
Rodriquez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rodriquez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Rodriquez is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T11#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rodriquez from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Rodriquez postures up. #SUB2#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Rodriquez gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Rodriquez works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Rodriquez has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rodriquez (24) vs (9) Sparxx
Sparxx is being controlled here. #T12#
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Rodriquez advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Rodriquez (26) vs (9) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Rodriquez content just to control the position here.
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.#T13#
Rodriquez wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Rodriquez with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Rodriquez postures up.
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.#T14#
Sparxx wants to control but Rodriquez is having none of it.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Rodriquez prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Rodriquez is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
And that's the end of the fight!
Rodriquez takes the fight on points by 26 to 9.
An out of breath Nick Rodriquez thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 3.0
Date: Apr 09, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 33 losses; Moldy Jello! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 64 wins and 49 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fray, Ryoma Takatsuka and Chris Saunders.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in but Jello avoids the takedown attempt easily.
Jello tries to counter by moving into the clinch but Sparxx manages to circle out of the way.
Jello has a takedown stuffed.#TD#
Jello changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Sparxx looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Jello (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx seems a little lost for a moment, as Jello dominates the positioning.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.#T1#
Jello controlling the position.
Jello has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx wants to control but Jello postures up.
Jello is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Jello working away.#T2#
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Jello trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx is not content to let Jello control the position. #T3#
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Jello's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Still in half guard, Jello seems content to control.
Sparxx is trying to control but Jello passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Jello advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jello (9) vs (0) Sparxx#T4#
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Jello controlling from the full mount. #T5#
Sparxx is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Jello takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Jello avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Jello content just to control the position here.
Jello trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it. #T6#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Jello wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Sparxx sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.#T7#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Jello is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Sparxx trying to control but Jello postures up.
Jello sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Jello seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T8#
Jello is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
Sparxx trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (12) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello wants to take Sparxx's back but he can't do it this time.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Sparxx keeping hold of Jello's head, controlling as best he can. #T9#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Jello's head to control him but Jello postures up.
Jello with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Jello's head to control him but Jello postures up.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T10#
Jello is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (15) vs (0) Sparxx
Jello wants to take Sparxx's back here but Sparxx is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Jello has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (18) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Sparxx breaks Jello's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jello (18) vs (2) Sparxx#T11#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx trying to control but Jello is working from the bottom.
Jello trying to control the position here.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #T12#
Jello working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Jello has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Jello (22) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Jello has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Jello (25) vs (2) Sparxx
What can Sparxx do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Jello is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position. #T13#
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Jello pulls his head out easily.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx is trying to keep Jello in close.
#T14##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a triangle here but Jello uses the submission attempt to pass into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Jello (28) vs (2) Sparxx
Jello trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Jello takes the fight on points by 28 to 2.
Moldy Jello retains his super heavyweight title!
A relieved looking Moldy Jello thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 2.0
Date: Apr 02, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 49 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 28 losses; Billy Turturro!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fray, Micheangelo Fripello and Ryoma Takatsuka.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Turturro to the ground. Sparxx is now in Turturro's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Turturro
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Turturro
Turturro sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #SUB2#
Turturro looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#SUB#
Sparxx in half guard on the top. He's looking for a kimura... He's got it locked and he's managed to free his trapped foot. Turturro tries to escape but it's on too tight and he has to tap! Great BJJ skills there from Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:52 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 345
Date: Mar 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 32 losses; Leandro Lo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 48 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Alexandre Firmino and Edson Gomes.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Lo shoots in but no luck this time.
We can't be sure of the tactics at this early stage but we have heard that Sparxx has been working on his takedowns a lot in the buildup to the fight and we can only assume he's going to look to take this to the mat.
Sparxx looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
Nice takedown defense from Sparxx. No joy for Lo on that attempt.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Lo sees it coming a mile off and avoids it easily.
Lo tries to counter with a takedown but Sparxx is quick to defend against it.
Lo shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Leandro Lo. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Lo fails with a takedown attempt.
Leandro Lo seems to be the more aggressive standup fighter in this bout.#TD2#
Sparxx decides to change it up a bit and drives through with a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Lo (0) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Lo is a slippery customer.#T1#
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Lo has managed to free his arm - good work. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Lo is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Lo (4) vs (2) Sparxx
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Lo not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T2#
Lo is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off.
Lo is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Good control from Lo.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
We've been hearing good reports from Lo's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T3#
Sparxx controlling his opponent's hands, preventing the submission attempt.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Lo controlling well, preventing Sparxx from escaping the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Lo breaks the grip.
Lo trying to control momentarily.
#T4#
Sparxx needs to remain patient if he's going to get out of this sticky situation.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Lo is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Lo. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Lo's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx prevents Lo from improving his position.
Lo is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Lo seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Lo trying to control the position.
#T5#
Sparxx trying to control but Lo is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is keeping the position.
Lo looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T6#
Lo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Lo looking for a sweep. Not yet Lo, not yet.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is keeping the position.
Lo pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.#T7##SUB#
Lo is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB#
Sparxx content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Lo has locked up a guillotine! Lo's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Sparxx is holding on here and Lo must be using up a lot of energy. Sparxx has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Lo gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 7:32 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Leandro Lo!
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 341
Date: Mar 12, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 47 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 5 losses; Richard Anderson!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Don Winkell and Frank Antenori.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt.#CL2#
Anderson moves into range and clinches up with Sparxx.
Sparxx is pressed up against the cage. Anderson has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Sparxx down to the mat. Sparxx avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance. #CL2#
Anderson closes the distance and clinches.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working on a leg, looking for a takedown but Anderson is defending well.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Anderson drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Anderson goes for a takedown attempt but Sparxx pushes him away and we're back to fighting at a distance.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Anderson tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Anderson manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Anderson is trying to avoid his opponent's strikes and get into the clinch.#T1#
Sparxx tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Anderson defends well and Sparxx ends up having to push Anderson into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Sparxx is trying to drag Anderson to the mat but Anderson just about manages to keep his footing. He used the cage to his advantage there.
Anderson has Sparxx pressed up against the cage and is working for takedown. Sparxx manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing.
Anderson has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Sparxx after a bit of a struggle.
Sparxx prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx prevents the takedown attempt.
Anderson drops down looking for an ankle pick but Sparxx pulls his leg out and moves away.
Sparxx shoots in and drives through. Anderson sprawls well.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt.#T2##CL2#
Anderson has closed the distance and engaged Sparxx in a clinch.
Anderson drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
#TD#
Sparxx has dropped down and is working for a takedown. Anderson is trying to keep an underhook but Sparxx manages to get the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Anderson
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Anderson is having none of it.
Anderson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Anderson sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Anderson#T3##SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Anderson, who protects the arm well.
Sparxx controls the position. #SUB#
Sparxx goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Anderson has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Sparxx but great work by Anderson. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (5) vs (4) Anderson
Sparxx stops Anderson from passing to mount.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Both fighters take a look at the clock.
Anderson trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away. #T4##SUB2#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Anderson is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx is not content to let Anderson control the position.
Anderson laying and praying for a moment but Sparxx takes advantage and regains half guard.
Anderson is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T5#
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx looking to control.
#SUB2#
Anderson drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Sparxx manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Anderson has Sparxx in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (7) vs (4) Anderson
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Anderson is keeping the position.
Sparxx trying to control but Anderson is working from the bottom. #T6#
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Anderson swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Anderson keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Anderson is keeping the position.
Anderson has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at Jed's Gym. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.#T7#
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Anderson is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Anderson gets back to full guard.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #T8#
Sparxx trying to control but Anderson is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Anderson gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (7) vs (6) Anderson
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Anderson from controlling successfully.
Anderson pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #T9#
Sparxx looking to control.
Sparxx has control of Anderson's left arm, preventing Anderson from doing any damage. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Anderson passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (7) vs (9) Anderson
Anderson tries to advance to mount but can't.
Anderson trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T10#
Anderson tries to move into full mount but can't pass Sparxx's legs.
Sparxx is not content to let Anderson control the position.
Anderson working away.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T11#
Anderson trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Anderson stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Anderson wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx is pulling down on Anderson's head. It's preventing any offense from Anderson, at least for the moment.#SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Anderson looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (9) vs (9) Anderson#T12#
Anderson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Anderson keeps moving.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #SUB2#
Anderson looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Anderson can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.#T13#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Anderson is keeping the position.
Anderson working a defensive guard here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Anderson has locked up a guillotine! Anderson's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Sparxx is holding on here and Anderson must be using up a lot of energy. Sparxx has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Anderson gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 13:46 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Richard Anderson!
A very excited looking Richard Anderson made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 337
Date: Mar 05, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 10 losses; Scott Hall! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 46 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Jack Bonds and Percy O'Donnell.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx goes for a double leg but Hall avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the cage as Hall continues to drive forward.#TD2#
Sparxx drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hall (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Hall keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Hall wants to sweep but no luck.
Hall seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Hall is keeping the position.
Hall is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Hall keeps moving.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Hall trying to control the position here.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Hall swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Hall pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Hall's guard.
Sparxx is trying to control. Hall wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Hall is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Hall is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Hall is trying to get back to full guard.#T2#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Hall is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Hall keeps working.
Hall is looking to improve his position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Hall sees it coming and defends easily.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Hall is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T3#
Hall is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Hall is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Hall (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Hall is looking to control Sparxx but Sparxx is wriggling around and keeping busy.
Hall keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Hall seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.
Hall has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T4#
Hall's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Hall won't let him.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Hall really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Hall's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#T5#
Hall controlling from the back.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Hall is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off.
Hall is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Hall controlling the positon.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
#T6#
Hall has good solid back control here.
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Hall has good solid back control here.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Hall's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#T7#
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Hall has good solid back control here.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Hall's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#T8#
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
Hall looking to hold on to the position here but Sparxx rolls and ends up regaining guard.
Hall sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Hall tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Hall is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T9#
Hall tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Hall trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Hall is controlling the pace.
Sparxx is not content to let Hall control the position.#T10#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Hall slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Hall passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Hall perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T11##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Hall is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Hall trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Hall is controlling the pace.
#T12#
Sparxx won't allow Hall to pass to mount.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Hall keeps him under control.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Hall is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Hall looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Sparxx is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Hall controlling the action here.#T13#
Hall trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Hall works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Hall (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Hall trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx being controlled for a moment.
This is a sustained period of stalling by Hall.
Sparxx tries to bench press Hall off him but Hall keeps the position. #T14#
Sparxx is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Hall working away.
A lull in the action here.
Further stalling from Hall.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Hall takes the fight on points by 7 to 2.
Scott Hall decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 10.5
Date: Feb 26, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 86 wins and 45 losses; Matvey Pavlov! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 63 wins and 45 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Edson Gomes and Luis Engracia.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Pavlov tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Pavlov manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
We've been told by Pavlov's head coaches at Marty Robbin's Fight Ranch that he's been working on his takedown defense in preparation for this fight.#TD2#
Sparxx closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Pavlov did well to prevent Sparxx getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Pavlov (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Pavlov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Pavlov is trying to get back to full guard.
Pavlov is working hard here to advance position.
Pavlov desperately trying to maintain half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Pavlov might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Pavlov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T1#
Pavlov gets full guard.
Pavlov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Pavlov is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pavlov (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Pavlov controlling the action here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Pavlov tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Pavlov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx controlling the position well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.#T2#
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Pavlov's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Pavlov's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Pavlov (2) vs (6) Sparxx
Pavlov manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Pavlov.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pavlov (4) vs (6) Sparxx
Pavlov looking to pass the guard.
Pavlov sitting in guard here, content to control. #SUB2#
Pavlov got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Pavlov has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.
Pavlov is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
#T3#
Pavlov showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Pavlov's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Pavlov advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Pavlov (7) vs (6) Sparxx
Pavlov has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Pavlov (9) vs (6) Sparxx
Pavlov controlling his opponent. #T4#
Sparxx wants to hold on but Pavlov pushes him away.
Pavlov trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Pavlov controlling from mount.
Sparxx is controlling an arm, preventing Pavlov from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Pavlov takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx is hanging on here. He's in a desperate position.#T5#
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Pavlov gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Pavlov's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Pavlov postures up.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Pavlov (12) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
#T6#
Will Pavlov go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
What can Sparxx do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Sparxx tries to escape but Pavlov has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Pavlov controlling from the back.
Will Pavlov go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Pavlov keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Pavlov just sinks the hooks in. #T7#
Sparxx prevents Pavlov from getting a body triangle.
Good control from Pavlov.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Pavlov's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Pavlov manages to sink in the hooks. #T8##SUB#
Sparxx showing good submission defense here.
Pavlov is trying to control but Sparxx is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Pavlov looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Pavlov has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Pavlov (15) vs (6) Sparxx
Pavlov gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Pavlov.
Pavlov is trying to control but Sparxx is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Pavlov controlling his opponent.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Pavlov's attempts to control the action. #T9##SUB#
Pavlov is working on an americana here. Ooh, that looks pretty nasty! Nope, Sparxx has managed to escape the submission attempt.
Pavlov sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Pavlov looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T10#
Pavlov controlling his opponent.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Pavlov pushes him away.
Pavlov moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Pavlov (18) vs (6) Sparxx#SUB#
Sparxx fending off the submission attempt from Pavlov.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Pavlov.
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment. #T11#
Pavlov is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Pavlov controlling the positon.
Pavlov is trying to control but Sparxx is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Pavlov content just to control the position here. #T12#
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Pavlov has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Pavlov (21) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to roll but Pavlov sticks to his back.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx tries to roll but Pavlov sticks to his back.
Pavlov tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Pavlov keeps control of the position.
#SUB#
Pavlov patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?#T13#
Sparxx tries to escape the position.
Pavlov is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Pavlov tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Pavlov controlling from the back.
Sparxx tries to roll but Pavlov sticks to his back.
Sparxx turns into Pavlov and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pavlov (21) vs (8) Sparxx#T14#
Pavlov wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Pavlov wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Pavlov lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pavlov (23) vs (8) Sparxx
Pavlov wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Pavlov preventing the sweep.
And that's the end of the fight!
Pavlov takes the fight on points by 23 to 8.
A victorious Matvey Pavlov thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 9.5
Date: Feb 19, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 29 losses; Leandro Lo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 45 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Luis Engracia, Thiago Cunha and Edson Gomes.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Lo shoots for a takedown but Sparxx saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.#TD2#
Sparxx drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Lo (0) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is keeping the position.
Lo is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Lo seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx passes Lo's left leg - he's now in half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Lo is a slippery customer.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is defending well. #T1#
Lo works his way to full guard. Good work.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Lo swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Lo is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Lo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is keeping the position.#T2#
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Lo swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Lo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T3#
Lo not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Lo is retaining full guard.
Sparxx works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Lo makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Lo.
Sparxx trying to control but Lo is working from the bottom.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Lo swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Lo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Lo wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T4#
Lo trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.#T5#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lo keeps working.
Sparxx stalling. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Lo is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Lo tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T6##SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Lo is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Lo is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Lo haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Lo trying to control here.
#T7#
Sparxx moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Lo being controlled for a moment.
Lo prevents Sparxx from improving position.
Lo keeping his opponent close.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Lo is working away. #T8#
Lo stops Sparxx from passing to mount.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Lo is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Lo tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position. #T9#
You can see the frustration on Lo's face as Sparxx controls the position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Lo is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Lo blocks the move with his legs.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lo keeps working. #T10#
Lo is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Lo is looking for a sweep.
Lo wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Lo is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Lo knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Lo is working away. #T11##SUB2#
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
Lo is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Sparxx happy to just control the position for now.
Sparxx tries to move into full mount but can't pass Lo's legs. #T12#
You can see the frustration on Lo's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Lo manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (2) vs (5) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Lo is working away from the top position though.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount. #T13#
Lo is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Lo from advancing position. #SUB2#
Lo moves into side control, avoiding a weak kimura attempt from Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Lo (5) vs (5) Sparxx#T14#
The referee asks Lo politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Lo prefers to stall for the moment though.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx regains half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Sparxx gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Sparxx wins on points by 6 to 5.
Tyrone Sparxx spent the whole post fight interview bigging himself up. It didn't go down that well with the fans after a while as they thought it was a bit arrogant. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 8
Date: Feb 12, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 44 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 0 losses; Derek Erwin!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Alexandre Firmino and Leandro Rodrigues.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Erwin shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Sparxx defends it nicely.#TD2#
Erwin feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Erwin
Sparxx is pulling down on Erwin's head to control his posture.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Erwin from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Erwin is aware though and is defending well.#SUB#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #T1##SUB#
Sparxx working for a triangle but Erwin defends it easily.
Sparxx wants to control but Erwin passes easily into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to control Erwin's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Erwin with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T2#
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Erwin has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Erwin
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Erwin has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Erwin forces the positional change into back control. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Erwin#T3#
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Sparxx prevents Erwin from getting a body triangle.
Sparxx tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Erwin content just to control the position here.
Erwin pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Erwin's attempts to control the action.
My spies in HELLCADEMY inform me that Erwin has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T4#
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Erwin maintains control.
Erwin looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx is trying desperately to improve position.#T5#
Sparxx wants to hold on but Erwin pushes him away.
Erwin wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Erwin avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.#T6#
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Erwin trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Erwin gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Erwin takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T7#
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx gets full guard.#SUB#
Sparxx has his foot on Erwin's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Erwin works his way back into a safe position though.#SUB#
Erwin avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Erwin postures up.
#SUB#
Sparxx working for submissions but it's allowed Erwin to get to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Erwin postures up.
#T8#
Sparxx is staying active underneath Erwin, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Erwin works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (11) Erwin
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Erwin wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx wants to control but Erwin postures up.#T9#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Erwin trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Erwin wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.#T10#
Erwin wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Erwin wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx is letting Erwin control him for a moment.
I wouldn't like to be where Sparxx is right now.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here. #T11#
Erwin trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx wants to control but Erwin postures up.
Erwin is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T12#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx tries to bench press Erwin off him but Erwin keeps the position.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here. #T13#
Sparxx manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Erwin is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Erwin wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Erwin has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (14) Erwin
Erwin trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it. #T14#
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Erwin maintains control.
Erwin wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx is trying desperately to improve position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Erwin wins on points by 14 to 0.
After winning the bout, Derek Erwin thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 5.5
Date: Jan 22, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 54 wins and 31 losses; Judas Priest! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 62 wins and 43 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Leandro Rodrigues and Felipe Paraventi.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx looking to shoot here. He's gone for it and he's landed a takedown into side control! Oh, that's bad for Priest! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Priest (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Priest struggling a bit here.
Priest tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Priest is working away.
Priest's coaches at Animal Fight Club have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Priest, who protects the arm well.
Sparxx wants to control but Priest is keeping him busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Priest sneaks back into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Priest is working from the bottom. #T1#
Priest moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx postures up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Priest is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Priest (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Priest stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Priest engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Priest's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T2#
Priest slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Priest (5) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx trying his best to control but Priest has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: Priest (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Priest tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Priest pushes him away.
Priest controlling from the full mount.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Priest prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.#T3#
Priest content just to control the position here.
Priest seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Sparxx is holding on tight.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Priest gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Priest pushes him away.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Priest trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Priest is controlling well.
#T4#
Sparxx gets full guard.
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Priest defends easily.
Priest trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T5#
Priest tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx controls Priest momentarily but Priest frees himself.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Priest tries to pass.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#SUB2#
Sparxx working for submissions but it's allowed Priest to get to half guard.
Priest prevents Sparxx from improving his position.#T6#
Priest is controlling the pace.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is pressing down on Priest's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#SUB2#
Sparxx working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Priest doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Priest manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Priest trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T7#
Priest pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Priest stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Priest trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Priest trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Priest won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Priest advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Priest (10) vs (4) Sparxx#SUB#
Priest is trying to get an arm triangle but Sparxx is defending well. #T8#
Sparxx wants to control but Priest postures up.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is being controlled here.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Priest in the domination position with Sparxx hanging on.
Sparxx is not content to let Priest control the position.
Sparxx stops Priest from passing to mount. #T9#
Priest working away.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Priest's best efforts.#T10#
Priest looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Priest is working away from the top position though.
Priest is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#T11#
Priest trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Priest is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Priest won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx is trying to keep Priest in close.
#SUB2#
Sparxx working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Priest has passed into half guard!
Priest wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well. #T12#
Sparxx tries to roll over but Priest keeps him under control.
Sparxx wants to control but Priest is keeping busy.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Priest is controlling well.
Priest is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T13#
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Priest's back. He's all about the action.
Priest keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Priest tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Priest wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Priest's back. He's all about the action.
Priest wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #T14#
Priest performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to control Priest's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Priest sits in half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Priest takes the fight on points by 10 to 4.
Judas Priest is the new super heavyweight champion!
Judas Priest decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WPGC 4.5
Date: Jan 15, 2023 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 29 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 61 wins and 43 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown - he's clinched up with Petersen but Petersen pushes him off and we're back to square one.#TD#
Petersen shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Petersen was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Petersen (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Petersen wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Petersen wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Petersen is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T1#
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen working away.
Petersen has knee on belly and moves into mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Petersen (6) vs (0) Sparxx
Petersen controlling the pace for now.
Petersen wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Petersen content just to control the position here.
Sparxx bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (6) vs (2) Sparxx#T2#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB2#
Petersen wants to control position but Sparxx is using a can opener to pass guard... He's turned it into a full on guillotine from mount now! Big trouble for Petersen here! He's turning a lovely shade of purple and yep! He's tapping out! I would say world class Jiu Jitsu but is it really? It was nice but let's not get silly about it.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:34 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx is the new super heavyweight champion!
Tyrone Sparxx bigged himself up after the win. The crowd seemed to love it.
Conald Petersen spoke after the fight, saying 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
ENIGMA SUB WRESTLING 7
Date: Dec 31, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 43 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 25 losses; Don Lemieux!
The judges for this bout are Yves DeLean, William Peck and Ian Loll.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging Lemieux to the ground. Sparxx is now in Lemieux's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Lemieux
Sparxx stands and throws Lemieux's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Lemieux
Sparxx trying to control the action but Lemieux is working from the bottom.
Lemieux wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Lemieux is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Sparxx is staying active.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (0) Lemieux#SUB#
Sparxx working to secure an arm triangle but it's not happening for him just yet.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #T1#
Lemieux stops Sparxx from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Lemieux holds of for dear life.
Lemieux is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #SUB#
Sparxx jumps to side control looking for an arm triangle but Lemieux manages to avoid the submission attempt.
Lemieux holding on.#T2##SUB#
Sparxx tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Sparxx has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Lemieux stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
Lemieux is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Lemieux is trying to improve his position.
Lemieux is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.#T3#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Lemieux is working away.
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Lemieux blocks the move with his legs.
Sparxx controls the position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Lemieux is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Lemieux is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Lemieux avoid being mounted?#SUB#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Lemieux makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Lemieux.#T4#
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Lemieux
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lemieux keeps working.
Sparxx controlling the position from side mount.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Lemieux is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #T5#
A control attempt from Lemieux but he's now mounted! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (12) vs (0) Lemieux
Lemieux is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Lemieux to control.
Sparxx looking to control but Lemieux is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Lemieux bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (2) Lemieux#T6##SUB#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Lemieux gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Lemieux from controlling successfully.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (14) vs (2) Lemieux#T7#
Lemieux being controlled here, momentarily.
Lemieux looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Lemieux is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
#SUB2#
Lemieux throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Sparxx escapes and throws Lemieux's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (17) vs (2) Lemieux#SUB#
Sparxx goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Lemieux rolls with the submission and now he's on top in Sparxx's guard! Nice work there by Lemieux! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (17) vs (4) Lemieux
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Lemieux postures up. #T8#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Lemieux wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #SUB#
Sparxx has his foot on Lemieux's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Lemieux works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB#
Sparxx looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Lemieux has picked Sparxx up and slammed him! Sparxx can't keep hold of the triangle and Lemieux manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (17) vs (7) Lemieux#SUB2#
Lemieux is trying to get an arm triangle but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Lemieux has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at Blacktalians MMA. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.#T9#
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Lemieux sits in half guard. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Lemieux stalling away here and it's allowed Sparxx to slip out his trapped foot and regain full guard. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T10#
Sparxx looking to control.
Lemieux trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx controlling Lemieux's posture.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T11#
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Lemieux looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (19) vs (7) Lemieux
Sparxx won't allow Lemieux to sweep him here.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (22) vs (7) Lemieux
Sparxx trying to control the action but Lemieux is working from the bottom. #T12#
Lemieux is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Lemieux sneaks back into half guard.
Lemieux keeping control of the position.
Lemieux won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lemieux keeps working.
Lemieux wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Lemieux is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T13##SUB#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Lemieux is defending well.
Lemieux wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
The fighters are battling for position here. Lemieux manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx won't allow Lemieux to sweep him here. #T14#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Lemieux is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Lemieux is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#SUB2#
Lemieux is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Lemieux keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB2#
Lemieux working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 22 to 7.
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 330 - Trump vs Cruz
Date: Nov 13, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 60 wins and 42 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 13 losses; Abubakar Camara!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Emerson Jorge and Luis Engracia.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Camara feints and then dives in with a takedown. That was a long way out but the feint bought him enough time to close the distance and complete the takedown. Now we'll play guard for a bit and see who can get the better of that position. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Camara
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Camara from controlling successfully.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Camara's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Camara
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Camara defending well.
Camara wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Camara looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Camara is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Camara tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T1#
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Camara is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's pretty deep but Camara still has the half guard so he's probably OK. Oh, Camara has exploded into a beautiful escape there and after a quick scramble, he's ended up in side control on top! Nice work! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (6) Camara
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Who's going to make the next move?#T2#
Sparxx trying to remain calm as Camara controls from the top position.
Sparxx trying to control but Camara flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (9) Camara
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Camara.
It looks like Camara might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Camara just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
#T3#
Camara controlling well, preventing Sparxx from escaping the position.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Camara controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Camara kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Camara's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#T4#
Camara slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Sparxx tries to escape the position.
Camara just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Our spies down at at Convicted Fight Club inform us that Camara has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Camara keeps control of the position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Camara just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Camara.
#T5#
Camara avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands.
Camara has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T6#
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Camara breaks the grip.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Camara.
Camara slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
#T7#
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Camara breaks the grip.
Sparxx turns into Camara and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (9) Camara
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Camara keeps moving.
Camara trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Sparxx works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (7) vs (9) Camara#T8#
Camara working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Camara doesn't allow it.
Camara is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx looking to control but Camara is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Camara prevents Sparxx from taking his back.#T9#
Camara working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Camara is holding on tight.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Camara is looking to escape.
Camara really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Camara tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away. #T10#
Sparxx wants to take Camara's back but he can't do it this time.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #SUB#
Sparxx has control of Camara's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Camara regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Camara is controlling an arm, preventing Sparxx from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Camara tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away. #T11#
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Camara is holding on tight.
Camara is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Camara sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Camara is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#SUB2#
Camara is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
#SUB2#
Camara has his feet on Sparxx's thighs here. He's pushed Sparxx off and worked for a very quick armbar from the bottom! He's flipped onto his stomach and he's cranking hard on the arm! Sparxx screams in pain and taps out! This one is all over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 11:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Abubakar Camara!
Abubakar Camara seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 329 - New York
Date: Nov 06, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 42 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 24 losses; Lurch Addams!
The judges for this bout are Columbo Gatti, Chad Campbell and Dean Styles.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Addams
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Addams bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Addams
Addams told us pre-fight that he has been working on his escapes in training. Let's see if he can call on some of his new skills to get back to his feet.
Addams slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Addams pushes his legs off easily.
#SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Addams is a painfully thin specimen of a man. You do wonder whether a good body kick would snap him clean in two.
Addams engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Addams must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle. #SUB#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Addams is aware though and is defending well.#T1#
Addams pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Still in half guard, Addams seems content to control.
Addams trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Addams is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Addams passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Addams
Addams sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Addams fails to move to back control.
Addams controlling from the full mount. #T2#
Addams tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Addams with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Addams works his way to his opponent's back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Addams
Addams is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Addams. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Addams's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (8) Addams
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Addams looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Addams manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (10) Addams
Addams pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Addams seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T3#
Addams's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Addams gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Addams passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Addams slows the pace down in half guard. #T4#
Addams trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Addams wants to advance to full mount but Sparxx doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Addams wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather. #T5##SUB#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Addams is aware though and is defending well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Addams trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Addams trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Addams seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Addams postures up.
Addams looking to pass the guard.
Addams trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Addams passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Addams is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T6#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Addams has control of the leg.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Addams's head to control him but Addams postures up.
Addams looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Addams sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx controls Addams momentarily but Addams frees himself.
Addams controlling from the top position. #T7#
Addams tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Addams is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Addams has managed to sneak the leg through.
Well, if Addams is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Addams wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Addams is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Addams is stalling here. Sparxx is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Addams seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Sparxx has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (8) vs (10) Addams
Sparxx trying to control the position but Addams is working away.
Addams tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T8##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Addams has escaped the position, nice work there.
Addams is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Addams is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx slows the pace down.
Addams regains half guard.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Addams defends it.
Sparxx passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Addams! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (11) vs (10) Addams
Sparxx wants to take Addams's back but he can't do it this time. #T9#
Addams is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx tries to control but Addams wriggling away.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Addams slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (14) vs (10) Addams
Sparxx working away.
The referee asks Sparxx politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Sparxx prefers to stall for the moment though.#T10#
Addams is trying to improve his position.
Addams prevents Sparxx from moving into mount. #SUB#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
Addams is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx takes a little break here. Addams wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Sparxx working away.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Addams keeps working.
Addams being controlled for a moment.
Addams manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (14) vs (12) Addams#T11#
Addams wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Addams is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#SUB#
Addams got a little sloppy there for a moment and Sparxx has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Addams has managed to get both his arms back between Sparxx's legs - danger averted.
Addams looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Addams defends well.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T12#
Addams slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Addams passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (14) vs (15) Addams
Addams tries to move into full mount but can't pass Sparxx's legs.
Sparxx is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Addams off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (18) vs (15) Addams#SUB#
Sparxx is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Sparxx not allowing Addams to control his hands.
Addams rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
#T13#
Addams turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (18) vs (17) Addams
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Addams looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Addams from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx is trying to keep Addams in close.
Addams controls from within his opponent's guard.
Addams won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#T14#
Addams slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Addams controlling him for the moment.
Addams controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Addams tries to pass.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 18 to 17.
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC HALLOWEEN HAVOC 1
Date: Oct 30, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 12 losses; Shaka Zulu! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 59 wins and 41 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Trevor Gratis, Elvis Blanc and Alec Ball.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Zulu looking to score a takedown here. Sparxx is defending well but Zulu drives through and ends up in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Zulu (2) vs (0) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Zulu can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Zulu tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Zulu controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Zulu defends easily.
#SUB2#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
#T1#
Zulu is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#T2#
Zulu is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#SUB2#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Zulu can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Zulu is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB2#
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T3#
Zulu is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Zulu stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Zulu tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Zulu won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount. #SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Zulu is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T4#
Zulu wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Zulu controlling the position for now.
Sparxx is looking to stall here but Zulu recovers full guard.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Zulu.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Zulu is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Zulu swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T6#
Sparxx works a leg free and moves into half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Zulu manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Zulu being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T7#
Zulu is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.
Zulu not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Zulu has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Zulu is keeping the position.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Zulu is trying to get back to full guard.#T8#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Zulu is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Zulu is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Zulu (9) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to break free.
What can Sparxx do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
#T9#
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Zulu controls the action.
Sparxx tries to escape but Zulu has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Zulu.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Zulu is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off. #T10#
Zulu is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Zulu biding his time, looking for the opening.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Zulu keeps control of the position.
Zulu is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Zulu has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Zulu manages to sink in the hooks. #T11#
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
A bit of a pause in the action here. Zulu controlling the positon.
Zulu is looking to control Sparxx but Sparxx is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Zulu manages to sink in the hooks.
Zulu just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Zulu.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#T13#
Zulu doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Zulu (9) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Zulu is retaining full guard.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Zulu is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.#T14#
Zulu continues to stall.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
And that's the end of the fight!
Zulu takes the fight on points by 9 to 4.
Shaka Zulu retains his heavyweight title!
Our winner, Shaka Zulu, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 327- Silva Jr vs Zulu
Date: Oct 23, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 31 losses; Harry Hirsch! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 58 wins and 41 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Paulo Santos and Daniel Cesar.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Sparxx gets tackled into the cage by Hirsch. Hirsch maintains the clinch.
Hirsch is trying to drag Sparxx to the mat but Sparxx just about manages to keep his footing. He used the cage to his advantage there.
Hirsch is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Sparxx pulls him back up using the underhooks.
Sparxx has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Hirsch after a bit of a struggle.
Hirsch wants a takedown but no success here.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Harry Hirsch. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Hirsch fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#TD2#
Sparxx fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Hirsch sprawls well initially but Sparxx persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hirsch (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Hirsch's coaches at SSJ Gym have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Hirsch is defending well.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#T1#
Hirsch makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Hirsch.
Hirsch wants to sweep but no luck.
Hirsch is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Hirsch trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
#T2#
Hirsch is trying is best to control the position here.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Hirsch defends it.
Sparxx is trying to control. Hirsch wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Hirsch trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Hirsch is working away.
Hirsch is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Hirsch won't allow it. #T3#
Sparxx is keen to just control but Hirsch is a slippery customer.
Sparxx is thwarting Hirsch's attempts to control the position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Hirsch defends it. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Hirsch is defending well.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
#T4#
Hirsch is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.#SUB2#
Hirsch is trying to control Sparxx's posture. Sparxx takes advantage of the lull and advances to side control. He also appears to have an arm triangle here! Uh oh, big trouble for Hirsch! Sparxx is rotating here... this could be the end... Hirsch is out! Sparxx has ended this one emphatically! Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 4:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx!
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 325 - Camara vs Petersen
Date: Oct 09, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 16 losses; Galtero El Toro! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 57 wins and 41 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are William Peck, Steve Smith and Gregory Folan.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
El Toro fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Sparxx sprawls well initially but El Toro persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: El Toro (2) vs (0) Sparxx
El Toro tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
El Toro prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
We've been hearing good reports from El Toro's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx is staying active underneath El Toro, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
El Toro wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx has control of El Toro's left arm, preventing El Toro from doing any damage.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
El Toro stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
El Toro stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1##SUB2#
Sparxx has his foot on El Toro's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. El Toro works his way back into a safe position though.#SUB2#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. El Toro gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
El Toro passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
El Toro trying to control the pace.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as El Toro sits in half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but El Toro pulls his head out easily.
El Toro slows the pace down in half guard. #T2#
Sparxx wants to control but El Toro is keeping busy.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.#SUB2#
Sparxx has hold of a guillotine but he's not going to be able to crank on it really with only half guard, so it's no trouble for El Toro. Oh but Sparxx has got full guard now! Oh boy! This one could be over very soon! El Toro goes limp - he's gone! Sparxx jumps up and celebrates with the crowd - fantastic submission finish!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:51 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 324 - Burroughs vs Ramirez
Date: Oct 02, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 41 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 7 losses; Boris Balkan!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Franklin, Gwen Towbar and Chris Downing.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Balkan gets in close and instigates a clinch. #TD#
Sparxx has hold of one of Balkan's legs. Balkan is fighting the takedown attempt but Sparxx gets the trip and lands the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Balkan
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Balkan keeps moving.
Balkan is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Balkan pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx postures up.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T1#
Balkan pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T2#
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Balkan controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Balkan is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Balkan keeps moving. #T3#
Balkan managing to control the position.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Balkan is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Balkan is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T4#
Balkan is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Balkan controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Balkan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Balkan seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx trying to control but Balkan is working from the bottom. #T5#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Balkan keeps moving.
Balkan is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there. #T6#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Balkan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Balkan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Balkan wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #SUB#
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position. #T7#
Balkan is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx trying to control but Balkan is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Balkan wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Our spies down at at Blacktalians MMA inform us that Balkan has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Balkan is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Balkan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#T8#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Balkan is keeping the position.
Sparxx stands and throws Balkan's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Balkan
Balkan struggling a bit here.
Balkan prevents Sparxx from moving into mount.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Balkan is working away.
Sparxx working away.#SUB#
Sparxx thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Balkan keeps working. #T9#
Balkan is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Balkan gives up the full mount - oops, sloppy defensive grappling there! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (0) Balkan
Balkan is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #T10##SUB#
Sparxx working for a submission but Balkan is keeping him at bay.
Balkan wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Balkan has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Balkan
Balkan wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free.
Sparxx is looking to control Balkan but Balkan is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T11#
Sparxx is trying to control but Balkan is trying to escape here - he's now mounted.
Sparxx fails to advance to Balkan's back.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Balkan is looking to escape.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount. #SUB#
Sparxx moves into side control, trying to work for a kimura. That looks painful! Will he finish!!?? No, Balkan has worked his arm free - good work by Balkan!
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but can't. #T12#
Balkan manages to get back to half guard.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Balkan is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T13#
Balkan wants to get back to full guard.
Balkan is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Balkan is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Balkan is working away.
Balkan wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Balkan is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.#T14#
Balkan desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Balkan is defending well.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Balkan is a slippery customer.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Balkan defending well.
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Balkan's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (13) vs (0) Balkan
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Balkan is looking to reverse the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 13 to 0.
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx rambled incoherently for about 5 minutes post fight about how awesome he is. It was kinda funny for a while but then everyone got annoyed. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 323 - Sparxx vs IsMore
Date: Sep 25, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 56 wins and 40 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 3 losses; More IsMore!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Matheus Silva and Paulo Santos.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Nice takedown defense from Sparxx. No joy for IsMore on that attempt. #CL2#
IsMore moves into range and clinches up with Sparxx.
IsMore has hold of a leg and is looking for a trip takedown. Sparxx avoids it nicely though and we remain in the clinch.
IsMore has Sparxx pressed up against the cage and is working for takedown. Sparxx manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of More IsMore.
Sparxx is pressed up against the cage. IsMore has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Sparxx down to the mat. Sparxx avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance.
Sparxx is trying hard to land a takedown here. IsMore sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
IsMore drops down looking to force a counter takedown but Sparxx defends it well.#CL2#
IsMore clinches up against the cage.
Sparxx prevents a takedown attempt there.
IsMore is working for a takedown up against the cage. He can't get it on this occasion though.
Sparxx changes levels and goes for a takedown here. IsMore fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#CL2#
Sparxx tries to keep at a distance but IsMore has taken the fight into the clinch.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
IsMore wants a takedown.
Sparxx is working for a takedown up against the cage. He can't get it on this occasion though.
IsMore can't get the takedown.
Sparxx goes for a takedown attempt but IsMore pushes him away and we're back to fighting at a distance.
Sparxx fakes high and shoots in for a takedown but IsMore avoids it really well and circles away.#T1#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown but IsMore shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.#CL2#
IsMore rushes Sparxx and presses him up against the cage.
Sparxx looking for a takedown.
IsMore stops a takedown attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx is working for a takedown up against the cage. He can't get it on this occasion though.
IsMore looking for a takedown.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but IsMore manages to get underhooks.
#TD2#
IsMore has picked Sparxx up - he's going for a ride! IsMore dumps his opponent to the mat with a thud and settles into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) IsMore#SUB2#
IsMore seems to be working for a kimura but Sparxx defends the submission attempt.
IsMore wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position. #T2##SUB#
Sparxx looking to force a kimura from the bottom here. He's concentrating on that move too much though and IsMore pushes past his half guard into mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) IsMore
IsMore trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx regains half guard.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
IsMore is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now. #T3#
IsMore trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but IsMore is very close to passing his half guard.#SUB2#
IsMore is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. IsMore is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx won't allow IsMore to pass to mount.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but IsMore is controlling well.
Sparxx is pressing down on IsMore's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#T4#
IsMore trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Sparxx working for a triangle but IsMore defends it easily.
IsMore controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
IsMore looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) IsMore#T5##SUB2#
IsMore has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
IsMore wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #SUB#
Sparxx drops back, looking for a kneebar! IsMore looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. IsMore looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from IsMore! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (9) IsMore
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite IsMore's best efforts.#SUB2#
IsMore is looking for submissions but instead, Sparxx has regained full guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx pulls IsMore in close to prevent any damage. #T6##SUB#
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (9) IsMore
IsMore controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but IsMore is retaining full guard.
IsMore controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
IsMore is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T7#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Our spies down at at Nap or Tap inform us that IsMore has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
IsMore keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. IsMore swivels though and keeps the full guard.
IsMore looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T8#
IsMore tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx is fighting to break IsMore's control of his arms but IsMore is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
IsMore bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (11) IsMore
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx has IsMore pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx looking to control.
#SUB2#
IsMore has gone for a leg lock! Sparxx slips out almost immediately though and dives into IsMore's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (11) IsMore
Sparxx passes into half guard. #T9#
IsMore is trying to get back to full guard.
IsMore trying to control here.
#SUB2#
IsMore is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily.
IsMore tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.#T10#
Sparxx wants to take a breather but IsMore is having none of it.
Sparxx is really struggling to control IsMore but he's trying to hold on to the position.
IsMore wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
IsMore is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.#SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but IsMore is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
#SUB#
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so IsMore is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Sparxx trying to control the action but IsMore is working from the bottom. #T11#
IsMore controlling the position for now.
IsMore wants to get back to full guard.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx prevents IsMore from improving his position.
Sparxx is thwarting IsMore's attempts to control the position.
IsMore is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T12#
IsMore is looking to improve his position.
IsMore gets full guard.
IsMore looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. IsMore is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx trying to control but IsMore is working from the bottom.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T13#
IsMore is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control. #SUB2#
IsMore is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
#SUB2#
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but IsMore keeps moving. #T14#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. IsMore is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx stays in close to IsMore's body and controls the position.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but IsMore is retaining full guard.
IsMore is adopting a defensive guard.
Sparxx trying to control but IsMore is working from the bottom.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
IsMore controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
And that's the end of the fight!
IsMore wins on points by 11 to 6.
After winning the bout, More IsMore thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 322 - Pavlov vs Read
Date: Sep 18, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 40 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of St Petersburg, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 20 losses; Rutger Petrov !
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Timothy Bukovac and Don Winkell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx shoots in and bounces Petrov off the cage to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Petrov
Petrov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Petrov trying to control the position.
Petrov is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Petrov wants to sweep but no luck.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Petrov is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Petrov controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Petrov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T1#
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx passes Petrov 's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx prevents Petrov from improving his position.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Petrov tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T2#
Petrov trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx stalling.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Petrov is working away.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petrov is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard. #T3##SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Petrov is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Petrov tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Petrov is working from the bottom.
Petrov tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Petrov is defending the position.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Petrov is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Petrov takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #T4#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Petrov .
Petrov working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Petrov .
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Petrov
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Petrov denies him.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Petrov is working away.
Sparxx working away.#T5#
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Petrov denies him.
Petrov manages to get back to half guard.
Petrov trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Petrov is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Petrov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #SUB#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Petrov trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
#T6#
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Petrov is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Petrov trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Petrov is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Petrov defends it.
Petrov moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Petrov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T7#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Petrov has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petrov swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T8#
Petrov controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Petrov has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Petrov is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Petrov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
#T9#
Sparxx trying to control but Petrov is working from the bottom.
Petrov tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long. #SUB2#
Petrov looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petrov swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB2#
Petrov looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T10#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petrov is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Petrov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Petrov tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petrov bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Petrov
Sparxx pulls Petrov in close to prevent any damage. #T11#
Petrov trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (7) vs (2) Petrov
Sparxx stalling.
Petrov controlling the position for now.
Petrov is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
The fighters are battling for position here. Petrov manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T12#
Petrov managing to control the position.
Sparxx pushes down on Petrov 's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Petrov is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Petrov wants to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Petrov is trying to get back to full guard.#T13#
Petrov is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Petrov wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (10) vs (2) Petrov
Sparxx is trying to take his opponent's back.
Petrov regains half guard.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Petrov is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T14#
Sparxx prevents Petrov from improving his position.
Sparxx is thwarting Petrov 's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx stalling.
Petrov wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Petrov wants to control but Sparxx passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (13) vs (2) Petrov
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx controls the position from side control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 13 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx spent the whole post fight interview bigging himself up. It didn't go down that well with the fans after a while as they thought it was a bit arrogant. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 321 - Pavlov vs Sitsongrit
Date: Sep 11, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 39 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 26 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Vladimir Khabensky, Sergei Dronov and Aleksandr Martynov.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Petersen defends well and Sparxx ends up having to push Petersen into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.
Petersen changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Sparxx fights it off and pushes away nicely.
Sparxx has a takedown stuffed.
Petersen with the counter takedown but Sparxx avoids it easily.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.#TD2#
Petersen changes levels and drives through with a really nice takedown into side control. Sparxx looks really pissed at himself for not defending that better. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Petersen
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx prevents Petersen from moving into mount.
Petersen advances to full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (6) Petersen
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Petersen gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Petersen moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (9) Petersen
Petersen is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
#T2#
Sparxx is keeping busy.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen biding his time, controlling Sparxx. #T3#
Let's hope that Petersen has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx trying to control but not successfully.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx wants to control his opponent's hands but Petersen gets his hands free.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
#T4#
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Petersen biding his time, looking for the opening.
Petersen tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
#T5#
Petersen keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Petersen gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Petersen really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Petersen keeps control of the position.
#SUB2#
Petersen patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
Petersen has good solid back control here.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T6#
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Petersen breaks the grip.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
Petersen is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands. #T7#
A bit of a pause in the action here. Petersen controlling the positon.#SUB2#
Sparxx defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
#T8#
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Petersen's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx tries to roll but Petersen sticks to his back.
Petersen just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #T9#
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Petersen to control.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Petersen just sinks the hooks in.
Petersen keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Petersen slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
#T10#
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.#SUB2#
Petersen looking to break Sparxx's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Sparxx remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Petersen has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Petersen is hanging on to Sparxx's back as he tries to escape.
A lull in the action here.
#SUB2#
Petersen looking to break Sparxx's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Sparxx remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Petersen will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Petersen controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Petersen trying to control momentarily.
#T11#
Petersen controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Petersen kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#T12#
Petersen keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx turns into Petersen and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (9) Petersen
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather. #T13#
Petersen trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Petersen is keeping the position.#SUB2#
Petersen looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
#T14#
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Petersen holds on and takes a little breather.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Petersen wins on points by 9 to 2.
Conald Petersen seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 320 - Fiso vs Brown
Date: Sep 04, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 11 losses; Dragan Hozdic! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 38 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are John Kavanagh, Lou da Vinci and Eddie Farnsworth.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx closes this distance looking for a takedown but Hozdic circles away.
Hozdic shoots in for a takedown. "I don't think so" says Sparxx as he avoids it easily.
Hozdic changes levels and looks for a double leg takedown. Sparxx tries to avoid it but Hozdic manages to keep hold of a leg and drag Sparxx to the ground. Sparxx escapes though and pops straight back up to his feet.
Sparxx tries a counter takedown but it's more of a dummy move, and he uses it to push himself away.
Hozdic shoots in and drives through. Sparxx sprawls well.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Dragan Hozdic. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Hozdic looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Sparxx is fending him off so far but Hozdic persists. Nope, Sparxx circles away and we're back to standing.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Hozdic.
Hozdic goes for a double leg but Sparxx avoids the attempt and the two fighters end up clinched against the cage as Sparxx continues to drive forward.
Sparxx feints the counter takedown.
Hozdic can't get the takedown.
Sparxx drops down looking for an ankle pick but Hozdic pulls his leg out and moves away.
Sparxx displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Hozdic.
Hozdic fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Hozdic is breathing heavily.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#TD2#
Sparxx gets a double leg takedown into Hozdic's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hozdic (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T1#
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Hozdic has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T2#
Hozdic looking for a sweep. Not yet Hozdic, not yet.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Hozdic not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T3#
Hozdic keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Hozdic has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Hozdic not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Hozdic looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
We've been hearing good reports from Hozdic's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Hozdic is retaining full guard. #T4#
Hozdic is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Hozdic has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Sparxx trying to control but Hozdic is working from the bottom.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up. #T5#
Hozdic keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T6#
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T7#
Sparxx stands and throws Hozdic's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Hozdic is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Hozdic keeps working.
Hozdic struggling a bit here.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Hozdic keeps working. #T8#
Sparxx just content to control the position.
Sparxx works to advance to full mount. Hozdic defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Hozdic (0) vs (7) Sparxx#T9#
Hozdic tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Hozdic working to try and regain half guard.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine from mount but Hozdic is having none of it.
Sparxx tries to control but Hozdic wriggling away.
Hozdic wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.#T10#
Sparxx looking to control but Hozdic is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Hozdic is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Hozdic tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx fails to advance to Hozdic's back.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount. #T11#
More stalling from Sparxx.
Sparxx tries to control but Hozdic wriggling away.
Sparxx tries to take his opponent's back but Hozdic turns with him and manages to move into guard on the top. Nice work. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (2) vs (7) Sparxx#T12#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx wants to hit a sweep here but Hozdic passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Sparxx there! Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (5) vs (7) Sparxx
Hozdic sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T13#
Hozdic avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Hozdic maintains control.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Hozdic pushes him away.
Sparxx slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx trying to keep hold of his opponent's head but Hozdic manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (8) vs (7) Sparxx#T14#
Hozdic controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx wants to control but Hozdic is having none of it.
Hozdic fails to move to back control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hozdic controlling from mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hozdic takes the fight on points by 8 to 7.
Dragan Hozdic made sure to mention his sponsor, HELLS BALLS RECOVERY in his post fight interview.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 37 (265+lbs, D1): Finals - Round 1
Date: Aug 28, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 23 losses; Tyrano Jackson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 55 wins and 37 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, Donald Grub and Chris Edwards.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Jackson displays good takedown defense there as he swats away a double leg from Sparxx. #CL#
Jackson has taken the fight to the clinch.
Sparxx prevents a takedown attempt there.
Jackson wants a takedown.
Jackson drops to a knee looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets the underhooks and prevents it.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrano Jackson. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx changes levels and goes for a takedown here. Jackson fights it off and pushes away nicely.
#TD2#
Sparxx fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Jackson sprawls well initially but Sparxx persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jackson (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling the action here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Jackson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Jackson wants to get back to full guard.#T2#
Jackson is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Jackson trying to control here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T3#
Jackson is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Jackson is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at SSJ Gym, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#T4#
Jackson wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Jackson slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.#T5#
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Jackson tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Jackson is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Jackson (0) vs (5) Sparxx#T6#
You can see the frustration on Jackson's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Both fighters take a look at the clock.
Jackson is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
You can see the frustration on Jackson's face as Sparxx controls the position. #T7#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Jackson is working away.
Jackson is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Jackson, who protects the arm well.
Jackson is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Jackson manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Sparxx. #T8#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Jackson is keeping the position.
Jackson has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Jackson wants to sweep but no luck. #T9#
Jackson looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Sparxx puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Jackson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Jackson won't allow it.
Sparxx controlling the pace. #T10#
Jackson is looking to improve his position.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Jackson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Jackson is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx is pressing down on Jackson's thigh, looking to free his foot. Jackson is holding on for now. #T11#
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx is stalling here. Jackson is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Sparxx seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Jackson has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Jackson (4) vs (5) Sparxx
Jackson advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Jackson (6) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Jackson has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Jackson (9) vs (5) Sparxx#T12#
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Jackson.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to control his opponent's hands but Jackson gets his hands free.
Jackson keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
#T13#
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Jackson not allowing Sparxx to control his hands. #T14#
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Sparxx turns into Jackson and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jackson (9) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Jackson swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Jackson.
And that's the end of the fight!
Jackson takes the fight on points by 9 to 7.
An out of breath Tyrano Jackson thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 37 (265+lbs, D1): Amsterdam Qualifier - Round 2
Date: Aug 20, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 0 losses; Richard Anderson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 54 wins and 37 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Albert Achterberg, Saam Ante and Aafke Stam.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown but Anderson shows good takedown defense.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Anderson defends it nicely.#CL#
Anderson clinches up with Sparxx and pushes him back against the cage.
Anderson fails to pull the fight into his guard.
Sparxx is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Anderson pulls him back up using the underhooks.
Richard Anderson has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Anderson is pressed up against the cage. Sparxx has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Anderson down to the mat. Anderson avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance. #CL#
Anderson clinches with his opponent.
Sparxx is looking to take this one to the mat.#TD#
Anderson has managed to pull guard. Let's see whether he can work an aggressive guard. It will also be interesting to see what tactics Sparxx uses from the top position.
Anderson being controlled here, momentarily. #T1#
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Anderson won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#T2#
Anderson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Anderson wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Anderson (0) vs (3) Sparxx
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Anderson tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx wants to take Anderson's back here but Anderson is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
We've been hearing good reports from Anderson's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#T3##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine from mount but Anderson is having none of it.
Anderson has given up his back here.
Score +3 for taking back: Anderson (0) vs (6) Sparxx
Anderson turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Anderson (2) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Anderson from controlling successfully.
Anderson stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.#T4#
Anderson stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Anderson trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Anderson is posturing up here but Sparxx has hold of an arm and he's gone for an armbar! Anderson tries to roll out but it's too tight and Anderson has to tap! Slick submission there by Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 4:52 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 37 (265+lbs, D1): Amsterdam Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Aug 19, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of St Petersburg, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 3 losses; James McGuire! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 53 wins and 37 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Saam Ante, Aafke Stam and Nard Betker.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Sparxx darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: McGuire (0) vs (2) Sparxx
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.#SUB#
McGuire is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily. #SUB#
McGuire actively working from the bottom here.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
McGuire has a hand on Sparxx's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Sparxx takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: McGuire (0) vs (5) Sparxx
McGuire is trying to escape the mount.
#T1#
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
McGuire working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from McGuire to control.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully. #T2#
McGuire wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.#T3#
McGuire tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx moves to the back. Score +3 for taking back: McGuire (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
McGuire tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Sparxx is trying to stick to McGuire's back but McGuire is turning into Sparxx. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Sparxx's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by McGuire. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: McGuire (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx pulls McGuire in close to his closed guard and prevents McGuire from doing any damage or advancing position.#T4##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #SUB2#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. McGuire is aware though and is defending well.
McGuire looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: McGuire (2) vs (10) Sparxx#SUB#
McGuire looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
We've been hearing good reports from McGuire's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
McGuire can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T5#
McGuire wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: McGuire (2) vs (13) Sparxx
McGuire tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
You can see the frustration on McGuire's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
The referee asks Sparxx politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. Sparxx prefers to stall for the moment though.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but can't. #T6#
Sparxx controls the position from side control.
McGuire regains half guard.
Sparxx stalling. #SUB#
McGuire actively working from the bottom here.#T7#
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.#SUB#
McGuire looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: McGuire (2) vs (16) Sparxx
McGuire tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx staying calm.#T8#
McGuire tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx controls the position.
McGuire tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx controlling the position.
McGuire is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controls the position. #T9##SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but McGuire is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
McGuire tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx taking a breather here.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
More stalling from Sparxx.#T10#
McGuire trying his best to control but Sparxx has mounted him. Score +2 for reaching mount: McGuire (2) vs (18) Sparxx
McGuire tries to get back to half guard but can't.
McGuire wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: McGuire (2) vs (21) Sparxx
You can see the frustration on McGuire's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx has good solid back control here.
Sparxx with more of the same as he continues to hold on.#T11#
McGuire tries to escape the position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy.
McGuire trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
Sparxx just keeping the dominant position. He can't wait too long though, otherwise the referee will stand them back up.
#T12#
McGuire is in bad spot here.
McGuire is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx controlling the position well here. McGuire rolled but Sparxx kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
#SUB2#
McGuire is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Sparxx gets his way!
#SUB2#
Sparxx has his opponent's back and is working for the choke. #T13#
McGuire tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
McGuire tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
McGuire looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: McGuire (2) vs (24) Sparxx
McGuire trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
Sparxx controls the position.#T14#
We're seeing a lot of stalling here from Sparxx.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as McGuire tries to break free.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 24 to 2.
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 314 - Pancake vs Saldini
Date: Jul 24, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 2 losses; Eyvind Skallagrimsson! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 52 wins and 37 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Don Winkell and Frank Antenori.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx looks for a takedown here. Will he get it? Skallagrimsson is fending him off so far but Sparxx persists. Nope, Skallagrimsson circles away and we're back to standing.
Skallagrimsson changes levels looking for a counter takedown but doesn't commit.
Sparxx is trying hard to land a takedown here. Skallagrimsson sprawls well and keeps this one on the feet.
Sparxx looks for a takedown but Skallagrimsson sprawls well.
Eyvind Skallagrimsson has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Skallagrimsson's waist but Skallagrimsson gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Sparxx off to one side.
Sparxx fails with a takedown attempt. #CL#
Skallagrimsson takes the fight into the clinch.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#TD#
Skallagrimsson pulls guard effortlessly.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Skallagrimsson working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T1#
Sparxx is pushing down on Skallagrimsson's leg trying to pass to half guard. Skallagrimsson is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Skallagrimsson wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Skallagrimsson won't allow it. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Skallagrimsson is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Skallagrimsson manages to get to full guard.
#T2#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Skallagrimsson swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB#
Skallagrimsson is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
#SUB#
Skallagrimsson throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Sparxx escapes and throws Skallagrimsson's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (3) Sparxx
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Skallagrimsson tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T3#
Sparxx controlling the position.
Sparxx advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Skallagrimsson is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Skallagrimsson is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Skallagrimsson wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (8) Sparxx#T4#
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Skallagrimsson from escaping the position.
Sparxx controlling from the back.
Sparxx is hanging on to Skallagrimsson's back as he tries to escape.
#SUB2#
Skallagrimsson defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Sparxx's arms.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Skallagrimsson from escaping the position.
Sparxx gets his hands free as Skallagrimsson looks to control.
Sparxx keeps control of the position easily here as Skallagrimsson tries to buck him off.
Skallagrimsson wants to escape the position.
#T5#
Skallagrimsson trying to control but not successfully.
Skallagrimsson tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Skallagrimsson tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Skallagrimsson slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Skallagrimsson says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Skallagrimsson wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Skallagrimsson defending well. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Skallagrimsson has managed to free his arm - good work. #T6#
Skallagrimsson tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Skallagrimsson tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Sparxx has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (11) Sparxx
Skallagrimsson tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Sparxx is dominating on the ground here - he's now on his opponent's back, looking to sink in the hooks. Skallagrimsson is in real trouble.
Score +3 for taking back: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (14) Sparxx#T7#
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Skallagrimsson looking very determined here, making life difficult for Sparxx.
Skallagrimsson can't escape the position.
Skallagrimsson rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Skallagrimsson is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at ZuccoTraining Ground, so we'll see if he gets out of it.#SUB#
Skallagrimsson looking for a kimura from the bottom but Sparxx passes into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (17) Sparxx
Sparxx controls the position.#T8#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Skallagrimsson keeps working.
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Sparxx advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (19) Sparxx
Skallagrimsson is in all sorts of trouble here.
#T9#
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Skallagrimsson is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sparxx prevents Skallagrimsson from getting the reversal.#T10#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Skallagrimsson tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx fails to move to back control.
Skallagrimsson is working to get back to half guard.
#T11#
Skallagrimsson looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Skallagrimsson (0) vs (22) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to keep control of the position but Skallagrimsson is staying busy.
Skallagrimsson wants to escape the position.
Skallagrimsson just trying to survive but Sparxx is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Skallagrimsson manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Skallagrimsson.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Skallagrimsson (2) vs (22) Sparxx
Sparxx controls Skallagrimsson momentarily but Skallagrimsson frees himself.
Skallagrimsson passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Skallagrimsson (5) vs (22) Sparxx#SUB#
Skallagrimsson swings around for an armbar but Sparxx sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Skallagrimsson's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Skallagrimsson (5) vs (24) Sparxx#T12#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Skallagrimsson (5) vs (27) Sparxx
Sparxx happy to just control the position for now.
Skallagrimsson tries to improve position but can't. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Skallagrimsson knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Skallagrimsson is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it. #T13#
Sparxx happy to just control the position for now.
Skallagrimsson wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Skallagrimsson is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx working away.#T14#
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Skallagrimsson is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Skallagrimsson is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Skallagrimsson tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Skallagrimsson is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
Skallagrimsson is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 27 to 5.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
ENIGMA SUB WRESTLING 6
Date: Jul 17, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 2 losses; Lalo Jimenez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 37 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Dillan Fox, William Peck and Ian Loll.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Jimenez tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Jimenez manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Jimenez looks to have improved his striking defense since last time we saw him fight.#TD#
Jimenez shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Sparxx is trying to defend but Jimenez finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Jimenez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Jimenez's back. He's all about the action.#SUB#
Jimenez is working for a kimura but Sparxx is defending it quite comfortably.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Jimenez is looking to stall here but Sparxx recovers full guard. #T1#
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Jimenez looking to pass the guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Jimenez from controlling successfully.
Jimenez slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Jimenez is controlling well.
Sparxx won't allow Jimenez to pass to mount. #T2#
Jimenez is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Jimenez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Jimenez can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Sparxx wants to control but Jimenez is having none of it.#SUB#
Jimenez is looking to secure an arm. He's managed it! He's pivoting for an armbar - that looks tight! But Sparxx has managed to get out of it and now he's in a dominant position. Nice work from Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Jimenez (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Jimenez pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.#T3#
Jimenez is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.#SUB#
Jimenez looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#SUB#
Jimenez looking for subs off his back but Sparxx has passed one foot through into half guard.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T4#
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
More stalling from Sparxx.
Jimenez is not content to let Sparxx control the position.#T5##SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Jimenez has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx prevents Jimenez from improving his position.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Jimenez is trying to get back to full guard.#T6#
Jimenez is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Jimenez trying to control here.
Jimenez makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Jimenez.#SUB#
Jimenez is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx won't allow Jimenez to sweep him here. #T7#
Sparxx passes Jimenez's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Jimenez wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Jimenez trying to control here.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T8#
Jimenez gets back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Sparxx with more of the same as he continues to hold on.
Jimenez looking for a sweep. Not yet Jimenez, not yet. #T9#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Jimenez wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Jimenez looking for a sweep. Not yet Jimenez, not yet. #SUB#
Jimenez escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T10#
Sparxx passes Jimenez's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Jimenez wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx is controlling the pace.
#T11#
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Jimenez is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.#SUB2#
Sparxx seems like he's working for an arm triangle here. He's freed his trapped foot and he's rotating nicely. Jimenez is in big trouble! He's tapping out! This one is aaaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 12:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx!
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 310 - ALL OUT WAR
Date: Jun 26, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 36 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 11 losses; Galtero El Toro!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Seu Braga and Luis Engracia.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
El Toro manages to get an easy takedown there - catching Sparxx on his heels. He'll look to pass Sparxx's guard now, I'm sure. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) El Toro
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
El Toro controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as El Toro tries to pass.
Sparxx has his hands on El Toro's head, controlling the position.
El Toro wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
El Toro sitting in guard here, content to control. #T1#
El Toro won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
El Toro wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead El Toro passes into half guard.
#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.#T2#
El Toro is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. El Toro is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Sparxx wants to control but El Toro is keeping busy.
El Toro wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
El Toro wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #SUB2#
El Toro seems to be working for a kimura but Sparxx defends the submission attempt.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx trying to hold on to El Toro's head to control him but El Toro postures up.
#T4#
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
El Toro slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
El Toro's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T5#
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
El Toro wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx controls El Toro momentarily but El Toro frees himself.
El Toro wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T6#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as El Toro tries to pass.
Sparxx working a defensive guard but El Toro manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) El Toro
El Toro is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T7#
Sparxx is trying to control El Toro's posture but El Toro avoids it.
My spies in Nap or Tap inform me that El Toro has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
El Toro taking a break here but Sparxx is having none of it and regains half guard.
El Toro wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but El Toro is very close to passing his half guard.
El Toro is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T8#
El Toro is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
El Toro pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
El Toro wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
El Toro is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#T9#
El Toro passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (8) El Toro
El Toro wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here. #SUB2#
El Toro goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Sparxx rolls with the submission and now he's on top in El Toro's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (8) El Toro
El Toro is adopting a defensive guard.#T10#
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
El Toro keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
El Toro trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
El Toro looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
El Toro is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T11#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but El Toro is keeping the position.
El Toro trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx won't allow El Toro to sweep him here. #T12#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but El Toro is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
El Toro working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Sparxx has passed into half guard!
El Toro is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but El Toro keeps working.
Sparxx is controlling the pace.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#T13#
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but El Toro is having none of it.
El Toro trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
El Toro tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #T14#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
El Toro is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. El Toro doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
And that's the end of the fight!
El Toro wins on points by 8 to 2.
A victorious Galtero El Toro thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 309 - Steel vs Pavlov
Date: Jun 19, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 6 losses; Abubakar Camara! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 35 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jorge Garcia, Reed Andrews and David Schapiro.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx looks frustrated there after his takedown attempt is stuffed easily.#TD#
Sparxx gets caught flat footed, as Camara shoots in with a quick takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Camara (2) vs (0) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Camara passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to buck Camara off but Camara is having none of it.
Sparxx tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Camara presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Camara (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Camara content just to control the position here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Camara has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.#T1#
Camara wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is controlling Camara's trapped leg to prevent Camara from advancing to side control.
Camara looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Camara wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T2#
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Camara is very close to passing his half guard.
Camara trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Camara controlling from the top position. #T3##SUB2#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Camara can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Camara is proving a slippery customer.
#T4#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Camara tries to pass.
Sparxx has Camara pulled in close to control his posture.
Camara tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Camara controlling from the top position. #SUB2#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx working for a triangle but Camara defends it easily.
#T5#
Camara trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Camara postures up.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for subs off his back but Camara has passed one foot through into half guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Camara with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T6#
Camara trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Camara trying to control the pace.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Camara keeps him under control.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Camara sits in half guard. #T7#
Sparxx is looking to control Camara's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx won't allow Camara to pass to mount.
Sparxx is pressing down on Camara's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Camara trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T8#
Camara preventing the sweep.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Camara from controlling successfully.
Sparxx pulls Camara in close to his closed guard and prevents Camara from doing any damage or advancing position.
Camara trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Camara stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position. #T9##SUB2#
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Camara pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Camara tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Camara in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx trying to control but Camara postures up.
#T10##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.#SUB#
Camara is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
#T11#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Camara is controlling well.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Camara in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
#T12#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Camara puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
Sparxx controlling the position well.
Camara passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Camara (10) vs (0) Sparxx#T13#
Camara manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Camara (13) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to break free.
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
Camara is looking to control Sparxx but Sparxx is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T14#
Camara wants to control but Sparxx manages to buck him off and is now in Camara's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Camara (13) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Camara working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Camara takes the fight on points by 13 to 2.
Abubakar Camara retains his heavyweight title!
A relieved looking Abubakar Camara thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 308 - Silva Jr vs Priest
Date: Jun 12, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 20 losses; Conald Petersen! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 35 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Petersen with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a driving takedown into guard. Nice work there by Sparxx. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Petersen (0) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Petersen working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Petersen working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up. #T1#
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Petersen is keeping the position for now.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Petersen swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Petersen seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2#
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Petersen wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Petersen controlling the position for now.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Petersen is defending the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Petersen controlling the leg, holding on to half guard. #T3##SUB#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Petersen might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Petersen is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#T4#
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Petersen trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
#SUB#
Petersen actively working from the bottom here.
Petersen keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Sparxx passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T5#
Petersen tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Petersen is squirming around nicely.
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Petersen doesn't allow it.
Petersen can't escape the position.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T6#
Petersen tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen gets back to half guard.
Petersen trying to control here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Petersen gets back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall. #T7#
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Petersen wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Petersen there! Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling the pace for now. #T8#
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Petersen to control.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Sparxx prevents Petersen from getting the reversal.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx trying to control but Petersen is having none of it. #T9#
Petersen is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx looking to control but Petersen is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Petersen tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Petersen (0) vs (11) Sparxx
I would not like to be Petersen right now.
Petersen tries to escape the position.
Petersen looking very determined here, making life difficult for Sparxx.
#T10#
Petersen trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Petersen from escaping the position.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?#T11#
Sparxx controlling from the back.
Petersen manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Petersen.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Petersen is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Petersen (2) vs (13) Sparxx
Petersen keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx being controlled here momentarily. #T12##SUB#
Petersen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.#SUB#
Petersen has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Sparxx is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Petersen. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (16) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to move to mount but Petersen blocks the move with his legs.
Sparxx takes a little break here. Petersen wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Petersen is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.#T13#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Petersen keeps working.
Petersen wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Petersen is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Petersen is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx prevents Petersen from improving his position.#T14#
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Petersen is working away.
Petersen tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Sparxx has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Petersen (2) vs (19) Sparxx
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 19 to 2.
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 307 - Dyon vs Steel
Date: Jun 05, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 50 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 6 losses; Abubakar Camara!
The judges for this bout are Alyssa Summers, Dean Styles and Joseph Jones.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Camara fakes an overhand right and shoots for a takedown. Sparxx sprawls well initially but Camara persists and gets the takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Camara
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Camara content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Camara is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T1#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Camara seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Camara controlling the action here. #T2#
Sparxx tries to roll over but Camara keeps him under control.
Camara keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T3#
Sparxx is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Camara prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Camara content to control rather than advance.
Camara wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T4#
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Camara keeps him under control.
Sparxx keeping hold of Camara's head, controlling as best he can. #T5#
Sparxx trying to control but Camara postures up.
Camara trying to control the pace.
Camara wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx controlling the position for now.
Camara trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T6#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Camara has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Camara
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Camara's attempts to control the action.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T7#
Camara controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx is just holding on here. Camara manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Camara#SUB2#
Camara is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Sparxx is defending well though. Camara let's go of the attempt for now.
Our spies down at at Convicted Fight Club inform us that Camara has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Camara tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off. #T8#
Camara is controlling his opponent, waiting for an opportunity to finish.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Camara manages to sink in the hooks.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Camara is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Camara trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Sparxx doesn't escape.
Sparxx tries to escape but Camara has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T9##SUB2#
Camara is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Sparxx has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Camara is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
Camara controls the position.#T10#
Sparxx is really stuck here.
You know, I was talking to some of our celebrities at ringside tonight and they were split right down the middle on who was going to win this fight.
It looks like Camara might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Camara trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Sparxx tries to roll but Camara sticks to his back.
#T11#
Camara controlling from the back.#SUB2#
Camara is looking for the choke from the back position but Sparxx is controlling his hands well.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Good control from Camara.#T12##SUB2#
Camara is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Sparxx is defending well though. Camara let's go of the attempt for now.
Camara struggling to keep hold of the position.
Sparxx wants to control his opponent's hands but Camara gets his hands free.
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Camara keeps control of the position.
Camara gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T13#
Sparxx looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Camara controlling from the back.#SUB2#
Camara has his opponent's back and is working for the choke. #T14#
Sparxx breaks Camara's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Camara
Sparxx won't allow Camara to sweep him here.
Camara is adopting a defensive guard.
Camara wants to sweep but no luck.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx passes Camara's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx prevents Camara from improving his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Camara wins on points by 8 to 2.
Abubakar Camara is the new heavyweight champion!
A relieved looking Abubakar Camara thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 306 - Sparxx vs Zulu
Date: May 29, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 49 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 6 losses; Shaka Zulu!
The judges for this bout are Saam Ante, Paulsen Ambrosius and Radbod Blank.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Zulu has Sparxx up against the cage in a clinch.
Sparxx stops a takedown attempt from Zulu.
#TD#
Sparxx has Zulu pressed up against the cage. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Sparxx pulls back from the cage and twists to the side, sending Zulu tumbling to the mat - Sparxx dives into Zulu's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Zulu
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Zulu is retaining full guard.
Zulu seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
Zulu wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Zulu trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Zulu trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Zulu
Sparxx content just to control the position here. #T1#
Zulu is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx content just to control the position here. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T2#
Zulu working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Zulu manages to regain half guard. Good work. #T3#
Zulu tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Zulu felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Zulu tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#SUB#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Zulu sees it coming and defends easily.
Zulu works his way to full guard. Good work.#T4#
Zulu seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
Zulu keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #SUB2#
Zulu looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Zulu looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T5#
Sparxx pushes down on Zulu's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Zulu defends it.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Zulu wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Zulu won't allow it.
Zulu is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Zulu avoid being mounted?#T6#
Zulu wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Zulu knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Zulu is trying to get back to full guard.
Zulu moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Zulu swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T7#
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Further stalling from Sparxx.
Zulu controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #SUB2#
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Zulu has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Zulu's legs - danger averted.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T8#
Zulu wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Zulu looking for a sweep. Not yet Zulu, not yet.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Zulu
Sparxx trying to control the position but Zulu is working away. #T9#
Zulu can't do much from the bottom here.
Zulu tries to get back to half guard but can't.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Zulu stops Sparxx from passing to mount.
Zulu is letting Sparxx control him for a moment.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but can't.
Zulu is trying to work for a sweep but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (10) vs (0) Zulu#T10#
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Zulu is looking to escape.
Zulu tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Zulu is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.#T11#
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Zulu is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Zulu regains half guard.
Zulu trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
#T12#
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Zulu won't allow it.
Zulu is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Zulu is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Zulu trying to control here.
Zulu manages to get to full guard.
#T13#
Zulu controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Zulu is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx won't allow Zulu to sweep him here.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (13) vs (0) Zulu
Zulu tries to improve position but can't. #T14#
Sparxx works to advance to full mount. Zulu defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (15) vs (0) Zulu
Zulu tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Zulu tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Zulu is looking to escape.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 15 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx tried to hype himself up post fight but didn't word it too well and it ended up with him sounding like a bit of a tool. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 305 - Las Vegas
Date: May 22, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 48 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 18 losses; Conald Petersen!
The judges for this bout are Tiny Johnson, Stewart Dunkirk and Gwen Towbar.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Petersen shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Petersen showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Petersen
Petersen prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Petersen wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Petersen moves into full mount! Sparxx won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Petersen
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Petersen looking to control and managing it successfully.
It looks like Petersen might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Petersen has a good base and remains in mount.#T1#
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Petersen controlling from mount.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
#SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Sparxx turns into him and now he's in Petersen's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Petersen
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen being controlled here, momentarily.
Petersen controlling Sparxx's posture. #T2#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck.
Petersen pulls Sparxx in close to his closed guard and prevents Sparxx from doing any damage or advancing position.#T3#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Petersen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Petersen is controlling Sparxx's posture.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Petersen wants to sweep but no luck. #T4#
Petersen working a defensive guard but Sparxx manages to pass into side control anyway.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (5) Petersen
Petersen is trying to work for a sweep but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (7) vs (5) Petersen
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Petersen is looking to escape.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Petersen is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Petersen wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (10) vs (5) Petersen#T5#
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Petersen manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is pulling down on Petersen's head to control his posture.
Petersen sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Petersen trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Petersen trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Petersen looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T6#
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Petersen manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (7) Petersen
Petersen wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Petersen manages to get to full guard.
Petersen looking for a sweep. Not yet Petersen, not yet. #T7#
Petersen looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx postures up.
Petersen wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Petersen lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (12) vs (9) Petersen
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Petersen tries to pass.
Petersen pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Petersen is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Petersen wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it. #T8#
Petersen is controlling the pace.
Petersen trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Petersen controlling the pace.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Petersen is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is controlling Petersen's trapped leg to prevent Petersen from advancing to side control.#T9#
Sparxx is not content to let Petersen control the position.
Petersen controlling the action here.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Petersen, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Petersen looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Petersen is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Petersen is controlling well.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#T10#
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Petersen advancing to mount.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Petersen engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #SUB#
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Petersen stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Petersen! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (12) vs (12) Petersen#T11#
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Petersen happy to just control the position for now.
Petersen is continuing to stall.#SUB2#
Petersen goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Petersen but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (16) vs (12) Petersen
You can see the frustration on Petersen's face as Sparxx controls the position. #T12#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Petersen is working away.
Sparxx controlling the position from side mount.
Petersen manages to get back to half guard.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx is trying to control. Petersen wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Petersen is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.#T13#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Petersen is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Petersen keeping control of the position.
Petersen wants to get back to full guard.
Petersen holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Petersen is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T14#
Petersen wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Petersen defending well.
Sparxx is thwarting Petersen's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Petersen is working from the bottom.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Petersen trying to get back to full guard but Sparxx takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (19) vs (12) Petersen
Petersen tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 19 to 12.
Tyrone Sparxx retains his heavyweight title!
Tyrone Sparxx spent the whole post fight interview bigging himself up. It didn't go down that well with the fans after a while as they thought it was a bit arrogant.
The defeated Conald Petersen had this to say: 'Ta Ta there retard'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 304 - Silva Jr vs Sparxx
Date: May 15, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 13 losses; Rich Silva Jr! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Jack Bonds and Don Winkell.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Silva Jr drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Silva Jr (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Silva Jr from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Silva Jr controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx has Silva Jr pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Silva Jr manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Silva Jr (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Silva Jr is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Silva Jr looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T1#
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Silva Jr pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Silva Jr has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Silva Jr is keeping the position.#T2#
Silva Jr has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Silva Jr keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx trying to move into half guard but instead Silva Jr has managed to sweep! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Silva Jr (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Silva Jr wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Silva Jr is one step ahead there. #T3##SUB2#
Silva Jr looking to improve position, pressing down on Sparxx's thigh with his hand. Sparxx seems to be working to lock up a guilotine though... is Silva Jr paying attention? Apparently not! He's locked it up tight! Silva Jr's face has turned purple! Will he tap? Will he! YES! He's tapped! Sparxx picked his opening and made it count! Great finish!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:23 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx is the new heavyweight champion!
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed.
Rich Silva Jr spoke after the fight, saying 'Me hungry!'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 302 - Jabbar vs Dravezesdi
Date: Apr 17, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 46 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 31 losses; Maxim Bok!
The judges for this bout are Colin Fray, Ryoma Takatsuka and Roger Salmon.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Bok scores a trip takedown into side control. Nice. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Bok
Sparxx is trying to control Bok's posture but Bok avoids it.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Bok's best efforts.
Bok wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Bok seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Bok seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Bok is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T1#
Bok is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Bok prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bok passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx controlling the position well. #T2#
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Bok wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T3#
Bok slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (7) Bok
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face as Bok controls the position.
Bok is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #SUB2#
Bok goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Sparxx rolls with the submission and now he's on top in Bok's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (7) Bok
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Bok keeps moving.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #T4##SUB2#
Bok had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Bok looking to control.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Bok is retaining full guard.
Bok bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (9) Bok
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Bok stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Bok passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard. #T5##SUB2#
Bok is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx wants to control the action here but instead Bok manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (12) Bok
Bok manages to capitalize on a mistake by Sparxx to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (15) Bok
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Bok controlling the position well here. Sparxx rolled but Bok kept the hooks locked in and stayed in the dominant position.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Bok breaks the grip.
Sparxx tries to escape but Bok has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T6#
Bok is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Bok. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Bok's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (15) Bok
Bok is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Bok's guard.
Bok tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Bok is still trying to improve position.#T7#
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Bok defends it.
Bok wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB#
Bok is looking to regain full guard. He's left an arm up in the air though and Sparxx has latched onto it... Big trouble! Sparxx pivots for an armbar - it's in tight and it Bok is tapping in no time flat! Great counter grappling there from Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 8:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 301 - Morrison Jr vs Lee
Date: Apr 10, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 5 losses; Shaka Zulu! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 45 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Percy O'Donnell and Frank Antenori.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL#
Zulu gets a clinch. #TD2#
Sparxx has double underhooks and is working for a body lock takedown. He's got it. The fighters land in half guard but Zulu regains guard immediately. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Zulu (0) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Zulu is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Zulu is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #SUB#
Zulu has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Sparxx is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Zulu. Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control but Zulu is keeping him busy.
Sparxx works to advance to full mount. Zulu defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Zulu (0) vs (7) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Zulu is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Zulu sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.#T1#
Sparxx is thwarting Zulu's attempts to control the position.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Zulu gets back to full guard.
Zulu looking to control.
Zulu wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Zulu has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Sparxx has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (0) vs (10) Sparxx#T2#
Zulu sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Zulu trying to control here.
#SUB#
Sparxx moves into side control, avoiding a weak kimura attempt from Zulu. Score +3 for passing guard: Zulu (0) vs (13) Sparxx
Zulu looking for a sweep but Sparxx has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Zulu (0) vs (15) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx has hold of an arm here, looking to extend it. He's committed to the armbar attempt here! Will he get it?! Yes! Zulu is forced to tap!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
ENIGMA SUB WRESTLING 4
Date: Apr 03, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Bjorn Akerfeldt! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 44 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Dennis, Wesley Smith and Stewart Dunkirk.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Sparxx throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Akerfeldt was covering up waiting for the punch and Sparxx finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Akerfeldt (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Akerfeldt keeps moving. #SUB#
Akerfeldt is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Akerfeldt is keeping the position.
Akerfeldt tries to land a sweep but no joy.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB#
Akerfeldt is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.#SUB#
Akerfeldt looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T1#
Akerfeldt wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#SUB#
Akerfeldt is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx stays in close to Akerfeldt's body and controls the position. #SUB#
Akerfeldt had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx stays in close to Akerfeldt's body and controls the position. #SUB#
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T2#
Sparxx trying to control but Akerfeldt is working from the bottom.
Sparxx advances to half guard.
Sparxx is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Akerfeldt (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Akerfeldt tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Akerfeldt (0) vs (8) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy.
Akerfeldt is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Sparxx.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking to break Akerfeldt's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Akerfeldt remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Sparxx will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!#T3#
Akerfeldt can't escape the position.
Akerfeldt is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
#SUB2#
Sparxx has both hooks in and is working for a choke. Akerfeldt is in real trouble here. Sparxx gets an arm under the chin and tightens the submission attempt... is this the end? Yes, Akerfeldt is tapping out! Sparxx wins by rear naked choke!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:26 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
ENIGMA SUB WRESTLING 3
Date: Mar 13, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 1 losses; Super Meat Boy! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 43 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are David Schapiro, Reed Andrews and Alyssa Summers.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx shoots in but Meat Boy avoids the takedown attempt easily.#CL#
Meat Boy gets a clinch.
Meat Boy is pressed up against the ropes. Sparxx has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Meat Boy down to the mat. Meat Boy avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance. #CL#
Meat Boy takes the fight into the clinch.
Meat Boy tries to jump guard but he falls flat on his backside. Sparxx smiles and moves away.
Meat Boy has been working on his boxing with his coaches at HELLsinki in the buildup to the fight.#CL#
Meat Boy closes the distance and presses his opponent up against the ropes.
Sparxx is trying to drag Meat Boy to the mat but Meat Boy just about manages to keep his footing. He used the ropes to his advantage there.
Super Meat Boy has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.#TD2#
Sparxx has Meat Boy pressed up against the ropes. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Sparxx pulls back from the ropes and twists to the side, sending Meat Boy tumbling to the mat - Sparxx dives into Meat Boy's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (2) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Meat Boy keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Meat Boy keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #T1#
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Meat Boy.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx stands and throws Meat Boy's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Meat Boy can't do much from the bottom here.
Meat Boy is trying to improve his position.#SUB2#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
Meat Boy is letting Sparxx control him for a moment. #T2#
Meat Boy regains half guard.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Meat Boy is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx prevents Meat Boy from improving his position.
Meat Boy trying to control from the bottom.
Meat Boy is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Meat Boy is working hard here to advance position.#T3#
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Meat Boy is having none of it.
Meat Boy is trying to control but Sparxx manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Meat Boy is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Meat Boy can't escape the position.
#T4#
Meat Boy gets back to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Meat Boy preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Meat Boy is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Meat Boy is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Meat Boy avoid being mounted?
Sparxx controlling the action here. #T5#
Meat Boy is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Meat Boy tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Meat Boy is a slippery customer.
Meat Boy moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Meat Boy controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Meat Boy wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard.
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (11) Sparxx
Meat Boy is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T6#
Meat Boy sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Sparxx prevents Meat Boy from improving his position.
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Meat Boy is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Meat Boy's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (14) Sparxx
Meat Boy is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control. #T7##SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Meat Boy is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Meat Boy is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. Meat Boy knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Meat Boy is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Meat Boy wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (0) vs (17) Sparxx
Meat Boy is not content to let Sparxx control the position. #T8#
Meat Boy tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Meat Boy manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Meat Boy (2) vs (17) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Meat Boy pulls his head out easily.
Meat Boy prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Meat Boy has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (5) vs (17) Sparxx#T9#
Sparxx tries to control Meat Boy's body but Meat Boy pushes him off. Sparxx squirms to his side and now Meat Boy has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Meat Boy (8) vs (17) Sparxx
Sparxx can't escape the position.
A lull in the action here.
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Meat Boy gets his hands free as Sparxx looks to control. #T10#
Meat Boy wants to control but Sparxx manages to buck him off and is now in Meat Boy's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Meat Boy (8) vs (19) Sparxx
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Meat Boy wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Meat Boy wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Meat Boy is working away.
Meat Boy wants to get back to full guard.#T11#
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Meat Boy is working away.
Meat Boy wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Meat Boy (8) vs (22) Sparxx
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Meat Boy to control.
Meat Boy is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Meat Boy tries to improve his position but instead Sparxx has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Meat Boy (8) vs (25) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking to control Meat Boy but Meat Boy is wriggling around and keeping busy. #T12#
Meat Boy can't escape the position.
Meat Boy trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working on the RNC. He looks like he's got it but Meat Boy won't tap... Oh, he's out! The ref rips Sparxx off his unconscious opponent!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 12:31 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities. |
|
|
|
Event:
ENIGMA SUB WRESTLING 2
Date: Feb 13, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 10 losses; JW Camp! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 34 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Ian Loll, Dillan Fox and Yves DeLean.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx darts in and lands a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Camp (0) vs (2) Sparxx
We've been hearing good reports from Camp's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx is trying to control. Camp wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Camp is trying to get back to full guard.
Camp wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx trying to control from Camp's half guard. Camp has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Camp keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T1#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Camp is keeping the position.#SUB#
Camp looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Camp.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Camp keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.#T2#
Sparxx won't allow Camp to sweep him here.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Camp keeps moving. #T3#
Sparxx passes Camp's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Camp is working from the bottom.
Camp tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Camp is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Camp is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T4#
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Camp has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx is trying to control. Camp wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T5#
Camp is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Camp is having none of it.
Sparxx is thwarting Camp's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx stalling. #T6#
Camp tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx trying to control from Camp's half guard. Camp has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Camp keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Camp can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T7#
Camp keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #SUB#
Camp has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx trying to control but Camp is working from the bottom.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Camp's guard. #T8#
Camp wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Camp is working from the bottom.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Camp regains full guard. Nicely done. #SUB#
Camp escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T9#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Camp keeps moving.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Camp is keeping the position for now. #SUB#
Camp throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Sparxx escapes and throws Camp's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Camp (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx has knee on belly and now moves to full mount! Trouble for Camp! Score +2 for reaching mount: Camp (0) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx looking to control but Camp is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T10#
Camp is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Camp keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to take Camp's back but he can't do it this time.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Camp is looking to escape. #T11#
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Camp tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx tries to control but Camp wriggling away.
Camp is looking to get to half guard.#T12#
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Sparxx wants to take Camp's back here but Camp is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #SUB2#
Sparxx has control of Camp's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Camp regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now. #T13#
Camp is trying desperately to improve position.
Camp tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx tries to control but Camp wriggling away. #T14#
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
It looks like Sparxx might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Camp slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 7 to 0.
An out of breath and clearly excited Tyrone Sparxx thanked Voodoo Nutrition for their help and support (and free stuff they sent him). |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 291
Date: Jan 16, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 26 losses; Maxim Bok! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 42 wins and 33 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Seu Braga, Daniel Cesar and Emerson Jorge.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Bok keeps the fight standing with a nice sprawl.#TD#
Excellent takedown into side control there by Bok. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Bok (4) vs (0) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx seems a little lost for a moment, as Bok dominates the positioning.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Bok trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is trying to control Bok's posture but Bok avoids it.
Sparxx tries to buck Bok off but Bok is having none of it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Bok advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Bok (6) vs (0) Sparxx
Bok trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T1#
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Bok gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx stops Bok from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Bok's attempts to control the action. #SUB#
Sparxx is trying to control the position here but Bok swings around for an armbar and he's got it! This one is all over, courtesy of a slick submission by Bok!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:49 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Maxim Bok!
After winning the bout, Maxim Bok thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 290
Date: Jan 09, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 33 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 22 losses; Sven Kristian Nielsen!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Cesar, Edson Gomes and Luis Engracia.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown but Nielsen shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Nielsen feints the counter takedown.#CL2#
Nielsen has managed to clinch.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Nielsen manages to get underhooks.
#TD#
Sparxx has double underhooks and is working for a body lock takedown. He's got it. The fighters land in half guard but Nielsen regains guard immediately. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Nielsen
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Nielsen is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
Nielsen had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Nielsen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Nielsen working a defensive guard here.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Nielsen has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T1#
Nielsen working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Nielsen keeps moving. #SUB2#
Nielsen looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Nielsen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Nielsen looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Nielsen is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Nielsen wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment. #T2#
Nielsen manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Nielsen#SUB#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Nielsen can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Nielsen trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Nielsen's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) Nielsen
Nielsen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Nielsen is still trying to improve position.#T3#
Nielsen keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass. #SUB#
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Nielsen is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Nielsen might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Nielsen keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T4#
Nielsen trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Nielsen can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Nielsen tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Nielsen is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Nielsen wants to sweep but no luck. #SUB#
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position. #SUB2#
Nielsen has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Nielsen working a defensive guard here.
#SUB2#
Nielsen looking for subs off his back but Sparxx has passed one foot through into half guard.
#T5#
Nielsen tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Nielsen defends it.
Nielsen makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Nielsen.
Sparxx stays in close to Nielsen's body and controls the position.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Nielsen's guard.
Nielsen is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Nielsen does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T6##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Nielsen doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
Nielsen tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #SUB#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Nielsen is defending well.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Nielsen wants to sweep but Sparxx has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (7) vs (2) Nielsen
Sparxx wants to control but Nielsen is keeping him busy.
Nielsen is looking for a sweep.#T7#
Sparxx wants to control but Nielsen is keeping him busy.
Nielsen is looking for a sweep.#SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Nielsen is defending well.
Nielsen is looking to reverse the position.
Nielsen can't do much from the bottom here. #T8#
Nielsen is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Nielsen is looking for a sweep.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Nielsen is looking to reverse the position.#SUB#
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
Nielsen struggling a bit here.#T9#
Sparxx trying to control the position but Nielsen is working away.
A lull in the action here as Sparxx stalls from top position.
Nielsen manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Nielsen trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
#T10##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Nielsen is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Nielsen is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Nielsen is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Nielsen tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T11#
Nielsen trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Nielsen is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Nielsen is having none of it. #SUB#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Nielsen wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T12#
Sparxx is pressing down on Nielsen's thigh, looking to free his foot. Nielsen is holding on for now.
Nielsen regains full guard. Nicely done.
Nielsen wants to sweep but no luck. #SUB#
Sparxx drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Nielsen manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Sparxx has Nielsen in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (7) vs (4) Nielsen
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Nielsen from controlling successfully. #T13#
Nielsen is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Nielsen trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Nielsen works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Nielsen is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Nielsen's head to control him but Nielsen postures up.
Nielsen is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done. #T14#
Nielsen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx looking to control.
Nielsen trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Nielsen pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx controlling the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 7 to 4.
Tyrone Sparxx seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 289 Tokyo
Date: Jan 02, 2022 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 15 losses; Leandro Lo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 32 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sosuke Kotani, Yasuomi Hirokawa and Hirohito Nitta.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Lo throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Sparxx's waist but Sparxx gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Lo off to one side.
And Sparxx tries to counter it with a takedown but Lo pushes his down on his head and steps out.#TD#
Lo looking to shoot here. He's gone for it and he's landed a takedown into side control! Oh, that's bad for Sparxx! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Lo (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control but Lo postures up.
Sparxx tries to buck Lo off but Lo is having none of it.
Lo slows the pace down.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Lo's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Lo's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Lo (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Lo is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Sparxx.
#T1#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx is trying to stick to Lo's back but Lo is turning into Sparxx. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Sparxx's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Lo. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (6) vs (4) Sparxx#T2#
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Lo preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Lo postures up.
Sparxx is controlling Lo's posture.
Lo trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is trying to keep Lo in close.
Lo pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #T3#
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
We've been hearing good reports from Lo's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx pulls Lo in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Lo is one step ahead there. #T4#
Sparxx pulls Lo in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Lo controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Lo (6) vs (6) Sparxx#T5#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is fighting to break Lo's control of his arms but Lo is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Lo is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T6#
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Lo is retaining full guard.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance. #T7#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Lo keeps moving.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Lo is keeping the position.#T8#
Lo trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Lo has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Sparxx content to stall in guard here.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Lo can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount. #T9#
Sparxx wants to control but Lo is keeping him busy.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Lo keeps working.
Lo is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Lo is having none of it.
Lo has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #T10#
Lo is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Lo is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Lo haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is trying to control. Lo wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T11#
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Lo wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx is trying to control. Lo wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Lo tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#T12#
Sparxx is trying to control. Lo wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx with a momentary lay and pray from half guard. #T13#
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Lo is having none of it.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Lo desperately trying to maintain half guard. #T14#
Lo wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Lo is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points and both fighters attempted the same number of subs, we will decide the bout based on the toss of a coin! Lo is heads and Sparxx is tails.
The coin is in the air and it lands... heads!
Lo takes the fight on points by 7 to 6.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 288 - Los Angeles
Date: Dec 26, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 31 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 2 losses; Boris Balkan!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx dives in and grabs Balkan's left leg, looking for a takedown. Balkan pushes down on Sparxx's head and hops out.
Balkan changes levels for a counter takedown but doesn't follow through with his attempt.
No luck for Sparxx with that takedown attempt.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Balkan closes this distance looking for a takedown but Sparxx circles away.
Sparxx tries to drive through with a takedown attempt but Balkan defends well and Sparxx ends up having to push Balkan into the cage where they will battle it out in the clinch.#TD2#
Balkan turns his hips and lands a very nice judo throw into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Balkan
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx controls the position for a moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Balkan is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position. #T1#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
We could do with one of the fighters taking the initiative a bit more on the ground - they're both waiting to capitalize on a mistake.
Balkan is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Sparxx will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard. #T2#
Balkan trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is being controlled here. #T3#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx trying to control but Balkan flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (7) Balkan
Balkan has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted. #T4#
So, who will make the next big move? In this position it could be crucial.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Balkan breaks the grip.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Balkan controls the action.#T5#
Balkan keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Balkan tries to get the hooks in deep but Sparxx pushed the leg off.
Balkan controlling from the back.#T6##SUB2#
Balkan has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Sparxx has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Balkan manages to sink in the hooks.
What can Sparxx do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Balkan trying to control momentarily.
#T7##SUB2#
Balkan is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Sparxx has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
Balkan controls the action.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T8#
Balkan has the hooks in. Sparxx is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Balkan manages to sink in the hooks.
Sparxx tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Balkan controlling from the full mount. #T9#
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Balkan trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Balkan takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T10#
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Balkan gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Balkan takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T11#
Balkan wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.#T12#
Balkan is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Balkan is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx is concentrating on defense, preventing Balkan from advancing position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Balkan is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (10) Balkan#T13#
Sparxx wants to hold on but Balkan pushes him away.
Balkan trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
#T14#
Balkan can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Balkan pushes him away.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Balkan controlling from mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Balkan wins on points by 10 to 0.
Boris Balkan decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 286 LA
Date: Dec 12, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 30 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 11 losses; Jack Blood!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Timothy Bukovac and Frank Antenori.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#CL2#
Blood closes the distance and pushes Sparxx back into the cage.
Blood is defending well against a takedown attempt.#TD2#
Blood tightens his grip and picks Sparxx up, before dumping him to the ground. Sparxx manages to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Blood
Blood stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx is controlling Blood's posture.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Blood stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx looking to control.
Sparxx looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Blood pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is not content to let Blood control the position.
Sparxx is pressing down on Blood's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.#T1#
Blood trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Blood stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Blood is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Blood postures up.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Blood is one step ahead there.
Sparxx controls Blood momentarily but Blood frees himself.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Blood from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Sparxx has his foot on Blood's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Blood works his way back into a safe position though.#T2#
Sparxx seems keen to control Blood's posture.
Blood sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Blood tries to pass.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Blood is proving a slippery customer.
#T3#
Blood's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Blood trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx wants to hit a sweep here but Blood passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Sparxx there! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Blood
Blood takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Blood is looking to work his way around to Sparxx's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Sparxx slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#SUB2#
Blood is looking for a kimura here.
#SUB2#
Blood is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Sparxx doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Blood.
Sparxx is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at Catch Wrestling L.A., so we'll see if he gets out of it.#T4#
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is pressing down on Blood's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Blood sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Blood uses his free foot to push down on Sparxx's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Blood
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Blood controlling from the full mount. #T5#
Sparxx is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Blood trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Blood trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it. #SUB2#
Blood is working for a guillotine from mount but Sparxx frees his head quite easily.
Blood fails to advance to Sparxx's back. #T6#
Blood can't control as he wanted to and Sparxx manages to get the fight back to his half guard.
Sparxx is looking to control Blood's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Blood in particular looking to stall.
Blood is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Blood perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there. #T7#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Blood is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Blood keeps him under control.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Blood passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (11) Blood
Blood working away.
Sparxx trying to remain calm as Blood controls from the top position.
Blood trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Blood working away.#T8#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Blood controlling the position from side mount.
Sparxx keeps Blood under control for a moment.
Blood is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Blood keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
My spies in Broken Dragon Rhythm Arts (HQ) 🔥🔥🔥 inform me that Blood has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Blood wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T9#
A lull in the action here.#SUB2#
Blood tries for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx tries to control the position but he's not in luck - Blood easily slips into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (13) Blood
Blood content just to control the position here. #T10#
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
Blood trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Blood pushes him away.
Sparxx is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Blood tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Blood wants to take his opponent's back but Sparxx doesn't allow it.
Blood controlling the position easily from mount. #T11#
Sparxx is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Blood pushes him away.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Blood's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx trying to control here.
#T12#
Sparxx gets full guard.
Blood advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (16) Blood
Sparxx tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (18) Blood
Sparxx tries to hold on but Blood postures up.
Blood controlling the pace for now.
Blood seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but Sparxx is holding on tight.
#SUB2#
Blood is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Sparxx is surviving well by controlling Blood's body position as best he can.
Blood controlling the pace for now. #T13#
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Blood takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Blood postures up.
Blood controlling from mount.
Blood can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape. #T14#
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Blood looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Blood prevents Sparxx from getting the reversal.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Blood trying to control but he's not successful this time.
And that's the end of the fight!
Blood wins on points by 18 to 0.
Jack Blood decided to thank the fans in attendance for making a great atmosphere. It seemed to go down pretty well.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 285 LA
Date: Dec 05, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 6 losses; Dragan Hozdic! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 41 wins and 29 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Don Winkell and Jack Bonds.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown. He's persisting with it as Hozdic sprawls well. Hozdic wins this battle and keeps the fight standing. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet.#CL2#
Sparxx closes the distance and clinches. #TD#
Hozdic gets a trip takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hozdic (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Hozdic is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to hold on but Hozdic pushes him away.
Hozdic sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx is working to get back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Hozdic's attempts to control the action. #T1#
Sparxx holds on, trying desperately to control.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position but Hozdic isn't that keen on the idea.
Hozdic sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Hozdic looks to be in better condition than last time we saw him fight. Obviously he's been working hard on his cardio.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Hozdic controlling his opponent. #T2#
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Hozdic has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx has a hand on Hozdic's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Hozdic takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Hozdic (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Hozdic controlling from the full mount. #T3#
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Hozdic maintains control.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Hozdic (11) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to roll but Hozdic sticks to his back.
Hozdic avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
#T4#
Hozdic controlling from the back.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Good control from Hozdic.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Hozdic breaks the grip.
Hozdic really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Sparxx.#T5#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.#SUB#
Sparxx defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
Hozdic not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Hozdic trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Sparxx doesn't escape.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
#T6#
Hozdic keeps control of the position easily here as Sparxx tries to buck him off.
Sparxx tries to escape the position.
Sparxx turns into Hozdic and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (11) vs (2) Sparxx
Hozdic has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position. #T7#
Sparxx trying to control but Hozdic is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Hozdic is keeping the position.#T8#
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Hozdic managing to control the position.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #T9#
Hozdic looking for a sweep. Not yet Hozdic, not yet.
Hozdic keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Hozdic wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx stays in close to Hozdic's body and controls the position.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Hozdic has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Hozdic (15) vs (2) Sparxx#T10#
Sparxx is trying to reverse the position but instead Hozdic has taken his back - oops! Score +3 for taking back: Hozdic (18) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Hozdic controls the position.
Sparxx tries to roll but Hozdic sticks to his back.
Hozdic is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sparxx is trying to break free.
Sparxx manages to reverse the position and now he's in Hozdic's guard. Nice work there by Sparxx.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (18) vs (4) Sparxx#T11#
Hozdic seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Hozdic is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Hozdic is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.#T12#
Hozdic looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Hozdic keeps moving.
Hozdic lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (20) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Hozdic is one step ahead there.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Hozdic's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (20) vs (6) Sparxx#T13#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Hozdic is keeping the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hozdic working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Sparxx won't allow Hozdic to sweep him here. #T14#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Hozdic is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hozdic (22) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Hozdic is one step ahead there.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB2#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Hozdic gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hozdic takes the fight on points by 22 to 6.
Dragan Hozdic retains his heavyweight title!
Dragan Hozdic managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, HELLS BALLS RECOVERY, into his post fight interview.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC - 283
Date: Nov 21, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 40 wins and 29 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 12 losses; Karelin Pripyat!
The judges for this bout are Alexandre Firmino, Emerson Jorge and Seu Braga.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Sparxx moves into the clinch.
Sparxx wants to take the fight to the mat but Pripyat manages to get underhooks and keep the fight in the clinch.#TD2#
Pripyat has managed to pull guard. Let's see whether he can work an aggressive guard. It will also be interesting to see what tactics Sparxx uses from the top position.
Pripyat keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx is fighting to break Pripyat's control of his arms but Pripyat is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Pripyat looking for a sweep. Not yet Pripyat, not yet.
Pripyat keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Pripyat keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Pripyat looking for a sweep. Not yet Pripyat, not yet.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Pripyat swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
Pripyat is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Pripyat is keeping the position.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Pripyat keeps moving.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Pripyat.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Pripyat wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Sparxx is now in half guard. #T2#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Pripyat keeps working.
Pripyat trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Pripyat is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Pripyat is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Pripyat gets back to full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#SUB2#
Pripyat working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Pripyat controlling the position.#T3##SUB2#
Pripyat is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Pripyat is retaining full guard. #SUB2#
Pripyat is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (3) vs (0) Pripyat
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Pripyat is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T4#
Pripyat manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (3) vs (2) Pripyat
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Pripyat sits in half guard. #SUB2#
Pripyat looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx wants to control but Pripyat is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T5#
Pripyat wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Pripyat is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Pripyat looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding. #T6#
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Pripyat seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #SUB2#
Pripyat is working for a kimura but Sparxx is defending it quite comfortably.
Pripyat trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Pripyat sits in half guard. #T7#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Pripyat in particular looking to stall.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Pripyat trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx has his hands on Pripyat's head, controlling the position.
Pripyat tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Pripyat
Sparxx controlling from the top position. #T8#
Pripyat keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Pripyat.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T9#
Sparxx trying to control but Pripyat is working from the bottom.
Sparxx postures up.
Pripyat can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Pripyat keeps moving.
Sparxx passes Pripyat's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Sparxx has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Pripyat
Sparxx controlling his opponent. #T10#
Pripyat really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Pripyat wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Pripyat might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Pripyat is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.#T11#
Pripyat is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Pripyat is trying to escape the mount.
Pripyat tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Pripyat is trying to escape the mount.
#T12#
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Pripyat is working to get back to half guard.
Pripyat manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Pripyat is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Pripyat trying to control here.
Sparxx wants to control but Pripyat is keeping him busy. #T13#
Pripyat tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Pripyat gets full guard.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Pripyat is keeping the position for now.
Pripyat wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Pripyat is keeping the position for now.
Pripyat tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Pripyat wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T14#
Pripyat keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Pripyat looking to control.
Pripyat keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Pripyat looking to control.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!#SUB2#
Pripyat looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 2.
A pretty intense looking Tyrone Sparxx took the opportunity post-fight to ask for a shot at the title. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 279.5 - Rocky Horror Roll
Date: Oct 31, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 19 losses; David Allan Coe! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 29 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Don Winkell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Sparxx drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Coe (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx stands and throws Coe's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx controls the position.
Coe wants to control but Sparxx postures up.
Coe has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Coe is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.#SUB#
Coe looking for submissions off his back.
Coe wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (0) vs (8) Sparxx#T1#
Coe is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx looks more muscular than last time we saw him. He must have been on the weights.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Coe is squirming around nicely.
Coe is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx controlling from mount. #T2#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Coe is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Coe doesn't allow it.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment. #T3#
Coe working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx tries to control but Coe wriggling away.
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Coe is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
Coe really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T4#
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx wants to take Coe's back here but Coe is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Sparxx tries to control but Coe wriggling away. #T5#
Coe tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Coe to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Coe (0) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Coe doesn't escape. #SUB2#
Sparxx patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
Coe rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
#SUB2#
Coe is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Sparxx gets his way!
#T6#
Coe wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free.
Sparxx struggling to keep hold of the position.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Coe from escaping the position.
Coe breaks Sparxx's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (2) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Coe controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Coe from controlling successfully.
Coe tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T7#
Sparxx looking to control.
Coe looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Coe wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (2) vs (13) Sparxx
Coe controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx won't allow Coe to sweep him here. #T8#
Sparxx trying to control but Coe is working from the bottom.
Coe wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Coe will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx trying to control but Coe is working from the bottom.
Coe looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T9#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Coe is retaining full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Coe is working from the bottom.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position. #SUB#
Coe is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Coe looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T10#
Coe is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Coe holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx passes into half guard. #SUB#
Coe is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
#SUB#
Coe looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#T11#
Coe trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Coe is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T12#
Coe trying to control here.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Coe is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Coe says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T13#
Sparxx trying to control the action but Coe is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Coe is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Coe avoid being mounted?
Coe is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position. #T14#
Coe makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Coe.
Sparxx won't allow Coe to sweep him here.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Coe is keeping the position.#SUB#
Coe is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Coe is trying to hold Sparxx in close to prevent damage but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 13 to 2.
Tyrone Sparxx was full of energy after the big win and talked about how he thinks he can do big things in this sport. The crowd were appreciative of his determination to succeed. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 275
Date: Oct 17, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 11 wins and 5 losses; Rich Silva Jr! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 28 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Felipe Paraventi, Seu Braga and Luis Engracia.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Sparxx clinches up with Silva Jr and pushes him back against the cage.#TD#
Silva Jr gets double underhooks and manages to take the fight to the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Silva Jr (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Silva Jr trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is trying to keep Silva Jr in close.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Silva Jr has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Silva Jr controlling him for the moment. #T1##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx controls Silva Jr momentarily but Silva Jr frees himself.
Silva Jr looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Silva Jr wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T2#
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Silva Jr has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Silva Jr (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.#T3#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Silva Jr's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Silva Jr not doing much here.
Silva Jr is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Silva Jr trying to control the pace. #T4#
Silva Jr trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Silva Jr is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Silva Jr not doing much here.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.#T5#
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Silva Jr has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Silva Jr (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Silva Jr takes a little break here. Sparxx wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Silva Jr off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Silva Jr (8) vs (4) Sparxx
Silva Jr tries to escape the position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Silva Jr knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Silva Jr for a finish. #T6##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Silva Jr knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Silva Jr for a finish. #SUB2#
Sparxx is persistently looking for the submission but Silva Jr is defending it well.
Silva Jr prevents Sparxx from getting a body triangle.#SUB2#
Sparxx has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Silva Jr has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Silva Jr trying to control the hands but Sparxx won't let him. #T7##SUB2#
Sparxx has his opponent's back and is working for the choke.
We've been hearing good reports from Silva Jr's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a choke. Silva Jr gets to his feet with his opponent on his back and slams him to the mat. Silva Jr manages to squirm out of the attempted choke and turns into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Silva Jr (10) vs (4) Sparxx#T8#
Sparxx is controlling Silva Jr's posture.
Silva Jr stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Silva Jr slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Silva Jr controlling the action here. #T9#
Silva Jr is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Silva Jr performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T10#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Silva Jr stalling.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Silva Jr has control of the leg.
Silva Jr wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T11#
Silva Jr perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Silva Jr trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Silva Jr's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx wants to control but Silva Jr is keeping busy.
#T12#
Silva Jr content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx wants to control but Silva Jr passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Silva Jr (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx prevents Silva Jr from moving into mount. #T13#
Silva Jr is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx is not content to let Silva Jr control the position.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Silva Jr slows the pace down. #T14#
Silva Jr's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Silva Jr trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Silva Jr controls the position from side control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
And that's the end of the fight!
Silva Jr takes the fight on points by 13 to 4.
A victorious Rich Silva Jr thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 267
Date: Sep 19, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 39 wins and 27 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 2 losses; Galtero El Toro!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Thiago Cunha and Felipe Paraventi.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Sparxx bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) El Toro
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but El Toro keeps working. #SUB#
Sparxx goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, El Toro has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Sparxx but great work by El Toro. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) El Toro
El Toro content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
It looks like El Toro might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't. #T1#
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#T2#
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx tries to buck El Toro off but El Toro is having none of it.
El Toro slows the pace down.
El Toro working away.#T3#
El Toro trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
El Toro trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.#T4#
Sparxx stuck in half guard on the bottom here.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
El Toro wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T5#
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
The referee tells the fighters to keep busy.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but El Toro keeps moving and retains side control.
El Toro taking a breather here.
El Toro trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away. #T6#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
The referee asks El Toro politely if he wouldn't mind getting on with it and actually doing something. El Toro prefers to stall for the moment though.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
El Toro trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but El Toro is controlling well.
Sparxx won't allow El Toro to pass to mount.
Sparxx definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.#T7#
Sparxx wants to improve his position but El Toro is controlling well.
El Toro content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is pressing down on El Toro's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
El Toro controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T8##SUB#
Sparxx looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! El Toro has picked Sparxx up and slammed him! Sparxx can't keep hold of the triangle and El Toro manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (7) El Toro
El Toro slows the pace down.
Sparxx is not content to let El Toro control the position.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but El Toro keeps moving and retains side control. #T9#
Sparxx being controlled for a moment.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
El Toro wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.#T10#
Sparxx is trying to control El Toro's posture but El Toro avoids it.
Sparxx is trying to escape the position but El Toro is controlling the position.
El Toro is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
My spies in AREA 51 inform me that El Toro has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.#T11#
El Toro wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
El Toro is maintaining the dominant position - no doubt Sparxx will start to get frustrated soon if he's not already.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
El Toro wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T12#
Sparxx sneaks back into half guard.
El Toro passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (10) El Toro
Sparxx is looking to improve his position but El Toro isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx wants to control but El Toro is having none of it.#T13#
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead El Toro has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (4) vs (13) El Toro
Sparxx can't escape the position.
El Toro not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Sparxx tries to break free.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but El Toro won't let him.
I would not like to be Sparxx right now.
#T14#
Let's hope that El Toro has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for El Toro.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but El Toro keeps control of the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
El Toro wins on points by 13 to 4.
Galtero El Toro thanked the fans post fight for their support.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 260
Date: Sep 05, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 20 losses; Maxim Bok! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 38 wins and 27 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Mauricio Rocha, Edson Gomes and Thiago Cunha.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Sparxx rushes Bok and presses him up against the cage.#TD#
Bok is trying to trip Sparxx. He has hold of a leg but Sparxx is hopping around, keeping his balance for the moment. Bok persists though and gets the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Bok (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Bok might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking to control.
Bok tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Bok trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (2) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Bok looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
#T1#
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Bok is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx stands and throws Bok's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bok (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Bok is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Sparxx prevents Bok from improving his position.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Bok does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T2#
Bok works his way to full guard. Good work.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Bok trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx trying to control but Bok is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #T3#
Sparxx trying to control but Bok is working from the bottom.
Bok is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Bok is keeping the position.
Bok trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Bok wants to sweep but no luck.
Bok is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx trying to control but Bok is working from the bottom. #T4#
Bok bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (4) vs (5) Sparxx
Bok looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Bok stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position.
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T5#
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (4) vs (7) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Bok keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Bok is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (6) vs (7) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Bok wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#T6#
Bok stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Bok slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Bok (9) vs (7) Sparxx
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Bok controlling from side mount.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.#T7#
Bok wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Bok in the domination position with Sparxx hanging on.
Bok trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #SUB#
Bok goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Bok but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Bok (9) vs (11) Sparxx#T8#
Bok tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx wants to control but Bok is keeping him busy.
Bok is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Bok manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (11) vs (11) Sparxx
Bok wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position. #SUB#
Bok is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work. #T9#
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Bok is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.#SUB#
Bok is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work.
Bok is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Bok wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs. #T10#
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Bok is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx gets full guard.
Bok pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Bok trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Bok postures up.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Bok from controlling successfully. #T11#
Bok trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Bok is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Bok is proving a slippery customer.
Bok pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
#T12#
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Bok looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (11) vs (13) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but Bok is working from the bottom.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T13#
Bok lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (13) vs (13) Sparxx
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Bok (13) vs (15) Sparxx
Sparxx stands and throws Bok's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bok (13) vs (18) Sparxx
Bok manages to work his way to half guard, despite Sparxx's best efforts.
Bok is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T14#
Bok is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx prevents Bok from improving his position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Bok sees it coming and defends easily.
Bok is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Bok is having none of it.
Bok is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 18 to 13.
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way. |
|
|
|
Event:
OWGP CHAMPIONSHIPS
Date: Aug 20, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Hilo, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 17 losses; Prana Halo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 27 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Leandro Rodrigues, Matheus Silva and Daniel Cesar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx darts in trying to clinch#TD#
and Halo counters with a shoot takedown. Sparxx fights it but they end up in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Halo (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Halo stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Halo trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Halo trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Halo postures up.
Halo slips nicely into half guard.
Halo sitting and controlling from the half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Halo looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Halo forces his way into half guard.#T1##SUB#
Halo is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Halo in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling the position well.
Halo has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Halo is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Halo works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control but Halo is having none of it.#T2#
Halo tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Halo has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to hold on but Halo postures up.
Halo trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Halo is looking to work his way around to Sparxx's back. He needs to be careful though, as he's in danger of losing this dominant position.
Halo is working hard here to advance position.
Halo is looking to take Sparxx's back but instead Sparxx gets back to half guard. Nice work. #T3#
Halo is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Halo is very close to passing his half guard.
Halo is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Halo postures up.
Halo advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (11) vs (0) Sparxx
Halo content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though. #T4#
Halo wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #SUB#
Halo swings around for an armbar but Sparxx sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Halo's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Halo (11) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Halo swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Halo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T5#
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Halo looking for a sweep. Not yet Halo, not yet.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx won't allow Halo to sweep him here.
Halo keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx stands and throws Halo's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (11) vs (5) Sparxx
Halo tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Halo manages to work his way to half guard, despite Sparxx's best efforts.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Halo defends it.
Halo moves into full guard.
Halo wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
#T6#
Halo is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Halo gets back to full guard.
Sparxx stays in close to Halo's body and controls the position.
Halo wants to sweep but no luck.
Halo wants to hit a sweep here but Sparxx passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Halo there! Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (11) vs (8) Sparxx
Halo is working to get back to half guard.
Halo is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx is trying to take his opponent's back.
Halo is wriggling around trying to escape.
#T7#
Halo manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Halo is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Halo is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Halo gets full guard.
Sparxx showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Halo not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Halo.
Halo is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Halo working a defensive guard here.
Halo is looking to sweep but instead, Sparxx has passed into half guard.
#T8#
Halo is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Halo is a slippery customer.
Halo is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Sparxx wants to control but Halo is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is thwarting Halo's attempts to control the position.
Halo wants to sweep but Sparxx has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (11) vs (11) Sparxx
Halo tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Sparxx wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T9#
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now. #SUB2#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Halo is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Halo is working away.
Sparxx in side control, just content to control the action for now.
Halo is looking to reverse the position.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Halo knows the correct defense though, so he's OK. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Halo knows the correct defense though, so he's OK. #T10#
Sparxx taking a breather here. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Halo has escaped the position, nice work there.
Halo is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Sparxx off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Halo (15) vs (11) Sparxx#SUB#
Halo has got his arm under Sparxx's chin working for the choke… has he got it? It looks pretty tight! Oh! Sparxx has spun round into Halo's guard beautifully! Well done that man!
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Halo (15) vs (13) Sparxx#SUB#
Halo is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Halo looking for a sweep. Not yet Halo, not yet.
Sparxx passes into half guard. #T11#
Halo wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (15) vs (16) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the position but Halo is working away.
Halo tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position. #SUB2#
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Halo is defending well.
Halo is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Sparxx moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (15) vs (19) Sparxx
Halo gets back to half guard.
Sparxx stalling. #T12#
Halo is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Halo regains full guard. Nicely done.
Halo looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Halo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Halo wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Halo is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #SUB#
Halo throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
#T13#
Halo wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Halo lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Halo (17) vs (19) Sparxx
Halo trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Halo (17) vs (21) Sparxx
Halo tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Halo is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Halo can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Halo is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#T14#
Halo is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Halo is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Halo is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Halo! Score +3 for passing guard: Halo (17) vs (24) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Halo is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to take Halo's back here but Halo is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Halo is squirming around nicely.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 24 to 17.
Tyrone Sparxx tried to hype himself up post fight but didn't word it too well and it ended up with him sounding like a bit of a tool.
The defeated Prana Halo had this to say: 'Shit happens'. |
|
|
|
Event:
OWGP Final Four
Date: Aug 17, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 17 losses; Cajun Puto! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 37 wins and 26 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Edson Gomes, Paulo Santos and Alexandre Firmino.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx throws a looping left and ducks down for a takedown. He's got his arms around Puto's waist but Puto gets an underhook and avoids the takedown by throwing Sparxx off to one side.
Puto slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.#CL#
Puto has managed to clinch.
Sparxx has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Puto after a bit of a struggle.
Cajun Puto has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx is pressed up against the cage. Puto has hold of a leg and is looking to drag Sparxx down to the mat. Sparxx avoids the attempt though and has circled away. We're back to striking at a distance.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown. "Ole!" shouts Puto as he jumps to the side.
Puto appears to be looking for a counter takedown.#CL#
Puto closes the distance and clinches.#TD#
Puto drags the fight down to the ground.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Puto has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Puto's legs - danger averted.
Puto keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Puto looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
#T1##SUB#
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#SUB#
Puto looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there. #SUB#
Puto working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Puto tries to land a sweep but no joy.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T2##SUB#
Puto escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Puto tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Puto keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Puto looking for a sweep. Not yet Puto, not yet.
Puto is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Puto is keeping the position for now. #SUB#
Puto has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #T3#
Puto not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Puto keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Puto is trying to hold Sparxx in close to prevent damage but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
Puto wants to get back to full guard.#T4#
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Puto won't allow it. #SUB#
Puto looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Puto is working away.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #SUB#
Puto is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily. #T5#
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Sparxx prevents Puto from improving his position.
Puto is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Puto avoid being mounted?
Sparxx passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Puto (0) vs (3) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Puto is wriggling around trying to escape.
Puto is working hard here to advance position.#T6#
Puto slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Puto is working from the bottom.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Puto makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Puto.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much. #SUB#
Puto throws his legs up looking for a submission but Sparxx uses it to pass to side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Puto (0) vs (6) Sparxx#T7#
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Puto is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
You can see the frustration on Puto's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Puto is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T8#
Puto tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Puto keeps working.
Puto is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Puto is working away. #SUB2#
Sparxx goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Puto has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Sparxx but great work by Puto. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Puto (4) vs (6) Sparxx#SUB#
Puto goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Sparxx rolls with the submission and now he's on top in Puto's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Puto (4) vs (8) Sparxx#SUB#
Puto is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Puto.#T9#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Puto swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB#
Puto working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Puto keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #SUB#
Sparxx is sitting in close to Puto's body. Puto has gone for a guillotine from the bottom. Oh damn, that looks pretty tight! Sparxx is panicking - it looks like this one could be all over! Yes, Sparxx is tapping! That was a very nice submission by Puto.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:58 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Cajun Puto!
During a confident post fight interview, Cajun Puto thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
OWGP RD 3
Date: Aug 14, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 36 wins and 26 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 51 wins and 25 losses; Dido Vicini!
The judges for this bout are Thiago Cunha, Matheus Silva and Luis Engracia.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Vicini
Sparxx prevents Vicini from improving his position.#SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Vicini is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Vicini is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Vicini is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx controlling the action here.#T1#
Vicini tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Vicini trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to control but Vicini is keeping him busy.
Vicini is looking to get back to full guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass to side control instead. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Vicini
Vicini is looking to reverse the position.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Vicini knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Sparxx wants to control but Vicini is keeping him busy. #T2##SUB#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Vicini is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx controlling from side mount.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Vicini is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Vicini regains half guard.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T3#
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Vicini is working from the bottom.
Vicini trying to control here.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
#T4#
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Sparxx works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Vicini
Vicini is looking for a sweep.#SUB#
Sparxx tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Sparxx has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#SUB#
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Vicini is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now. #T5#
Vicini gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Vicini gets back to full guard.
Vicini wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Vicini is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Vicini is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Vicini wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#T6#
Vicini has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Vicini is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment. #T7##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Vicini is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Vicini wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#SUB#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Vicini is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Vicini is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (8) vs (4) Vicini
Sparxx is really stuck here.
#T8#
Vicini trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Vicini controlling well, preventing Sparxx from escaping the position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Vicini gets his way!
I really don't envy Sparxx right now.
Vicini has good solid back control here.
Sparxx tries to escape the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T9#
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Vicini won't let him.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Vicini to control. #SUB2#
Vicini is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Sparxx defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined. #SUB2#
Vicini looking to break Sparxx's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Sparxx remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Vicini will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Sparxx manages to reverse the position and now he's in Vicini's guard. Nice work there by Sparxx.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (4) Vicini#T10#
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Vicini is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (6) Vicini
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control. #T11#
Vicini slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (10) vs (9) Vicini
Vicini trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx holds on tight, trying to prevent any damage.
Sparxx tries to buck Vicini off but Vicini is having none of it.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#T12##SUB2#
Vicini is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Vicini trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Who's going to make the next move?
Vicini wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy. #T13#
Vicini just content to control the position.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Vicini working away.#T14#
Vicini wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Vicini might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Vicini is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 10 to 9.
After the fight, Tyrone Sparxx was humble in paying tribute to his opponent but made it clear he wants to go on to bigger and better things. It seemed to go down well with the crowd who cheered him loudly. |
|
|
|
Event:
OWGP Sweet 16
Date: Aug 08, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 4 losses; Rap Tori! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 35 wins and 26 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Matheus Silva, Edson Gomes and Leandro Rodrigues.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL2#
Sparxx clinches with his opponent.
Tori looking for a takedown.
Sparxx drops to a knee looking for a takedown but Tori gets the underhooks and prevents it.
#TD2#
Sparxx gets the body lock takedown. After a quick scramble, Tori regains guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Tori (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Tori wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Tori is trying to control the position from the bottom.
We've been hearing good reports from Tori's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Tori keeps moving.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Tori pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Tori is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Tori swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T1#
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx pushes down on Tori's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Tori trying to control from the bottom.
Tori is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Tori defends it well.
Tori has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.#T2#
Tori tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Tori is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Tori avoid being mounted?
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Tori keeps working.
Tori is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T3#
Tori slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Tori looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx trying to control but Tori is working from the bottom.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.#T4#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Tori keeps moving.
Tori is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Tori trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx won't allow Tori to sweep him here.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Tori's guard. #T5##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Tori is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx is thwarting Tori's attempts to control the position.
Tori might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#SUB2#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard. #T6##SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Tori is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Tori manages to get to full guard.
Tori controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T7#
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Tori is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Tori is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Tori swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Tori can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Tori swivels though and keeps the full guard. #T8#
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Tori's guard.
Tori is trying to control but can't.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Tori is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Sparxx moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Tori (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the action but Tori is working from the bottom.
Tori is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx controlling the position from side mount. #T9##SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Tori, who protects the arm well. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Tori has escaped the position, nice work there.
Tori struggling a bit here.
Sparxx wants to control but Tori is keeping him busy. #T10#
A lull in the action here as Sparxx stalls from top position.#SUB2#
Sparxx has worked his way into a potential kimura here. Tori is trying to get out of the position but his squirming has just got him deeper into trouble. Sparxx yanks on the arm and Tori is forced to tap due to a very painful looking submission! Nice work by Sparxx.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 10:34 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Tyrone Sparxx!
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 237
Date: Aug 01, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 15 losses; David Allan Coe! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 26 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, James Ackerman and Daniel Bishop.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Coe shoots in looking for a single leg takedown. Sparxx is trying to defend but Coe finishes it well and ends up in half guard. Let's see if he can advance position further. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Coe (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Sparxx moves into full guard.
We've been hearing good reports from Coe's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Coe looking to pass the guard.
Coe sitting in guard, not really doing much.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Coe defends well.
Sparxx controlling Coe's posture. #T1#
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Coe from controlling successfully.
Coe passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard. #SUB#
Coe is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Coe to get the leverage.
Coe tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Coe will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx wants to control but Coe is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T2#
Sparxx is in trouble now - Coe has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Coe takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Coe postures up.
Coe wants to take Sparxx's back but he can't do it this time.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Coe pushes him away.
Coe looking to control and managing it successfully. #T3#
Sparxx manages to regain half guard. Good work. #SUB#
Coe is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx won't allow Coe to pass to mount.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Coe's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Coe's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Coe (5) vs (4) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx tightening his grip on Coe, looking for the choke.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T4##SUB2#
Coe showing good submission defense here.
Coe really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Coe is trying to break free.
Sparxx doesn't have the hooks in and Coe manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Coe postures up. #T5#
Coe is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#SUB#
Coe drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Sparxx dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (7) vs (6) Sparxx#SUB#
Coe is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Coe (7) vs (9) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the action but Coe is working from the bottom.
Coe is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Sparxx off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Coe (11) vs (9) Sparxx#T6##SUB#
Coe has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Sparxx has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Coe won't let him. #SUB#
Sparxx defending nicely against the rear naked choke attempt.
#SUB#
Coe working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet. #T7##SUB#
Sparxx defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Coe's arms.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx turns into Coe and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Coe (11) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Coe swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Coe keeps moving.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #T8#
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Coe keeps moving. #SUB#
Coe is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Coe is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Coe.
Coe working a defensive guard here.
#T9#
Sparxx content to stall in guard here. #SUB2#
Coe wants to reverse the position here. Sparxx has hold of a leg though and he's dropped back looking for a kneebar! The fighters roll across the mat but Coe is forced to tap! Coe looks devastated but at least his leg points in the right direction.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:32 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kneebar). Tyrone Sparxx!
An out of breath and clearly excited Tyrone Sparxx thanked Voodoo Nutrition for their help and support (and free stuff they sent him). |
|
|
|
Event:
CWC 224
Date: Jul 11, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 25 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 20 wins and 14 losses; David Allan Coe!
The judges for this bout are Gregory Folan, Ian Loll and William Peck.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Coe throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Sparxx tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Coe is in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Coe
Sparxx wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Coe is now in half guard.
Coe is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to control but Coe postures up.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Coe has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Coe is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.
Coe is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Coe is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sparxx definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.#SUB2#
Coe is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.#T1#
Coe is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Coe is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx wants to sweep but Coe has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Coe
Coe trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Coe wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Coe is a painfully thin specimen of a man. You do wonder whether a good body kick would snap him clean in two.#T2##SUB2#
Coe looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Coe wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Sparxx won't allow Coe to pass to mount.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
My spies in Far-Q Fight Club inform me that Coe has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Coe content to control rather than advance. #SUB2#
Coe is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Sparxx is just riding it out for now. Coe eventually gives up the hold. #T3#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Coe's head to control him but Coe postures up.
#SUB2#
Coe is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.#SUB2#
Coe is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there. #SUB2#
Coe is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
#T4#
Coe controlling the action here.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Coe has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Coe is working for a submission of some sort.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Coe controlling the action here. #T5##SUB2#
Coe is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Coe has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Coe is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Coe has control of the leg.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
#T6#
Sparxx is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.
Coe has freed up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Coe
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx has given up his back - I don’t know if this is a deliberate ploy to try and escape or if he is just struggling down there.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (11) Coe
Coe avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands. #SUB2#
Coe working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet. #SUB2#
Coe is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
#T7#
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx prevents Coe from getting a body triangle.#SUB2#
Coe has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Sparxx has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
#SUB2#
Coe is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
#SUB2#
Coe looking for the RNC. #SUB2#
Coe is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Sparxx defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined. #T8#
Sparxx holding on to Coe's left wrist, preventing the choke.
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Coe wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Coe seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx pulls Coe in close to prevent any damage. #T9#
Coe pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Coe wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Coe works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx is not content to let Coe control the position.#T10#
Coe is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Coe from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Coe tries to pass. #T11#
Coe showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Sparxx controls Coe momentarily but Coe frees himself.
Sparxx is really struggling to control Coe but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Coe wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Coe is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.#T12#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Coe trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Coe is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Coe trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (11) Coe
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.#T13#
Coe regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Coe wants to control but Sparxx passes easily into half guard.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.#SUB#
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Coe is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Coe is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T14#
Coe is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Coe avoid being mounted?
Coe wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (11) Coe
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx trying to control but Coe is having none of it.
Coe holds of for dear life.
And that's the end of the fight!
Coe wins on points by 11 to 5.
David Allan Coe very nearly forgot to thank Ma Balls Is Hot Clothing amongst all the excitement of his win but just as the interview came to a close, he screamed their name. Hopefully he'll get a few nice freebies in the mail as a thank you.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 34 (265+lbs, D1): Las Vegas Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Jun 29, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 34 wins and 24 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Cedric Simard!
The judges for this bout are Tiny Johnson, Stewart Dunkirk and Gwen Towbar.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD2#
Simard shoots in and gets a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Simard
Sparxx wants to improve his position but instead Simard has moved into half guard.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Simard has control of the leg.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Simard performing his best blanket impression for a moment. #T1#
Simard trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx keeping hold of Simard's head, controlling as best he can.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Simard keeps him under control.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#T2#
Simard is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Simard is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Simard takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx moves into full guard.
#T3#
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Simard won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #SUB#
Sparxx working for submissions but it's allowed Simard to get to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Simard postures up.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Simard's back. He's all about the action.#T4#
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Simard has control of the leg.
Simard wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx keeping hold of Simard's head, controlling as best he can.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T5#
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Simard is one step ahead there.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#SUB#
Simard avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #T6#
Simard passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Simard
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Simard trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx sneaks back into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T7#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Simard's head to control him but Simard postures up.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.#T8#
Simard seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Simard is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Simard must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.
Simard controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T9#
Sparxx pulls Simard in to control the position.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Simard
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Simard keeps moving. #T10#
Simard is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Simard is keeping the position.
Simard is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx trying to control but Simard is working from the bottom. #T11#
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #SUB#
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Simard slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (7) Simard
Simard postures up.
Sparxx is controlling Simard's posture.
Simard's corner is telling him to maintain position.#T12#
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Simard from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Simard advances to half guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Simard passes into side.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (10) Simard
Sparxx tries to bench press Simard off him but Simard keeps the position.
Simard is staying tight to Sparxx's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.#T13#
Simard controlling the position from side mount.
Sparxx wants to control but Simard postures up.
Simard trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is trying to control Simard's posture but Simard avoids it. #T14#
Simard is staying tight to Sparxx's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Simard trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Simard working away.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Simard wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
And that's the end of the fight!
Simard wins on points by 10 to 2.
Our winner, Cedric Simard, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 204: Sparxx vs Bennett
Date: Jun 06, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 24 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 0 losses; Thomas Bennett!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#CL2#
Bennett has taken the fight to the clinch.
#TD#
Bennett is fighting off a takedown attempt but Sparxx is just too persistent for him and manages to trip Bennett to the mat. Bennett regains guard as soon as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Bennett
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Bennett keeps moving.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Bennett is keeping the position for now.
Our spies down at at Alpha Brasil inform us that Bennett has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx pushes down on Bennett's leg and manages to get into half guard.#SUB2#
Bennett looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Bennett keeps working.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
#SUB2#
Bennett looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.#T1##SUB2#
Bennett looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Bennett
Bennett is in all sorts of trouble here.
Bennett slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.#SUB2#
Bennett looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Bennett is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Bennett defends it.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#T2##SUB#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Bennett won't allow it.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#SUB2#
Bennett looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx is figuring out what he wants to do next.#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Bennett defends it well. #SUB2#
Bennett looking for submissions off his back.#T3#
Sparxx works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Bennett
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Bennett is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Bennett is looking to escape. #SUB#
Sparxx is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Bennett is surviving well by controlling Sparxx's body position as best he can.
Bennett really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
#T4#
Bennett keeps trying to improve his position.
Bennett is controlling an arm, preventing Sparxx from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
Bennett can't escape the position.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Bennett is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.#SUB#
Sparxx is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Bennett is surviving well by controlling Sparxx's body position as best he can.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.#T5#
Bennett tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Bennett is squirming around nicely.
Bennett is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Bennett is squirming around nicely.
Bennett tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Bennett is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action. #T6#
Bennett is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Bennett can't escape the position.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount. #SUB#
Sparxx is working for a guillotine from mount but Bennett frees his head quite easily.
Bennett is trying desperately to improve position.#SUB#
Sparxx working for a guillotine from mount but Bennett is in no mood to give up. #T7#
Bennett is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Bennett is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Bennett looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (11) vs (0) Bennett#SUB#
Sparxx has his opponent's back and is working for the choke.
Bennett is in bad spot here.
#SUB#
Bennett is displaying good submission defense - not really looking in danger of submitting to the rear naked choke at the moment. That could change in an instant of course if Sparxx gets his way!
Bennett manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Bennett.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (11) vs (2) Bennett#T8#
Bennett won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here. #SUB2#
Bennett drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Sparxx manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Bennett has Sparxx in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (13) vs (2) Bennett#SUB2#
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
#SUB2#
Bennett is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.#SUB2#
Bennett throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Sparxx escapes and throws Bennett's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (16) vs (2) Bennett
Bennett is trying to work for a sweep but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (18) vs (2) Bennett#T9#
Bennett is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action. #SUB#
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.#SUB#
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.#SUB#
Bennett tries to improve his position but Sparxx has taken his back! Sparxx has a choke - it's sunk in pretty tight... Will Bennett tap? No... maybe... yes! He's tapped! Sparxx pushes Bennett away and gets up to celebrate with his corner!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx made sure to mention his sponsor, Voodoo Nutrition in his post fight interview. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 33 (265lbs, D1): Helsinki Qualifier - Round 1
Date: May 10, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 33 wins and 23 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 47 wins and 22 losses; Dido Vicini!
The judges for this bout are Ben Zyskovitsi, Matti Vanhoillinen and Johanna Lukiainen.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD2#
Vicini gets a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Vicini#SUB2#
Vicini wants to work for an arm triangle but Sparxx is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Vicini is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.#SUB2#
Vicini wants to work for an arm triangle but Sparxx is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
#T1##SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx pulls Vicini in close to his closed guard and prevents Vicini from doing any damage or advancing position.
Vicini forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Vicini sits in half guard.
Vicini trying to control from Sparxx's half guard. Sparxx has other ideas though and has regained full guard. #T2#
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at Catch Wrestling L.A. that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
Vicini trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Vicini tries to pass.
Vicini slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Vicini#T3#
Vicini just content to control the position.
Vicini tries to advance to mount but Sparxx denies him.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Vicini controlling the position from side mount.
Vicini tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs. #T4#
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Vicini has control of the leg.
Vicini seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Vicini tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Sparxx gets full guard.#T5#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#T6#
Vicini wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx controlling the position.
Vicini trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Vicini controls the pace.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T7##SUB#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Vicini is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Vicini is one step ahead there.
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Vicini pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Vicini postures up.
Vicini preventing the sweep. #T8#
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Vicini tries to pass.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Vicini trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Vicini
Vicini is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx won't allow Vicini to sweep him here.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Vicini keeps moving. #SUB2#
Vicini looking for subs off his back but Sparxx has passed one foot through into half guard.
#T9##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Vicini trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx wants to control but Vicini is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Vicini won't allow it. #T10##SUB#
Vicini is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Vicini is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T11##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Vicini doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Vicini wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Vicini says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T12##SUB2#
Vicini actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is trying to control. Vicini wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Vicini has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Vicini is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Vicini works his way to full guard. Good work.
Sparxx trying to control but Vicini is working from the bottom.
Vicini wants to sweep but no luck. #T13#
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Vicini is keeping the position.
Vicini wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Vicini looking to control.
Vicini looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Vicini is adopting a defensive guard.
Vicini trying to control the position.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#T14#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Vicini is retaining full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Vicini is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Vicini tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB2#
Vicini had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Vicini is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
And that's the end of the fight!
Vicini wins on points by 5 to 2.
Our winner, Dido Vicini, made sure he spent some time buttering up the crowd during his post fight interview, which will no doubt bring him a few more fans.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 184: Hozdic vs Neuer
Date: Apr 04, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 3 losses; Jack Blood! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 23 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Timothy Bukovac and Frank Antenori.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx with a poor takedown #TD#
and Blood counters with a takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Blood (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Blood wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #SUB#
Blood working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it. #SUB#
Blood goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Blood but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Blood (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Blood is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Blood tries to get back to half guard but can't.#SUB2#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
I've been told that Sparxx has been drilling his wrestling of late, which has already helped him take this fight to the mat. Let's see how much of an impact it has on the outcome of the ground game.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Blood keeping his opponent close.
Sparxx works to advance to full mount. Blood defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Blood (4) vs (6) Sparxx#T2#
Blood tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Blood is looking to escape. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a guillotine from mount but Blood frees his head quite easily.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Blood to control.#T3#
Sparxx trying to control but Blood is having none of it.
Blood slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is pressing down on Blood's thigh, looking to free his foot. Blood is holding on for now.
We've been hearing good reports from Blood's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Blood is trying to control but can't.
#T4#
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Blood defends it. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Blood doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (4) vs (9) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to control but Blood is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #T5#
Blood is working to get back to half guard.
Blood wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.#SUB2#
Blood defends a decent attempt at a guillotine from Sparxx.
Blood is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Blood is looking to escape. #T6#
Blood is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx is trying to control here but Blood has managed to regain half guard.
Sparxx not doing much here.
Blood is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard. #T7#
Blood is trying to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Blood does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Blood defends it well.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Blood says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.#T8#
Sparxx trying to mount his opponent but Blood defends it.
Blood keeping hold of Sparxx's head, controlling as best he can. #SUB2#
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Blood is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
#SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Blood defends the submission attempt.#T9#
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Blood is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Blood keeps working.
Blood trying to control from the bottom.
Blood is trying to get back to full guard.
Blood keeping hold of Sparxx's head, controlling as best he can. #T10#
Blood is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Blood avoid being mounted?
Blood is in a bad position, trying to hold on for dear life but he is really struggling to maintain any sort of control.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Blood wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it. #T11#
Sparxx prevents Blood from improving his position.#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a kimura here but Blood manages to reverse the position and he's now in Sparxx's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Blood (6) vs (9) Sparxx
Blood works a leg free and moves into half guard. #SUB#
Blood wants to work for an arm triangle but Sparxx is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
#SUB#
Blood is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work. #T12##SUB#
Blood is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Blood is controlling well.
#SUB#
Blood is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Blood has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: Blood (9) vs (9) Sparxx#SUB#
Blood jumps to the side looking to secure the arm triangle…. Ooooh, that looks tight… Sparxx is gargling but he's managed to escape! Nice work there by Sparxx and Blood has given up the dominant position trying to land that submission.
Blood tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs. #T13##SUB#
Blood goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Blood but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Blood (9) vs (13) Sparxx
Well,Blood is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Sparxx taking a breather here.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Blood denies him.
Sparxx wants to control but Blood is keeping him busy. #T14#
Blood tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Blood is working hard here to advance position.#SUB2#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx controlling the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 13 to 9.
Tyrone Sparxx very nearly forgot to thank Voodoo Nutrition amongst all the excitement of his win but just as the interview came to a close, he screamed their name. Hopefully he'll get a few nice freebies in the mail as a thank you. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 173: Hozdic vs Nielsen 3
Date: Feb 21, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 23 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 6 losses; Amos Burton!
The judges for this bout are George Francis, Stewart Dunkirk and Daniel Franklin.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL2#
Sparxx tries to keep at a distance but Burton has taken the fight into the clinch.#TD2#
Burton pulls guard.
Burton keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx pushes down on Burton's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Burton looks more muscular than last time we saw him. He must have been on the weights.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Burton does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #SUB#
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Burton is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Burton is a slippery customer.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Burton is looking to improve his position.
#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
#SUB2#
Burton looking for submissions off his back.#T1#
Burton is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB2#
Burton is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#SUB#
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Burton tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.#T2##SUB#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Burton defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (3) vs (0) Burton
Burton is working to get back to half guard.
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Burton to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (6) vs (0) Burton
Burton is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB#
Sparxx has managed to slip his arm under Burton's chin. This could be all over... yep, Burton is tapping out! Submission win for Sparxx.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
After the big win, Tyrone Sparxx made sure to do all the important stuff like thanking his sponsors HELLBENT and telling the interviewer how much he loves him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 164: Hozdic vs Sparxx II
Date: Jan 24, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 31 wins and 22 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 2 losses; Dragan Hozdic!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx fails with the takedown.#TD2#
Hozdic shoots in and gets a takedown into half guard. Hozdic showed some decent athleticism there. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Hozdic
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx wants to control but Hozdic is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Hozdic is controlling the pace.
Sparxx trying to control but Hozdic postures up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Hozdic prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Hozdic slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Hozdic wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
My spies in Hells Balls Gym inform me that Hozdic has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T2#
Hozdic seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Hozdic trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Hozdic has control of the leg. #T3#
Hozdic keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Hozdic is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Hozdic seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
#T4#
Hozdic uses his free foot to push down on Sparxx's thigh. Eventually he works his other foot free and he's advanced to mount - this is trouble for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Hozdic
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Hozdic gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position but Hozdic isn't that keen on the idea.
Hozdic trying to control but he's not successful this time. #T5#
Hozdic sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx doing his best to control the position. Can he escape?
Sparxx is controlling an arm, preventing Hozdic from taking his back. Although keeping him in mount is no better to be honest.
#T6#
Hozdic looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Hozdic gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Hozdic tries to control but Sparxx wriggling away.
Sparxx wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (0) vs (8) Hozdic#T7#
Hozdic keeps control of the position as Sparxx tries to break free.
Hozdic is looking cool and calm here, just waiting for a good opportunity to attack and finish the fight from this dominant position.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
#T8#
Sparxx trying to control the action but Hozdic just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Hozdic just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
#T9#
Sparxx just trying to survive but Hozdic is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
A lull in the action here.
Hozdic is riding his opponent, not letting Sparxx buck him off.
Sparxx can't escape the position.
Hozdic avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx turns into Hozdic and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Hozdic#T10#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Hozdic holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx trying to control but Hozdic is working from the bottom.
Sparxx definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.
Hozdic trying to control the position here. #SUB#
Sparxx drops back, looking for a kneebar! Hozdic looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Hozdic looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Hozdic! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (12) Hozdic#T11#
Hozdic controlling the position.
Hozdic trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Hozdic working away.#T12#
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Hozdic's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Hozdic controlling the action here.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Hozdic is working away from the top position though.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.#T13#
Hozdic passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (15) Hozdic
Sparxx tries to control Hozdic's body but Hozdic pushes him off. Sparxx squirms to his side and now Hozdic has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (18) Hozdic
Sparxx is being controlled on the ground here - he must escape this position otherwise surely the end is near.
Sparxx looking very determined here, making life difficult for Hozdic.
#T14#
Sparxx is very frustrated here, being controlled quite effectively by Hozdic.
Hozdic trying to control.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Hozdic not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Hozdic trying to control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hozdic wins on points by 18 to 2. Dragan Hozdic retains his heavyweight title!
Dragan Hozdic managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, HELLS BALLS RECOVERY, into his post fight interview.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 157: Sparxx v Dominguez 3
Date: Jan 03, 2021 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 22 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 32 wins and 13 losses; Pablo Dominguez!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Percy O'Donnell and Don Winkell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Dominguez slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.#TD#
Sparxx gets a takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Dominguez
Sparxx perhaps working for something from half guard, or maybe not. It looks like he's just sitting there.
Dominguez moves into full guard.
Dominguez manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Dominguez
Dominguez seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Dominguez looking to pass the guard. #T1#
Dominguez is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx working a defensive guard but Dominguez passes into half guard.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Dominguez, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Dominguez has control of the leg.
Dominguez wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well. #T2#
Sparxx is staying active underneath Dominguez, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx trying to control but Dominguez postures up.
Dominguez is looking to pass Sparxx's guard but actually Sparxx recovers to full guard.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Dominguez not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Dominguez's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.#T3#
Dominguez trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Dominguez engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx looking to sweep using the butterfly guard but Dominguez puts pay to that idea as he passes nicely into half guard.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Dominguez keeps him under control.
Dominguez is figuring out what he wants to do next.#T4#
Dominguez wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Well, if Dominguez is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Dominguez has control of the leg.
Sparxx gets full guard.#SUB#
Dominguez sitting in guard doing not very much at all here. Sparxx doesn't need a second invitation though! He's locked up a guillotine and he's squeezing tight! That is tiiiiiiiiight! Dominguez paying the price for stalling here - he's pushing hard on the arm trying to free himself but it's no use! He's tapped! WOW, quick submission from Sparxx - great work!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx took to the microphone after his victory and thanked his sponsors, HELLBENT for their support in the buildup to the fight.
The defeated Pablo Dominguez had this to say: 'I'm telling you right now, these people that fuckin do steroids, you know what I mean? I'm like, I wish everything was legal, because that would give them the chance to go out there and make their mark and then burn the fuck out. And that's when I come in with my consistency, because I'm coming.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 151: Ty vs Tetsuo
Date: Dec 13, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 1 losses; Lurch Addams! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 29 wins and 22 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are John Kavanagh, Bruno Lombardi and Dean Styles.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Addams shoots in and bounces Sparxx off the ropes to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Addams (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Addams wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Addams pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Addams wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is trying to keep Addams in close.
Addams really does look like a pencil wearing a pair of gloves. Let's hope he has a gameplan to suit that ridiculous body shape.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Addams from controlling successfully. #T1#
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Addams trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Addams is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Addams's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Addams (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx stays in close to Addams's body and controls the position.
Addams is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at Punch Out Gym that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
Addams is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Addams (4) vs (2) Sparxx#T2#
Addams wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is doing well to control the position and prevent Addams from advancing to side control.
Sparxx trying to control but Addams postures up.
Addams is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB#
Addams is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Addams seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Addams from controlling successfully.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Addams has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.#T3#
Sparxx controlling Addams's posture.
Addams forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Addams seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Addams pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Addams wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving. #T4#
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Addams trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Addams is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.#SUB2#
Sparxx had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Addams defends it easily.
Addams looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx controlling the position.#T5#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.#SUB2#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Addams wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Addams from controlling successfully.
Sparxx trying to control the position here.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
#T6#
Addams pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Addams postures up.
Addams wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Addams tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Addams trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Addams is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Addams showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
Sparxx pulls Addams in close to prevent any damage. #T7#
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Addams (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Addams's guard.
Addams is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB2#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Addams is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time. #T8##SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Addams is defending well.
Addams is trying to control but can't.
Addams tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Addams wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Addams is looking to improve his position.
Addams trying to control here.
Sparxx moves into full mount! Addams won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Addams (4) vs (7) Sparxx#T9#
Addams tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but Addams doesn't allow it.
Addams tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Addams regains half guard.
Addams is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Addams! Score +3 for passing guard: Addams (4) vs (10) Sparxx#SUB2#
Sparxx working for a submission but Addams is keeping him at bay.
Addams is just holding on here. Sparxx manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Addams (4) vs (13) Sparxx#T10#
Addams tries to escape the position.
Sparxx not allowing Addams to control his hands.
Addams is really stuck here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking to break Addams's wrist control so he can sink in the choke. Addams remaining controlled and patient though - he really has to keep calm otherwise Sparxx will wrap this one up with the rear naked choke!
Addams staying busy and making it hard for Sparxx to control.
Addams wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free. #SUB2#
Addams defends a rear naked choke attempt by controlling one of Sparxx's arms. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the choke from the back. #T11#
Addams trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the RNC.
Addams can't escape the position.
Addams trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Addams tries to escape the position.
#SUB2#
Addams showing good submission defense here.
Addams trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Sparxx trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
#SUB2#
Sparxx has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Addams has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Sparxx gets his hands free as Addams looks to control. #T12##SUB2#
Sparxx is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Addams has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here. #SUB2#
Addams is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Addams tries to escape the position.
Sparxx really has the hooks in deep now - there seems like no escape for Addams.
Addams tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free. #T13#
Addams is working hard here to advance position.#SUB2#
Addams fending off the submission attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx struggling to keep hold of the position.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Addams breaks Sparxx's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Addams (6) vs (13) Sparxx
Addams tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Addams's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Addams (6) vs (15) Sparxx
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Addams looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Addams will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T14#
Addams seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Addams is retaining full guard.
Addams is adopting a defensive guard.
Addams wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Addams is retaining full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 15 to 6.
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to HELLBENT in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales). |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 142: Ribbler vs Gatsby
Date: Nov 22, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 22 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Guido Gloom!
The judges for this bout are Joseph Jones, Jorge Garcia and Russell Pearce.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD#
Sparxx shoots in from a long way out. He's driving through with the takedown attempt and he eventually gets it, landing in Gloom's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Gloom#SUB2#
Gloom working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Gloom swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #SUB2#
Gloom is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Gloom keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Gloom escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Gloom keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T1##SUB2#
Gloom working for submissions but it's allowed Sparxx to get to half guard.
Gloom trying to control from the bottom.
Gloom is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Gloom
Sparxx trying to control but Gloom is having none of it.
Gloom can't escape the position.
#T2##SUB#
Sparxx looking for an armbar but decides to keep the dominant position instead.
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Gloom is looking to escape.
Gloom is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Gloom is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx manages to capitalize on a mistake by Gloom to take his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Gloom#T3#
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
Gloom trying to control but not successfully. #SUB#
Sparxx is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Gloom has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB#
Sparxx is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
#T4#
Gloom tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
#SUB#
Sparxx is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Gloom is defending well though. Sparxx let's go of the attempt for now.#SUB#
Gloom fending off the submission attempt from Sparxx. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for the choke from the back position but Gloom is controlling his hands well. #SUB#
Sparxx looking for the rear naked choke. And he's got it! Gloom taps!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:59 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
In his post fight interview, Tyrone Sparxx started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 135: Bok vs Sparxx III
Date: Nov 01, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 15 losses; Maxim Bok! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 28 wins and 21 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Stewart Dunkirk, Daniel Franklin and Chris Downing.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.#TD#
Bok shoots in for a takedown from distance. He catches Sparxx napping and manages to drive through into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Bok (4) vs (0) Sparxx#SUB#
Bok goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Bok but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Bok (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx controls the position.
Sparxx wants to control but Bok is keeping him busy.
Bok regains half guard there - taking advantage of Sparxx's attempt to lay and pray for a moment. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Bok is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#T1#
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Bok is having none of it. #SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Bok defends the submission attempt.
Bok moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Bok might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.#SUB#
Bok has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #SUB#
Bok looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Bok seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Bok keeps moving. #T2##SUB2#
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Bok is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Bok manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Bok's guard.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Bok is retaining full guard.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Bok's guard. #SUB2#
Bok is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
Sparxx prevents Bok from improving his position.#T3#
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Bok is working away.
Bok moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Bok looking to sweep here. No luck so far. #SUB2#
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position. #SUB#
Bok working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem. #SUB#
Bok has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #SUB#
Bok working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem. #T4#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Sparxx content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Bok has locked up a guillotine! Bok's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Sparxx is holding on here and Bok must be using up a lot of energy. Sparxx has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Bok gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 4:55 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Maxim Bok!
An out of breath Maxim Bok thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 131: Dominguez vs Sparxx
Date: Oct 18, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 30 wins and 11 losses; Pablo Dominguez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 21 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Stewart Dunkirk, Gwen Towbar and Tiny Johnson.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Dominguez with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Sparxx counters with a shoot takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Dominguez (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Dominguez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Dominguez is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Dominguez moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Dominguez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Dominguez (0) vs (5) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to get an arm triangle but Dominguez is defending well. #T1#
Dominguez is trying to get back to half guard.
Dominguez gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Dominguez is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Dominguez defends it well.
The fighters are battling for position here. Dominguez manages to regain full guard. Nice work. #T2#
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Dominguez (0) vs (8) Sparxx
Dominguez tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Dominguez regains half guard there - taking advantage of Sparxx's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
Dominguez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Dominguez moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Dominguez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T3#
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Dominguez swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Dominguez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Dominguez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Dominguez keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Dominguez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Dominguez keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T4#
Sparxx passes into half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB2#
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Dominguez is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T5#
Dominguez is working hard here to advance position.
Dominguez is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Dominguez tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx is controlling the pace.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Dominguez is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Dominguez works his way to full guard. Good work.#T6#
Dominguez is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Dominguez (0) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to advance position but instead Dominguez slips a leg back in to half guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Dominguez is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Dominguez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.#SUB2#
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Dominguez sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Dominguez keeps working. #T7#
Dominguez is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Dominguez defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Dominguez is having none of it.
Dominguez is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Dominguez manages to get to full guard.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Dominguez is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Dominguez (2) vs (11) Sparxx#T8#
Dominguez trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Dominguez won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx pulls Dominguez in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
#T9##SUB2#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Dominguez can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
We've been hearing good reports from Dominguez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Dominguez defends easily.
#SUB2#
Dominguez is posturing up here but Sparxx has hold of an arm and he's gone for an armbar! Dominguez tries to roll out but it's too tight and Dominguez has to tap! Slick submission there by Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
A less than humble Tyrone Sparxx misjudged his post fight interview somewhat and came across a little too arrogant whilst trying to hype up his own abilities.
In defeat, Pablo Dominguez stepped up to the mic, saying 'I'm telling you right now, these people that fuckin do steroids, you know what I mean? I'm like, I wish everything was legal, because that would give them the chance to go out there and make their mark and then burn the fuck out. And that's when I come in with my consistency, because I'm coming.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 123: Declan vs Priest
Date: Sep 26, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 20 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 3 losses; Fray Tormenta!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Don Winkell and Timothy Bukovac.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
No luck for Tormenta with that takedown attempt.
Sparxx shoots in and drives through. Tormenta sprawls well.
Tormenta misses with a takedown attempt - Sparxx sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Tormenta shoots in for a takedown but Sparxx shows good takedown defense there and keeps this one on the feet.
Tyrone Sparxx has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Fray Tormenta.
Tormenta shoots in and drives through. Sparxx sprawls well.
Sparxx feinted with a counter takedown.#TD#
Sparxx gets the takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Tormenta
Sparxx content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sparxx has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx wants to control but Tormenta is keeping him busy.
Tormenta is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Sparxx off and has taken his back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Tormenta
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Tormenta has the hooks sunk in and you can see the will to fight slowly draining out of Sparxx's body.
Sparxx staying busy and making it hard for Tormenta to control. #T1#
Sparxx rolls, trying to escape but Tormenta keeps control of the position.
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Tormenta is controlling well.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Tormenta is working away from the top position though.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Tormenta defends well.
Tormenta is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Tormenta is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Tormenta has managed to sneak the leg through.#T2#
Sparxx tries to roll over but Tormenta keeps him under control.
Tormenta is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Tormenta is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx being controlled here, momentarily.
Tormenta wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#T3##SUB#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Tormenta can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Tormenta from controlling successfully.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Tormenta controlling him for the moment. #T4#
Tormenta trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Tormenta from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet. #T5#
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Tormenta has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (7) Tormenta
Tormenta is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Tormenta trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Tormenta tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't. #T6#
A lull in the action here.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Tormenta trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Tormenta tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs. #T7#
Tormenta wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Tormenta presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (4) vs (9) Tormenta
Tormenta is dominating on the ground here - he's now on his opponent's back, looking to sink in the hooks. Sparxx is in real trouble.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (4) vs (12) Tormenta
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#SUB2#
Tormenta looking for the choke from the back.
Tormenta not allowing Sparxx to control his hands.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx preventing the rear naked choke attempt from Tormenta.
Our spies down at at Kevin Spacey`s Basement of Doom inform us that Tormenta has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?#T8#
Sparxx breaks Tormenta's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (12) Tormenta
Sparxx is pushing down on Tormenta's leg trying to pass to half guard. Tormenta is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Tormenta is looking to improve his position.
Tormenta is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Tormenta wants to get back to full guard.
Tormenta gets full guard.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Tormenta has control of Sparxx's left arm, preventing Sparxx from doing any damage.
Tormenta looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T9#
Tormenta bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (14) Tormenta
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (14) Tormenta
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Tormenta is keeping the position.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Tormenta pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Tormenta looking to control.
#T10#
Tormenta keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Tormenta pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Tormenta trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Tormenta tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Tormenta keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Tormenta is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T11#
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Tormenta gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (16) Tormenta
Sparxx pulls Tormenta in close to prevent any damage.
Tormenta slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (19) Tormenta
Tormenta advances nicely into full mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (8) vs (21) Tormenta
Tormenta wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Tormenta looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Tormenta has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (24) Tormenta#T12#
Tormenta slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Tormenta just sinks the hooks in.
Tormenta struggling to keep hold of the position.
Sparxx trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble. #SUB2#
Tormenta working for a choke but Sparxx is defending well. #SUB2#
Tormenta looking for the choke but no joy.
Sparxx tries to break free.
#T13#
Sparxx tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Tormenta avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Tormenta looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx is trying desperately to improve position.
Tormenta tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position. #T14#
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Tormenta's attempts to control the action.
Tormenta controlling from mount.
Sparxx working to try and regain half guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Tormenta is trying to take his opponent's back.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Tormenta postures up.
And that's the end of the fight!
Tormenta wins on points by 24 to 8.
Fray Tormenta thanked the fans post fight for their support.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC BLUE BELT BLUES PLAYOFF
Date: Sep 04, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 19 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 4 losses; Hugo Boss!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Jack Bonds and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#TD#
Sparxx throws the overhand right but ducks down into a quick takedown attempt. Boss was covering up waiting for the punch and Sparxx finishes the takedown easily into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Boss
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Boss keeps moving.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Boss keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Boss has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Boss
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Boss gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Boss wants to take Sparxx's back but he can't do it this time.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet. #T1#
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Boss is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Boss trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
#T2#
Boss wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Boss controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Boss controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Boss pushes him away.
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
#T3#
Boss wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely. #SUB2#
Boss looking to secure an arm triangle but Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx manages to regain half guard. Good work.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Boss postures up. #T4#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Boss passes into half guard.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Boss sits in half guard. #T5#
Boss is figuring out what he wants to do next.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Boss is one step ahead there.
Sparxx looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it. #T6#
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Boss
Boss can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Boss trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Boss can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Boss is retaining full guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Boss keeps moving. #T7#
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx is pressing down on Boss's thigh, looking to free his foot. Boss is holding on for now.
Boss wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Boss does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Boss keeping control of the position. #T8#
Boss is trying to control but can't.
Boss won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Boss takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard. #T9#
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Boss gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (6) Boss
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Boss from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #T10#
Boss slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx pulls Boss in close to prevent any damage.
Boss passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Boss is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom. #T11#
Boss tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Sparxx is looking to control Boss's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Boss has control of the leg.
Boss is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.#T12#
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Boss is controlling well.
#T13#
Boss takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Boss is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Boss keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Boss trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to control but Boss is keeping busy.
#T14#
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Boss's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Boss trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx has Boss pulled in close to control his posture.
And that's the end of the fight!
Boss wins on points by 6 to 4.
Hugo Boss spent the whole post fight interview bigging himself up. It didn't go down that well with the fans after a while as they thought it was a bit arrogant.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 117
Date: Aug 29, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 27 wins and 18 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 1 losses; Karelin Pripyat!
The judges for this bout are Gregory Folan, Robert Douchet and Elvis Blanc.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Pripyat darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Pripyat into the ropes.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a double leg takedown. Pripyat defends it nicely.
Pripyat leaves Sparxx with his face pressed against the mat as he sprawls beautifully, defending against a solid takedown attempt.
Sparxx with a poor takedown #TD2#
and Pripyat counters with a driving takedown into guard. Nice work there by Pripyat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Pripyat
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Pripyat looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Pripyat
Pripyat is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Pripyat is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.#SUB2#
Pripyat pushes a forearm under Sparxx's chin to create some space. He's escaped his hips and pivoted quickly for an armbar! Can he extend the arm? Yes, Sparxx is tapping out! Damn, that was fast!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:55 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Karelin Pripyat!
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 115
Date: Aug 15, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Dani Holguin! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 18 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Yves DeLean, Robert Douchet and Alec Ball.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Holguin slaps away a takedown attempt from Sparxx, before circling back to the center of the mat.#TD#
Sparxx gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Holguin (2) vs (0) Sparxx
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Holguin stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Holguin (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx stands and throws Holguin's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Holguin (2) vs (5) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx slows the pace down.
Holguin manages to work his way to half guard, despite Sparxx's best efforts.
Holguin trying to control from the bottom.
Holguin's coaches at ACME have been working on his defensive grappling in preparation for this fight so let's see if he can get out of this tricky position.#T1#
Holguin is looking to improve his position.
Holguin regains full guard. Nicely done.
Holguin wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Holguin trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx prevents Holguin from improving his position.
Sparxx works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Holguin (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx passes to full mount! That's big trouble for Holguin! Score +2 for reaching mount: Holguin (2) vs (10) Sparxx#T2#
Holguin wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Holguin is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Holguin tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Holguin is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx trying to control but Holguin is having none of it.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully. #T3#
Holguin is working to get back to half guard.
Holguin tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Holguin is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Holguin can't escape the position.
Sparxx controlling his opponent. #T4#
Holguin working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx looking to control but Holguin is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx fails to advance to Holguin's back.
Holguin is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.#T5#
Holguin is trying to escape the mount.
Holguin gets back to half guard.
Sparxx works his way into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Holguin (2) vs (13) Sparxx
Holguin is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Holguin is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Holguin tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.#T6#
Sparxx taking a breather here.
Holguin tries to bench press Sparxx off him but Sparxx keeps the position.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Holguin being controlled for a moment.
Sparxx gets to mount! Holguin was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly. Score +2 for reaching mount: Holguin (2) vs (15) Sparxx#T7#
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Holguin wants to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount. #T8#
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Holguin is squirming around nicely.
Holguin is wriggling around trying to escape.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Holguin is squirming around nicely.
Holguin reaches up to try and control the position but Sparxx seems to have an arm triangle now! Uh oh! Holguin rolls and tries to escape and now Sparxx has his back!
Score +3 for taking back: Holguin (2) vs (18) Sparxx
Holguin tries to roll but Sparxx sticks to his back.
Holguin is keeping busy.
Holguin can't escape the position.
#T9#
Holguin looking very determined here, making life difficult for Sparxx.
Sparxx biding his time, looking for the opening.
Holguin rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#SUB#
Holguin with the active half guard here but Sparxx passes nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Holguin (2) vs (21) Sparxx
Holguin struggling a bit here.
Holguin is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx trying to control the position but Holguin is working away. #T10#
Holguin being controlled for a moment.
Sparxx working away.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Holguin is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to advance to mount but Holguin denies him.
Sparxx controls the position.
Holguin is looking to reverse the position.#T11#
Holguin is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Sparxx taking a break here but Holguin is having none of it and regains half guard.
Sparxx stalling.
Holguin wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Holguin moves into full guard.
Holguin looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there. #T12#
Holguin not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Holguin.
Sparxx passes Holguin's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Holguin wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Holguin manages to get to full guard.
Holguin manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Holguin (4) vs (21) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to keep Holguin in close.
Holguin trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Holguin has to be careful here, sitting in the guard of a superior BJJ player.#T13#
Sparxx has his hands on Holguin's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Holguin (4) vs (23) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Holguin is keeping the position.#SUB#
Holguin had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Holguin keeps moving.
Sparxx preventing the sweep. #T14#
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Holguin keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Holguin is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard. #SUB#
Holguin looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Sparxx passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Holguin (4) vs (26) Sparxx
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Holguin is trying to improve his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 26 to 4.
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring HELLS BALLS RECOVERY's logo in front of the cameras. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 112
Date: Aug 08, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 6 losses; Harry Hirsch! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 17 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Alec Ball, Ian Loll and Trevor Gratis.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.#CL#
Hirsch moves into the clinch.
Hirsch tries to score a body lock takedown but Sparxx shows good agility there to stay on his feet.
Sparxx prevents a takedown attempt there.
Hirsch prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx can't get the takedown.
Hirsch has a body lock and is looking for a takedown. Sparxx is bouncing around trying to prevent the takedown and somehow he has indeed managed to stay on his feet.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Harry Hirsch. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx is looking for a takedown.
Hirsch prevents a takedown attempt there.
Sparxx is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Hirsch gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Hirsch stops a takedown attempt from Sparxx.
#TD#
Hirsch has hold of one of Sparxx's legs. Sparxx is fighting the takedown attempt but Hirsch gets the trip and lands the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hirsch (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Hirsch seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up. #T1#
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy. #SUB#
Hirsch drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Sparxx manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Hirsch has Sparxx in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (2) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics. #SUB#
Hirsch has an active guard here but Sparxx has managed to pass into half guard.
#T2#
Sparxx is thwarting Hirsch's attempts to control the position.
Hirsch won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Hirsch tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Hirsch preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Hirsch is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.#T3#
Hirsch is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Hirsch is trying to get back to full guard.
Hirsch trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx controlling the action here. #SUB2#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Hirsch defends the submission attempt.
Hirsch won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Hirsch makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Hirsch.#T4#
Hirsch is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (4) vs (2) Sparxx#SUB#
Hirsch seems to be looking for submissions.
Hirsch is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Hirsch is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx keeps control of the position for the meantime.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Hirsch has control of the leg. #T5#
Hirsch controlling the action here.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Hirsch trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Hirsch postures up.
#T6#
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Hirsch manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (4) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but Hirsch is working from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #SUB#
Hirsch looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hirsch is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Hirsch wants to sweep but no luck. #T7#
Hirsch trying to control the position.
Sparxx won't allow Hirsch to sweep him here.
Hirsch keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Hirsch is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Hirsch looking for a sweep. Not yet Hirsch, not yet.
Hirsch manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (6) vs (4) Sparxx
Hirsch pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Hirsch passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (9) vs (4) Sparxx#T8#
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx tries to bench press Hirsch off him but Hirsch keeps the position.
Hirsch trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away. #T9#
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Hirsch wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working. #SUB#
Hirsch swings around for an armbar but Sparxx sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Hirsch's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (9) vs (6) Sparxx
Hirsch looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hirsch is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T10#
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (9) vs (9) Sparxx
Hirsch looking for a sweep but Sparxx has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Hirsch (9) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
Hirsch is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Hirsch is having none of it.
Hirsch tries to get back to half guard but can't. #T11#
Sparxx controlling his opponent.
Hirsch is in a tricky position but he's been working on his transitions down at SSJ Gym, so we'll see if he gets out of it.
Hirsch keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Hirsch is squirming around nicely.
Hirsch wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Hirsch has given up his back here. Will Sparxx look for the submission or keep pounding away?
Score +3 for taking back: Hirsch (9) vs (14) Sparxx#T12#
Hirsch tries to break free.
Well, with Sparxx on his back, surely it's only a matter of time before Hirsch is tapping out... Can he escape the position?
Hirsch staying busy and making it hard for Sparxx to control.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Hirsch is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
Hirsch is keeping busy.
Hirsch is trying to break free.
Hirsch is working hard here to advance position.
Hirsch looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for the RNC.
You can see the frustration on Hirsch's face… He knows he is in trouble unless he improves his position sooner rather than later.
#T13#
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Hirsch tries to escape the position.
#SUB2#
Hirsch preventing the rear naked choke attempt from Sparxx.
Hirsch turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hirsch (11) vs (14) Sparxx
Hirsch trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom. #T14#
Hirsch passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Hirsch is trying to control the action in half guard but Sparxx is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Hirsch wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx trying to control here but he's found himself mounted! Oh no!
Score +3 for passing guard: Hirsch (14) vs (14) Sparxx
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
As we have tied on points, we go to a tie breaker and Hirsch gets a bonus point for attempting more subs.
Hirsch takes the fight on points by 15 to 14.
Harry Hirsch retains his heavyweight title!
A victorious Harry Hirsch thanked his army of followers in his post fight interview, telling people to make sure they follow him on Twitter.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 30 (265+lbs, D1): Montreal Qualifier - Round 2
Date: Jul 10, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 26 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 7 losses; Tsuyoi Kakuto!
The judges for this bout are Elvis Blanc, Gregory Folan and Alec Ball.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx fails with a rather predictable takedown attempt.
Kakuto with a lazy takedown attempt #CL#
and Sparxx counters by clinching up.
Sparxx prevents a takedown attempt there.
Sparxx is looking to take this one to the mat.
Kakuto prevents the takedown attempt.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx is working for takedown but Kakuto is calmly controlling the position for now.
Sparxx can't get the takedown.
#TD2#
Kakuto has double underhooks and is working for a body lock takedown. He's got it. The fighters land in half guard but Sparxx regains guard immediately. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Kakuto
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck. #T1#
Sparxx has a closed guard, preventing anything of note from happening. Perhaps he's looking to stall.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Kakuto from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx is adopting a defensive guard.#T2#
Kakuto preventing the sweep.
Kakuto trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Kakuto postures up.
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Kakuto is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now. #T3#
Sparxx wants to control but instead he gets his guard passed and Kakuto is now in half guard.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx controls Kakuto momentarily but Kakuto frees himself.
Kakuto stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Kakuto
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Kakuto wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control. #T4##SUB2#
Kakuto is trying to get an arm triangle but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx tries to bench press Kakuto off him but Kakuto keeps the position.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Kakuto working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Sparxx's thigh. Sparxx counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling Kakuto's posture. #T5#
Kakuto postures up.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#T6##SUB#
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Kakuto is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Kakuto tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Kakuto stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Kakuto tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Kakuto is stalling in the full guard. #T7#
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Kakuto
Kakuto is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Kakuto is keeping the position for now. #T8#
Kakuto can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Kakuto is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (9) Kakuto
Sparxx rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx is trying to keep Kakuto in close.
Sparxx pulls Kakuto in close to prevent any damage. #T9#
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Kakuto controlling him for the moment.
Kakuto postures up.
Sparxx controlling Kakuto's posture.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (9) Kakuto#SUB2#
Kakuto escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance. #T10#
Kakuto wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Kakuto wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx content to control rather than advance.
Kakuto has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Kakuto wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
#SUB#
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Kakuto defends the submission attempt.
Kakuto is trying to get back to full guard.#T11#
Kakuto makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Kakuto.
Sparxx is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions. #SUB2#
Kakuto is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Kakuto is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (11) Kakuto
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (11) Kakuto#SUB2#
Kakuto looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Sparxx passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (9) vs (11) Kakuto#T12#
Kakuto is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Kakuto trying to remain calm as Sparxx controls from the top position.
Kakuto is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx is staying tight to Kakuto's torso, preventing him from escaping.
Kakuto tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Kakuto looking for a sweep but Sparxx has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (11) vs (11) Kakuto
Kakuto is in all sorts of trouble here.
#SUB#
Sparxx working for a guillotine from mount but Kakuto is in no mood to give up. #T13#
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
Kakuto working to try and regain half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Kakuto sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Kakuto is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Kakuto keeps working.
Kakuto wants to get back to full guard.
Kakuto is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (11) vs (15) Kakuto#T14#
Kakuto tries to keep control of the position but Sparxx is staying busy.
Kakuto avoiding Sparxx 's attempts to control his hands.
Sparxx wants to escape the position.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.#SUB2#
Sparxx showing good submission defense here.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is in bad spot here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kakuto wins on points by 15 to 11.
Tsuyoi Kakuto managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, Pit Bull Development, into his post fight interview.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 30 (265+lbs, D1): Montreal Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Jul 09, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 11 losses; Maxim Bok!
The judges for this bout are Yves DeLean, Dillan Fox and Alec Ball.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?#TD2#
Bok shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Bok
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#SUB2#
Bok is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Bok to get the leverage. #SUB2#
Bok seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Bok is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB2#
Bok is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Sparxx is just riding it out for now. Bok eventually gives up the hold.
Bok is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now. #T1#
Sparxx is staying active underneath Bok, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Sparxx wants to control but Bok is keeping busy.
Bok wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Sparxx keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.#T2#
Bok sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Bok preventing the sweep.
Bok works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Bok is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Bok seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back. #T3#
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Bok is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Bok looks over to his corner - he wants some instructions but his corner are not responding.
Bok trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well. #T4#
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Bok tries to pass.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Bok#T5#
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Bok wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
Bok is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Bok felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Sparxx stalling.
Sparxx prevents Bok from improving his position.#T6##SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Sparxx prevents Bok from improving his position.
Bok manages to get to full guard.
#T7##SUB2#
Bok has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Sparxx can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Bok wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Bok is working from the bottom. #T8#
Bok is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Bok tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx is trying to control the action in half guard but Bok is working away on the bottom, looking perhaps to get back to full guard. #T9#
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Bok's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (2) Bok
Bok is trying to get back to half guard.
Bok can't do much from the bottom here.
Bok is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
Bok is trying to get back to half guard.#T10#
Bok gets back to half guard.#SUB#
Bok is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
Bok is looking to improve his position.
#T11#
Bok trying to control from the bottom.
Bok moves into full guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Bok keeps moving.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Bok is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (5) vs (4) Bok#T12#
Sparxx pulls Bok in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Bok manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (7) vs (4) Bok
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (10) vs (4) Bok
Bok is trying to escape the position but Sparxx is controlling the position.
Bok tries to get back to half guard but can't.
You can see the frustration on Bok's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.#T13#
Bok is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Bok gets back to full guard.
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Bok wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Bok keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully. #T14#
Bok is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (10) vs (6) Bok
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Bok tries to pass.
Bok trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 10 to 6.
After the big win, Tyrone Sparxx made sure to do all the important stuff like thanking his sponsors HELLS BALLS RECOVERY and telling the interviewer how much he loves him. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 97 CORONA GP FINALS
Date: Jun 06, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 4 losses; Jesus St Pierre! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 24 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots for a takedown but St Pierre saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.
St Pierre feinted with a counter takedown.
St Pierre stuffs the takedown.
St Pierre seems to be moving with more speed, compared to his last bout. He must have been working on that in the gym.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt - St Pierre sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Jesus St Pierre has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx fails to land the takedown.#TD#
St Pierre shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than St Pierre was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: St Pierre (4) vs (0) Sparxx
St Pierre tries to move to mount but Sparxx blocks the move with his legs.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
St Pierre wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
St Pierre is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.#T1#
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
St Pierre trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but St Pierre is controlling well.
#T2#
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around St Pierre's back. He's all about the action.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
St Pierre trying to control the pace.
Sparxx moves into full guard.
St Pierre looking to pass the guard.
St Pierre is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but St Pierre has managed to sneak the leg through.
St Pierre wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
#T3#
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
St Pierre trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
St Pierre looking to pass the guard.
St Pierre is working hard here to advance position.
Sparxx pulls St Pierre in close to prevent any damage.
Our spies down at at Catch Wrestling L.A. inform us that Sparxx has really been working on his submissions in the buildup to this fight. Will it pay off?
Sparxx trying to control the position.
#T4#
Sparxx wants to sweep here but St Pierre controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx looking to control.
St Pierre trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Sparxx manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: St Pierre (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. St Pierre swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx pushing down on St Pierre's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
St Pierre tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx is keen to just control but St Pierre is a slippery customer.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
#T5##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
St Pierre is not content to let Sparxx control the position.#T6#
St Pierre moves into full guard.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but St Pierre keeps moving.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
St Pierre is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #SUB#
St Pierre looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
St Pierre wants to get back to full guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
#T7#
St Pierre wants to get back to full guard but Sparxx has mounted him! Score +3 for passing guard: St Pierre (4) vs (5) Sparxx
St Pierre is working to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but St Pierre doesn't allow it.
Sparxx trying to control but St Pierre is having none of it.
Sparxx fails to move to back control. #T8#
St Pierre sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
St Pierre tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, St Pierre has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx is trying to control. St Pierre wants to improve his position but can't escape this time. #T9#
St Pierre might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx prevents St Pierre from improving his position.#SUB2#
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
St Pierre is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: St Pierre (8) vs (5) Sparxx
St Pierre wants to control the position but Sparxx frees himself and scrambles - St Pierre manages to regain control in side control.
St Pierre tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it. #T10#
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx sneaks back into half guard.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
St Pierre wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx is controlling St Pierre's posture.
Sparxx controls St Pierre momentarily but St Pierre frees himself.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Sparxx is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: St Pierre (8) vs (7) Sparxx#T11#
Sparxx postures up.
St Pierre looking for a sweep. Not yet St Pierre, not yet. #SUB#
St Pierre is looking for a triangle here but Sparxx uses the submission attempt to pass into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: St Pierre (8) vs (10) Sparxx
St Pierre is looking for a sweep.
St Pierre is letting Sparxx control him for a moment.
St Pierre is looking for a sweep.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything. #SUB2#
Sparxx is trying to get an arm triangle but St Pierre is defending well. #T12#
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but St Pierre keeps working.
St Pierre is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx wants to control but St Pierre is keeping him busy.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control St Pierre haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. St Pierre knows the correct defense though, so he's OK. #T13#
St Pierre tries to slip a leg under to move to half guard but Sparxx presses down on the leg and jumps into full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: St Pierre (8) vs (12) Sparxx
St Pierre is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
St Pierre sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Sparxx works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: St Pierre (8) vs (15) Sparxx
Sparxx prevents St Pierre from getting the reversal.#T14#
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
St Pierre bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: St Pierre (10) vs (15) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to control the position but St Pierre postures up.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as St Pierre tries to pass.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing St Pierre from controlling successfully.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 15 to 10.
Tyrone Sparxx managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, Conviction, into his post fight interview. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 95 CORONA 2ND RD
Date: May 30, 2020 |
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 25 wins and 12 losses; Rodney Holzken! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Holzken shoots for a takedown but Sparxx saw that one coming a mile off and avoided it easily.
Holzken seems to be moving with more speed, compared to his last bout. He must have been working on that in the gym.#TD2#
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown! He's got it and he's managed to land in side control! That's better than Sparxx was expecting from the takedown attempt, I'm sure! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Holzken (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is pausing for a moment. What's he doing? It looks like he's clearing his nose. Oh dude! He's shot a load of snot all down Holzken's shoulder. That is not cool.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Holzken keeps working.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Holzken is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx tries to move to full mount but Holzken actually manages to regain half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Holzken won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Sparxx prevents Holzken from improving his position.
Holzken has his hands clasped together around Sparxx's back. He's all about the action.#T1#
Sparxx slows the pace down in half guard.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Holzken is a slippery customer.
Still in half guard, Sparxx seems content to control.
Holzken manages to get to full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is fighting to break Holzken's control of his arms but Holzken is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.#T2#
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Holzken is retaining full guard.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard. He's being very persistent here but Holzken manages to land a sweep and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Holzken (2) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking to sweep but instead, Holzken has passed into half guard.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Holzken might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#T3#
Holzken not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Holzken tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #T4#
Holzken stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Holzken advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Sparxx trying to control but Holzken postures up.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Holzken seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Holzken keeps him under control.#T5#
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Holzken seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though. #T6#
Sparxx trying to hold on to Holzken's head to control him but Holzken postures up.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Holzken has control of the leg.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Sparxx is trying to keep Holzken in close.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.#T7#
Holzken controlling from the top position.
Holzken wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx pulls Holzken in close to prevent any damage.
Holzken trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #T8#
Sparxx pulls Holzken in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Holzken controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx pulls Holzken in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
#T9#
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Holzken manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Holzken (2) vs (6) Sparxx
Holzken keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Holzken has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Sparxx has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Holzken (2) vs (9) Sparxx
Holzken regains half guard there - taking advantage of Sparxx's attempt to lay and pray for a moment. #SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there. #T10#
Sparxx is keen to just control but Holzken is a slippery customer.
Sparxx working to pass to mount. He's got his hand pressing down on Holzken's thigh. Holzken counters though and makes it back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Holzken is working from the bottom. #T11#
Holzken wants to sweep but no luck.
Holzken keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Holzken trying to control the position.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!#T12#
Sparxx controlling from the top position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Holzken is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Well,Holzken is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?#T13#
Holzken seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Holzken is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling. #T14#
Let's hope that Sparxx has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Holzken looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Holzken keeps moving.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 9 to 2.
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring Conviction's logo in front of the cameras. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 93 CORONA 1ST RD
Date: May 23, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1973 p4p, 44 weight class) and Felipe Feltre (ranked 1139 p4p, 23 weight class). Sparxx comes into the arena with Thug Life - Lugz blaring out of the sound system. Feltre has chosen Someday Never Comes as his entrance music. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the ring.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 22 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 6 losses; Felipe Feltre!
The judges for this bout are Cecil Peabody, Tiny Johnson and Robert Twigg.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Feltre
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Feltre wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Feltre moves into full guard.
Feltre working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Sparxx has passed into half guard!
Sparxx is keen to just control but Feltre is a slippery customer.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Feltre trying to control here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Feltre is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx trying to control the pace.
Sparxx's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Feltre has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Feltre controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Feltre defends it.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Feltre is trying to maintain the position but Sparxx is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Feltre! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Feltre
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Feltre tries to control Sparxx's body but Sparxx pushes him off. Feltre squirms to his side and now Sparxx has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Feltre
Sparxx looking for the RNC.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is hanging on to Feltre's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx slows the pace down here. Having a little breather whilst he's in a dominant position, looking to rest and regain some energy, ready to go for the finish.
Feltre is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Feltre trying to control the hands but Sparxx breaks the grip.
Feltre has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
I really don't envy Feltre right now.
Sparxx is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Feltre has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Feltre tries to break free.
Sparxx struggling to keep hold of the position.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Feltre is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Feltre is really stuck here.
Sparxx is working really hard to secure the rear naked choke. Feltre defends successfully for a significant amount of time. Both fighters are looking very determined.
Feltre rolls and manages to get back to half guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx is trying to control. Feltre wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Feltre looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Feltre is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Feltre looking to control.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Feltre is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (11) vs (0) Feltre
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Feltre is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx controls the position.
Feltre tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Feltre keeps working.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Feltre struggling a bit here.
Feltre prevents Sparxx from moving into mount.
Feltre is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Feltre, who protects the arm well.
Feltre is trying to get back to half guard.
Feltre struggling a bit here.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Feltre is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sparxx takes a deep breath and rests his weight momentarily on top of his opponent, to control the position.
Feltre is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Feltre keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Feltre won't allow it.
Feltre tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Feltre has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
Feltre is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Sparxx is staying active.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Feltre does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Feltre tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Feltre is not content to let Sparxx control the position.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Feltre trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Feltre tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Feltre trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Feltre controlling the leg, holding on to half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Feltre defends it well.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Feltre is a slippery customer.
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Feltre sees it coming and defends easily.
Feltre trying to get back to full guard but Sparxx takes advantage of the position and moves to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (14) vs (0) Feltre
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Feltre wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Feltre really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
Sparxx wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Feltre slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to pass to mount but Feltre is defending the position.
Feltre wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Feltre is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Feltre has managed to free his arm - good work.
Sparxx tries to pass to full mount but Feltre defends it.
Feltre looking for submissions off his back.
Feltre trying to control from the bottom.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Feltre is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Feltre is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Feltre looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Feltre is having none of it.
Sparxx content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Feltre looking for subs from the bottom but Sparxx mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (17) vs (0) Feltre
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Feltre is in all sorts of trouble here.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Feltre is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx fails to move to back control.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Feltre is looking to escape.
Sparxx tries to take Feltre's back but instead Feltre uses the opportunity to regain half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 17 to 0.
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Conviction in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales). |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 90 CORONA CARD
Date: May 16, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Caio Barbosa (ranked 2752 p4p, 71 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1951 p4p, 50 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music, which hasn't gone down very well with the crowd. Buckle up people - heeeeeeeeeere we go!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Tokyo, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 6 losses; Caio Barbosa! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Frank Antenori and Don Winkell.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx closes the distance and scores a nice trip takedown into half guard. Barbosa did well to prevent Sparxx getting side control. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Barbosa (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Barbosa trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
Barbosa actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Barbosa (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Barbosa might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Barbosa has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Sparxx's lack of action.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx not doing much here.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Barbosa is looking to regain full guard. He's left an arm up in the air though and Sparxx has latched onto it... Big trouble! Sparxx pivots for an armbar - it's in tight and it Barbosa is tapping in no time flat! Great counter grappling there from Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:33 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring Conviction's logo in front of the cameras.
Caio Barbosa was interviewed post fight and said 'I think he did very well and would like the chance to avenge this victory. '. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 86 CORONA CARD
Date: May 09, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Denubis Majere (ranked 2233 p4p, 60 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1926 p4p, 54 weight class). Majere comes to the ring accompanied by Man in Black. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 6 losses; Denubis Majere! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 20 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Majere dives in for a single leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the ropes.
Sparxx shoots in and scores a nice double leg takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Majere (0) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Majere is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Majere regains full guard. Nicely done.
Majere is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Majere (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Majere moves into full mount! Sparxx won't be happy about that! Score +3 for passing guard: Majere (5) vs (2) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Majere sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Majere looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Majere is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Sparxx is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Majere looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Majere wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Majere looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Majere sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Majere trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Majere controlling his opponent.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Majere has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
Sparxx sneaks a leg back under and regains half guard and is working straight away to try and get back to guard. He hasn't managed just yet though.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx felt the need to train up his defensive grappling in the buildup to the fight. Presumably he was expecting to be in a difficult position like this, so let's see if he can get out of it.
Majere wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Majere controlling the action here.
Majere's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Majere has control of the leg.
Majere is controlling the pace.
Majere is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Majere trying to control from Sparxx's half guard. Sparxx has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Majere is one step ahead there.
Majere looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Majere (5) vs (4) Sparxx
Majere is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Majere lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Majere (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Majere is proving a slippery customer.
Majere stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Majere wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Majere from controlling successfully.
Majere controlling from the top position.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Majere wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx is pulling down on Majere's head. It's preventing any offense from Majere, at least for the moment.
Majere is looking to advance position but Sparxx has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Majere (7) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Majere tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
Majere can't escape the position.
Sparxx looking to control but Majere is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has control of Majere's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Majere regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Sparxx tries to control but Majere wriggling away.
Majere is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Majere slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Majere tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Majere is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Majere tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Majere moves into full guard.
Majere is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx won't allow Majere to sweep him here.
Sparxx trying to control but Majere is working from the bottom.
Majere looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Majere keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Majere controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Majere.
Majere is working hard here to advance position.
Majere is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Majere.
Majere seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Majere is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Majere is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx pushing down on Majere's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx prevents Majere from improving his position.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Majere won't allow it.
Sparxx passes into side control, despite Majere's attempt to control the position.
Score +3 for passing guard: Majere (7) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Majere is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
The fighters are battling for position here. Majere manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx pushes down on Majere's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Majere has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Majere wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Majere keeps working.
Majere trying to hold on to Sparxx's head to control him but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Majere is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Majere trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Majere manages to get to full guard.
Majere wants to control the position but Sparxx says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Majere trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Majere is working away.
Majere is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Majere is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Majere is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Majere won't allow it.
Majere wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Majere keeps working.
Well, if Sparxx is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Majere is trying to control but can't.
The fighters are battling for position here. Majere manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Majere keeps moving.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx won't allow Majere to sweep him here.
Majere wants to improve his position but instead Sparxx has moved into half guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 11 to 7.
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Conviction in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales). |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 83 CORONA CARD
Date: May 02, 2020 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1875 p4p, 55 weight class) and Jesus St Pierre (ranked 2520 p4p, 69 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Fingers crossed for an exciting fight - I'm sure both fighters are looking for a nice under the table bonus!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 19 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 3 losses; Jesus St Pierre!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Don Winkell and Timothy Bukovac.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
St Pierre decides to change it up a bit and drives through with a nice takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) St Pierre
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
St Pierre trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
St Pierre tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
St Pierre sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
St Pierre is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for St Pierre to get the leverage.
Sparxx is holding on to half guard well.
Sparxx trying to control here.
That's one minute gone in the round.
St Pierre is stalling here. Sparxx is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! St Pierre seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Sparxx has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (2) St Pierre
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
St Pierre tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
St Pierre is looking to slip a leg under and get half guard but Sparxx is one step ahead and moves to full mount! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (6) vs (2) St Pierre
St Pierre can't escape the position.
St Pierre is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
St Pierre is wriggling around trying to escape.
St Pierre slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but St Pierre is working away.
Sparxx keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx is thwarting St Pierre's attempts to control the position.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
St Pierre wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx tries to pass the half guard into mount. St Pierre knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
St Pierre is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can St Pierre avoid being mounted?
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
St Pierre works his way to full guard. Good work.
St Pierre looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Sparxx passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (9) vs (2) St Pierre
St Pierre being controlled for a moment.
St Pierre is trying to improve his position.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (11) vs (2) St Pierre
Sparxx seems to be looking to move to his opponent's back but St Pierre is holding on tight.
St Pierre is working to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling from the full mount.
St Pierre is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
St Pierre gets back to half guard.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but St Pierre defends the submission attempt.
St Pierre wants to get back to full guard.
St Pierre is trying to control but Sparxx manages to pass to mount!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (14) vs (2) St Pierre
Sparxx takes a little breather and maintains the position. The referee will be looking for him to stay active from such a dominant position though.
St Pierre tries to hold on but Sparxx pushes him away.
St Pierre tries to improve his position but Sparxx has taken his back! Sparxx has a choke - it's sunk in pretty tight... Will St Pierre tap? No... maybe... yes! He's tapped! Sparxx pushes St Pierre away and gets up to celebrate with his corner!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
A loyal slave to those sponsorship dollars, Tyrone Sparxx made sure he mentioned Conviction, along with how happy he was to win his fight. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 81
Date: Apr 25, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1828 p4p, 206 weight class) and Umberto Turturro (ranked 759 p4p, 99 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the ring.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 16 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 1 losses; Umberto Turturro!
The judges for this bout are Lou da Vinci, John Roberts and David Schapiro.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Turturro fails with a takedown attempt from distance.
Sparxx throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Turturro tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Sparxx is in Turturro's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Turturro
Sparxx is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at Catch Wrestling L.A. that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
Turturro looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Turturro working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Sparxx has passed into half guard!
Sparxx looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Turturro looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to control. Turturro wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Turturro is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Sparxx jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Turturro
Turturro is trying to get back to half guard.
Turturro is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Sparxx's leg. Oh but that's left an opportunity for Sparxx! He's got an arm triangle... it looks tight! He's rotating and Turturro has tapped! This one is allllll over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:05 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, Conviction, into his post fight interview. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 76
Date: Apr 12, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1805 p4p, 200 weight class) and Dragan Hozdic (ranked 6464 p4p, 450 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 18 wins and 15 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 1 losses; Dragan Hozdic!
The judges for this bout are Percy O'Donnell, Frank Antenori and Don Winkell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
A momentary lapse in concentration from Hozdic enables Sparxx to shoot in and score with a neat double leg. Hozdic manages to secure a closed guard as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Hozdic
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Hozdic is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Hozdic is retaining full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Hozdic is working from the bottom.
Hozdic controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Hozdic slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Hozdic
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Hozdic is aware though and is defending well.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Hozdic tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Hozdic postures up.
Sparxx pulls Hozdic in close to his closed guard and prevents Hozdic from doing any damage or advancing position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Hozdic from controlling successfully.
Sparxx controls Hozdic momentarily but Hozdic frees himself.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Sparxx throws his legs up looking for a submission but Hozdic uses it to pass to side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Hozdic
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Hozdic in side control, just content to control the action for now.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Hozdic content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sparxx is trying to control Hozdic's posture but Hozdic avoids it.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Hozdic prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Hozdic keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Hozdic is controlling well.
Hozdic trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic sitting and controlling from the half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Hozdic is controlling well.
Hozdic controlling the action here.
Sparxx wants to control but Hozdic is keeping busy.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Hozdic can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Hozdic works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx wants to control but Hozdic is keeping busy.
Hozdic wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx has his hands clasped together around Hozdic's back. He's all about the action.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Hozdic passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Hozdic is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx wants to sweep but Hozdic has passed to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Hozdic
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Hozdic is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Hozdic prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Hozdic keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Hozdic has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (11) Hozdic
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx is trying to control Hozdic's posture but Hozdic avoids it.
Sparxx tries to buck Hozdic off but Hozdic is having none of it.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Hozdic wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Hozdic takes a little break here. Sparxx wants to take advantage but he is being controlled well.
Hozdic wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to buck Hozdic off but Hozdic is having none of it.
Hozdic taking a breather here.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Let's hope that Hozdic has the urge to step up the pace any second now because for the last 15 or 20 seconds he's just been holding on tight.
Sparxx manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
Hozdic seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Hozdic is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Hozdic prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Hozdic wins on points by 11 to 2.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 65
Date: Mar 14, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Jack Morgan (ranked 3975 p4p, 346 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1757 p4p, 180 weight class). The crowd seem to be enjoying Sparxx's choice of entrance music: Thug Life - Lugz. The crowd giving both fighters a great reception on their way into the arena. That's good to see.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 3 losses; Jack Morgan! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 15 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Morgan instigates a clinch.
Sparxx drops to a knee looking for a takedown but Morgan gets the underhooks and prevents it.
Sparxx looking for a takedown.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Morgan manages to get underhooks.
Jack Morgan has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Sparxx is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Morgan gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx is looking for a takedown up against the ropes. Morgan gets underhooks though and prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Morgan manages to get underhooks.
Morgan has Sparxx pressed up against the ropes and is working for takedown. Sparxx manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing.
Morgan wants to take the fight to the mat but Sparxx manages to get underhooks and keep the fight in the clinch.
Morgan prevents a takedown attempt there.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Morgan wants a takedown but no success here.
Sparxx is trying to drag Morgan to the mat but Morgan just about manages to keep his footing. He used the ropes to his advantage there.
Morgan has a body lock and is looking for a takedown. Sparxx is bouncing around trying to prevent the takedown and somehow he has indeed managed to stay on his feet.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Morgan wants a takedown.
Sparxx has Morgan pressed up against the ropes and is working for takedown. Morgan manages to improve position though and keeps the fight standing.
Sparxx gets the body lock takedown. After a quick scramble, Morgan regains guard.
Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Morgan (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Morgan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Morgan pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Morgan is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Morgan is really struggling to control Sparxx but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Morgan is keeping the position for now.
Morgan looks to be in better condition than last time we saw him fight. Obviously he's been working hard on his cardio.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Morgan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Morgan keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Morgan is avoiding any damage by keeping wrist control.
Sparxx postures up.
Morgan looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
My spies in Catch Wrestling L.A. inform me that Sparxx has been getting involved in the gym's BJJ sparring sessions. Let's see whether that pays dividends!
Sparxx trying to control but Morgan is working from the bottom.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Morgan is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Morgan looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Morgan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Morgan is retaining full guard.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Morgan is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Morgan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Morgan is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is fighting to break Morgan's control of his arms but Morgan is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Morgan is keeping the position.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Morgan has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Morgan is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is persisting with the attempt to improve his position.
Morgan can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Morgan trying to control the position.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Morgan is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Morgan manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Morgan's guard.
Morgan keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Morgan controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Sparxx pushing down on Morgan's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Morgan won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Morgan is having none of it.
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Morgan is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Morgan is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Morgan gets full guard.
Morgan keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Morgan not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx trying to control but Morgan is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Morgan has Sparxx pulled in close to control his posture.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Morgan keeps moving.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Morgan trying to control the position.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Morgan has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Morgan is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control but Morgan is working from the bottom.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Morgan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Morgan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Morgan has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Morgan is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Morgan keeps moving.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Morgan keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Morgan haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx passes Morgan's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Morgan wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Morgan keeps working.
Morgan makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Morgan.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Morgan holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Morgan is retaining full guard.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Morgan is keeping the position.
Morgan looking to control.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Morgan is keeping the position for now.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Morgan holds on and takes a little breather.
Sparxx trying to control but Morgan is working from the bottom.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Morgan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Morgan looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Morgan keeps moving.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Morgan is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Morgan is keeping the position.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx wins on points by 2 to 0.
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring Conviction's logo in front of the cameras.
The defeated Jack Morgan had this to say: 'Shit was rigged. Ref is a bum! Judges suck ass. Whatever.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 58
Date: Feb 23, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1735 p4p, 180 weight class) and Ricco Torres (ranked 2003 p4p, 200 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. I don't know about you partner, but I'm pumped for this one!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 17 wins and 14 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 4 losses; Ricco Torres!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Don Winkell and Jack Bonds.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Torres pinned against the ropes. Torres gets the underhooks and manages to circle away.
Sparxx tries to keep at a distance but Torres has taken the fight into the clinch.
Sparxx can't get the takedown.
Sparxx has hold of a leg and is looking for a trip takedown. Torres avoids it nicely though and we remain in the clinch.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Torres prevents a takedown attempt there.
Torres jumps guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Torres looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Sparxx trying to control but Torres is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at 3Band MMA ($800/week) that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
Sparxx is really struggling to control Torres but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Torres seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Torres escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Torres seems keen to control rather than go for a submission, at least for now.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Torres is retaining full guard.
Torres keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Torres slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Torres
Sparxx pulls Torres in close to prevent any damage.
Torres drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Torres jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Torres wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Torres tries to pass.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Torres preventing the sweep.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Torres trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Torres from controlling successfully.
Torres looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Torres
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Torres not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Torres is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Torres trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to stall here but Torres recovers full guard.
Torres manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Torres
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Torres
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Torres tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control from Torres's half guard. Torres has other ideas though and has regained full guard.
Torres working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Torres is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Torres is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Torres is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Torres pulls Sparxx in close to prevent any damage.
Sparxx drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Torres dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (6) Torres
Torres trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Torres showing good wrestling skills to control the position.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx working for submissions but it's allowed Torres to get to half guard.
Torres is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Torres wants to advance to full mount but Sparxx doesn't think that's going to happen and regains full guard instead.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Torres from controlling successfully.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Torres tries to pass.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Torres controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Torres is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx has control of Torres's left arm, preventing Torres from doing any damage.
Sparxx is trying to keep Torres in close.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Torres from controlling successfully.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Torres sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Torres seems to be looking for submissions.
Torres is working for a kimura but Sparxx is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Torres sits in half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Torres is controlling well.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Torres is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Torres is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Torres passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (9) Torres
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Torres is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Sparxx is surviving well by controlling Torres's body position as best he can.
Torres with some aggressive grappling here, looking for the finish.
Sparxx tries to lock up and control but Torres gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Torres can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Torres is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Torres is working for a submission of some sort.
The fighters are battling for position here. Sparxx manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Torres trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Torres manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (9) Torres
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is pushing down on Torres's leg trying to pass to half guard. Torres is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Sparxx is working hard to pass the guard. He's done it - he's now in full mount! Trouble for Torres! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (9) vs (9) Torres
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Torres to control.
Sparxx jumps to the side looking to secure the arm triangle…. Ooooh, that looks tight… Torres is gargling but he's managed to escape! Nice work there by Torres and Sparxx has given up the dominant position trying to land that submission.
Sparxx thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Torres manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (9) vs (11) Torres
And that's the end of the fight!
Torres wins on points by 11 to 9.
Ricco Torres seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 49
Date: Feb 01, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1716 p4p, 182 weight class) and Rickson Silva (ranked 22183 p4p, 524 weight class). Chooooooooon! I think Sparxx might be my favorite fighter, now he's come out to Thug Life - Lugz. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 14 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 1 losses; Rickson Silva !
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Percy O'Donnell and Jack Bonds.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Silva clinches with his opponent.
Silva prevents the takedown attempt.
Sparxx has dropped down and is looking to force the takedown but it's defended by Silva after a bit of a struggle.
Sparxx tries for a takedown but Silva manages to get underhooks.
That's three failed takedown attempts in the round for Tyrone Sparxx. That's going to take a lot out of him.
Sparxx looking for a takedown.
Silva manages to pull guard. Let's see whether he can land a sub off his back.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Silva is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Silva wants to control position but Sparxx is using a can opener to pass guard... He's turned it into a full on guillotine from mount now! Big trouble for Silva here! He's turning a lovely shade of purple and yep! He's tapping out! I would say world class Jiu Jitsu but is it really? It was nice but let's not get silly about it.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:37 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring Conviction's logo in front of the cameras. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 47
Date: Jan 25, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Alexi Laiho (ranked 2169 p4p, 229 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1684 p4p, 188 weight class). Laiho comes to the ring accompanied by Cold Sweat/ Thin Lizzy. Sparxx is bouncing up and down as he enters the arena, backed by Thug Life - Lugz. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the ring.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 4 losses; Alexi Laiho! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 16 wins and 13 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Frank Antenori and Timothy Bukovac.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Sparxx changes levels and looks for a double leg takedown. Laiho tries to avoid it but Sparxx manages to keep hold of a leg and drag Laiho to the ground. Laiho escapes though and pops straight back up to his feet.
The fight moves into the clinch position.
Sparxx drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Alexi Laiho has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Laiho is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Sparxx pulls him back up using the underhooks.
Sparxx is fighting off a takedown attempt but Laiho is just too persistent for him and manages to trip Sparxx to the mat. Sparxx regains guard as soon as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Laiho (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Laiho advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Laiho is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is looking to control Laiho's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Laiho trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx is not content to let Laiho control the position.
Laiho is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Laiho tries to pass.
Laiho is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Sparxx is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Sparxx has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laiho (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Laiho looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Laiho is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Laiho controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Laiho keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Laiho is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Laiho's guard.
Laiho keeping control of the position.
Laiho is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Laiho won't allow Sparxx to pass to mount.
Laiho tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
Sparxx is keen to just control but Laiho is a slippery customer.
Sparxx is taking a breather. Laiho says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Laiho keeps working.
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Laiho is defending it quite comfortably.
Laiho trying to control here.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control from half guard but Laiho is working away.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Laiho tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Laiho is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Laiho (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Laiho can't escape the position.
Sparxx is working for a guillotine from mount but Laiho frees his head quite easily.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Laiho tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Laiho to control.
Laiho gets back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the pace.
Laiho looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Laiho is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Laiho is working hard here to advance position.
Laiho trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Laiho (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control for a moment but Laiho uses the opportunity to move back to half guard.
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Laiho defends the submission attempt.
Laiho wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Laiho is working from the bottom.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Laiho is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Laiho avoid being mounted?
Laiho is looking to improve his position.
Laiho is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Sparxx's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Sparxx's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Laiho (6) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx fending off the submission attempt from Laiho.
Sparxx looking to control the position.
Laiho is not going to allow Sparxx to sit and survive in this position.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Laiho working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet.
Laiho working for a choke but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Laiho just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx breaks Laiho's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Laiho (6) vs (10) Sparxx
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Laiho is looking to cinch up a triangle. Sparxx throws the leg off to one side though and gets in tight to Laiho's body to avoid the submission. Laiho has instead reached around Sparxx's neck and now has a guillotine! Oh, this is biiiig trouble! Laiho arches his back and squeezes and forces the tap from his hapless opponent.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Alexi Laiho!
Alexi Laiho took to the microphone after his victory and thanked his sponsors, Sportivité for their support in the buildup to the fight.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 41
Date: Jan 11, 2020 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1664 p4p, 183 weight class) and Jenik Krejza (ranked 14449 p4p, 514 weight class). Chooooooooon! I think Sparxx might be my favorite fighter, now he's come out to Thug Life - Lugz. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the ring.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 13 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 7 losses; Jenik Krejza!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Jack Bonds and Frank Antenori.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx scores with a nice takedown into half guard. Let's see what he's got on the ground. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Krejza
The referee calls for the fighters to work.
Krejza is in trouble now - Sparxx has advanced to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Krejza
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Krejza really doesn't want to stay on the ground with Sparxx. If he can't get it back to his feet, it's only a matter of time before he'll be tapping out.
Sparxx wants to finish this one by submission but Krejza is holding onto his waist, trying to prevent any attacks from Sparxx.
Sparxx content just to control the position here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Krejza to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Krejza shrugs it off.
Krejza is working to get back to half guard.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx working for a submission but Krejza is keeping him at bay.
Sparxx sitting in mount, just looking to control for the moment.
Sparxx wants to take Krejza's back here but Krejza is holding on to an arm, himself looking to escape.
Krejza is trying to escape the mount.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Krejza is in all sorts of trouble here.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Krejza is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Krejza tries to lock up and control but Sparxx gives him a forearm to the face and pushes him away.
Sparxx tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Krejza to control.
Sparxx controlling from mount.
Sparxx is in full mount, looking to secure a guillotine but Krejza is surviving well by controlling Sparxx's body position as best he can.
Sparxx looking to control but Krejza is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Sparxx looking to isolate an arm here. Krejza doesn't see it coming and as Sparxx extends the arm, he's forced to tap out! Nice submission by Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 4:52 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
A loyal slave to those sponsorship dollars, Tyrone Sparxx made sure he mentioned Conviction, along with how happy he was to win his fight. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 34
Date: Dec 21, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Lucio Francisco Carmo (ranked 1889 p4p, 200 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1607 p4p, 179 weight class). Chooooooooon! I think Carmo might be my favorite fighter, now he's come out to Rolling Stones - Paint it, Black. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Lucio Francisco Carmo had a look across the ring there at his opponent. He definitely means business
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 5 losses; Lucio Francisco Carmo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 15 wins and 12 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Jack Bonds and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx closes the distance and clinches up with Carmo, looking for a takedown. Sparxx pushes Carmo against the ropes but Carmo circles to the side and manages to break the clinch.
Carmo rushes Sparxx and presses him up against the ropes.
Carmo can't get the takedown.
Sparxx looking for a takedown.
Carmo pulls guard successfully.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Carmo is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Carmo manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Sparxx has Carmo in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Carmo (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Carmo works a leg free and moves into half guard.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Carmo wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Carmo looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Carmo, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Carmo is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Carmo is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Sparxx trying to control but Carmo postures up.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Carmo wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Carmo wants to work for an arm triangle but Sparxx is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Carmo is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Carmo keeps him under control.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Carmo is figuring out what he wants to do next.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx throws his legs up looking for a submission but Carmo uses it to pass to side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Carmo (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is not content to let Carmo control the position.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Carmo prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx holds on for dear life, maintaining half guard for now.
Sparxx gets full guard.
Carmo drops back looking for a leg! Sparxx is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Sparxx manages to kick Carmo off! Carmo jumps back into Sparxx's guard.
Carmo trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Carmo postures up.
Sparxx has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Carmo is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Carmo (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx regains half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Carmo is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx is not content to let Carmo control the position.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Carmo wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Carmo preventing the sweep.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Carmo trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Carmo looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Carmo (8) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx looking to control the position here, rather than advance.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx trying to control but Carmo is working from the bottom.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Carmo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Carmo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Carmo seems keen to control Sparxx's posture.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
Carmo throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx won't allow Carmo to sweep him here.
Sparxx trying to control but Carmo is working from the bottom.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Carmo haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Carmo is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Carmo gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Carmo (10) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Carmo tries to pass.
Carmo trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Carmo wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Carmo advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Carmo is working for a kimura here but Sparxx manages to reverse the position and he's now in Carmo's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Carmo (10) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Carmo keeps moving.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Carmo is retaining full guard.
Carmo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx works a leg free and moves into half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Carmo is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Carmo is trying to control but can't.
Sparxx prevents Carmo from improving his position.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Carmo is having none of it.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Sparxx is thwarting Carmo's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Carmo is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Carmo keeps working.
Sparxx controlling the action here.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Carmo is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Carmo wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Carmo wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Carmo is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Carmo is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
And that's the end of the fight!
Carmo takes the fight on points by 10 to 4.
A very excited looking Lucio Francisco Carmo made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 28
Date: Dec 07, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1576 p4p, 183 weight class) and Bubba Brandon (ranked 21869 p4p, 483 weight class). Sparxx comes into the arena with Thug Life - Lugz blaring out of the sound system. I don't know about you partner, but I'm pumped for this one!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 12 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Bubba Brandon!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Percy O'Donnell and Jack Bonds.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Brandon has managed to clinch.
Sparxx tries for a takedown. No joy.
We've been informed that Brandon has been sparring a lot of Muay Thai in the buildup to this fight so let's see if that has an impact on the result.
Sparxx is working for takedown but Brandon is calmly controlling the position for now.
Brandon successfully pulls guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Brandon is working from the bottom.
Brandon can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Brandon is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Brandon keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Brandon is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Brandon keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Brandon gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Brandon
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Brandon controls the pace.
Sparxx seems to have improved his submission grappling technique since last time we saw him. Let's see if he can pull off a submission.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Brandon is proving a slippery customer.
Brandon slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Brandon
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Brandon wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Brandon is trying to get an arm triangle but Sparxx is defending well.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Brandon trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Brandon
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Brandon does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Brandon is defending well.
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Brandon is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Brandon does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Brandon wants to control the action here but instead Sparxx manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (5) Brandon
Sparxx avoids the attempt from Brandon to control.
Brandon regains half guard.
Brandon tries to get to full guard but Sparxx has control of the leg.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
Brandon is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Brandon is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but Brandon is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Sparxx to get the leverage.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Brandon does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Brandon wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Brandon is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Brandon is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Brandon is defending against the submission attempts here by Sparxx.
Brandon gets back to full guard.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Brandon dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (5) vs (7) Brandon
Brandon is pushing down on Sparxx's leg trying to pass to half guard. Sparxx is fighting to maintain full guard but Brandon has managed to sneak the leg through.
Brandon prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Brandon wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Brandon seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx wants to control but Brandon is keeping busy.
Brandon is looking for a kimura here.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Brandon's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Brandon's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (9) vs (7) Brandon
What can Brandon do to escape this position? He's going to have to figure it out pretty quick if he wants to stay in the fight!
Brandon turns into Sparxx and is now in his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (9) vs (9) Brandon
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Brandon tries to pass.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Brandon wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Brandon stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Brandon! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (9) vs (12) Brandon
Brandon trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Brandon is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Sparxx knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Brandon trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Brandon staying calm.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Brandon keeps moving and retains side control.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Brandon's leg. He's managed it. Nice work.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Brandon preventing the sweep.
Brandon sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Brandon controlling him for the moment.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to control.
Brandon trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Brandon slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx pulls Brandon in close to prevent any damage.
Brandon is just sitting in guard, looking to avoid any submissions.
Brandon trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has his foot on Brandon's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Brandon works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx working for a triangle but Brandon defends it easily.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Brandon preventing the sweep.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Brandon from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Brandon wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Brandon might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Brandon wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Brandon drops back, looking for a kneebar! Sparxx looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Sparxx looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Sparxx! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (13) vs (12) Brandon
Brandon gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Brandon is defending well.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx prevents Brandon from improving his position.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Brandon defends it well.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Brandon takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 13 to 12.
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Conviction in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales). |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 20
Date: Nov 17, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Maxim Bok (ranked 1650 p4p, 189 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1564 p4p, 181 weight class). Bok's entrance music is Give It Revolution. A fine choice. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Both fighters look pumped up here. Let's hope this is a good fight!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 8 losses; Maxim Bok! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 11 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Jack Bonds, Don Winkell and Percy O'Donnell.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Bok bobs and weaves into range and then changes levels and scores with a nice takedown into side control. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Bok (4) vs (0) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Bok looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom here.
Bok tries to advance to mount but can't.
Sparxx tries to buck Bok off but Bok is having none of it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Bok is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Bok working away.
Sparxx being controlled for a moment.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Bok tries to advance to mount but can't.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Bok tries to advance to mount but can't.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx tries to buck Bok off but Bok is having none of it.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Bok, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Bok passes to side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bok (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is not content to let Bok control the position.
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Bok trying to pass the guard but Sparxx defending well.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Bok trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Bok with a momentary lay and pray from half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Bok controlling the action here.
Bok is looking to advance position but Sparxx won't allow it.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Bok is controlling well.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx won't allow Bok to pass to mount.
Sparxx gets full guard.
Bok stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Bok (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Bok controls the position.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Bok tries to advance to mount but can't.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Bok trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard. He's pushing on Bok's leg. Oh but that's left an opportunity for Bok! He's got an arm triangle... it looks tight! He's rotating and Sparxx has tapped! This one is allllll over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:35 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Maxim Bok!
Maxim Bok seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
CACC 13
Date: Nov 02, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Thiago Araujo (ranked 1571 p4p, 178 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1519 p4p, 172 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Thiago Araujo has the edge in experience - let's see if he can make that count tonight.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Thiago Araujo! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 10 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Frank Antenori and Don Winkell.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Araujo dives in and grabs Sparxx's left leg, looking for a takedown. Sparxx pushes down on Araujo's head and hops out.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Araujo.
Sparxx throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Araujo tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Sparxx is in Araujo's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Araujo (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Araujo is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx drops back, looking for a kneebar! Araujo looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Araujo looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Araujo! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Araujo (4) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
Araujo is trying to get an arm triangle but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Araujo looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Araujo tries for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Araujo is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
Sparxx tries to bench press Araujo off him but Araujo keeps the position.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Araujo tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Araujo has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
Araujo looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Araujo trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Araujo working away.
Araujo wants to take a breather but Sparxx manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Araujo.
Araujo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx working for a triangle but Araujo defends it easily.
Araujo stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Araujo (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Araujo is working away from the top position though.
Araujo is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Araujo to get the leverage.
Araujo is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Araujo looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Araujo is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Araujo is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Araujo is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.
Araujo is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Araujo is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Sparxx has managed to free his arm - good work.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Araujo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Araujo is aware though and is defending well.
Araujo won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Sparxx lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Araujo (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Araujo is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Araujo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Araujo is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx pushing down on Araujo's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Araujo gets back to full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Araujo is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Araujo (9) vs (4) Sparxx
Araujo slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Araujo (12) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Araujo wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Araujo tries for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Araujo works to advance to full mount. Sparxx defends for a few seconds but eventually he succumbs. Score +2 for reaching mount: Araujo (14) vs (4) Sparxx
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Araujo avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is refusing to be controlled, as Araujo sits in half guard.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Araujo is controlling well.
Araujo is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx moves into full guard.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Araujo is one step ahead there.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx working for a triangle but Araujo defends it easily.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Araujo tries to pass.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Araujo from controlling successfully.
Araujo wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx pulls Araujo in to control the position.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Araujo advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Araujo (17) vs (4) Sparxx
Araujo wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Sparxx, who protects the arm well.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Araujo trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Araujo is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Araujo keeps him under control.
Sparxx is pressing down on Araujo's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Araujo passes into half guard.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Araujo's head to control him but Araujo postures up.
Araujo prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Araujo wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Araujo is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Araujo is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Araujo is controlling well.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Araujo seems to be working for a kimura but Sparxx defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Araujo is working away from the top position though.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is working for an escape here. He's hooked one of Araujo's legs and he's managed to sneak out and take Araujo's back! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Araujo (17) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx tightening his grip on Araujo, looking for the choke.
Araujo rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
Araujo is working hard here to advance position.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx patiently working for the choke. Which fighter will keep their nerve here?
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Araujo is really stuck here.
Araujo wants to control his opponent's hands but Sparxx gets his hands free.
The crowd hopeful of a finish here - Sparxx's supporters are on their feet, screaming for him to go for the rear naked choke.
Sparxx working for a choke but Araujo is defending well.
Sparxx has his opponent's back and is working for the choke.
Sparxx is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Araujo trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Araujo tries to escape the position - he's now mounted. Is that better or worse? Hard to tell!
Araujo tries to control the position but Sparxx now has his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Araujo (17) vs (11) Sparxx
Sparxx keeps control of the position as Araujo tries to break free.
Araujo trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Araujo preventing the rear naked choke attempt from Sparxx.
Araujo trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Sparxx working for a choke but Araujo is defending well.
Sparxx is staying calm and holding on to the back position, whilst working on a rear naked choke. Araujo is defending well though. Sparxx let's go of the attempt for now.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Araujo tries to escape but Sparxx has the hooks in and won't let him break free.
Araujo just trying to survive but Sparxx is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Araujo tries to escape the position.
Sparxx is working hard for the rear naked choke here.
Sparxx is hanging on to Araujo's back as he tries to escape.
Sparxx tries to get the hooks in deep but Araujo pushed the leg off.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Araujo manages to reverse the position and now he's in Sparxx's guard. Nice work there by Araujo.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Araujo (19) vs (11) Sparxx
Araujo looking to pass the guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Araujo takes the fight on points by 19 to 11.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 26 (265+lbs, D1): Los Angeles Qualifier - Round 2
Date: Oct 18, 2019 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1475 p4p, 177 weight class) and Ren Naga-Wing (ranked 2639 p4p, 267 weight class). Sparxx comes to the cage accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Ren Naga-Wing is the more experienced fighter, so let's see if that makes a difference tonight.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 14 wins and 9 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 9 losses; Ren Naga-Wing!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Frank Antenori and Jack Bonds.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in and bounces Naga-Wing off the cage to secure the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Naga-Wing
Sparxx drops back, looking for a kneebar! Naga-Wing looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Naga-Wing looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Naga-Wing! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (2) vs (4) Naga-Wing
Naga-Wing is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Naga-Wing is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Naga-Wing wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Naga-Wing is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx moves into full guard.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx looking for subs off his back but Naga-Wing has passed one foot through into half guard.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Naga-Wing can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx has a butterfly guard looking to sweep but Naga-Wing has passed into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (7) Naga-Wing
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Naga-Wing keeps moving and retains side control.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Naga-Wing is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Naga-Wing trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Naga-Wing working away.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to bench press Naga-Wing off him but Naga-Wing keeps the position.
Naga-Wing trying to control the position but Sparxx is working away.
Sparxx wants to control but Naga-Wing postures up.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Naga-Wing's best efforts.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard but Naga-Wing has passed into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (10) Naga-Wing
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Naga-Wing is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (13) Naga-Wing
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx gets back to half guard.
Sparxx is looking to control Naga-Wing's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Naga-Wing wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Naga-Wing stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Naga-Wing wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing drops back, looking for a kneebar! Sparxx looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Sparxx looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Sparxx! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (6) vs (13) Naga-Wing
Sparxx swings around for an armbar but Naga-Wing sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (15) Naga-Wing
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx working for submissions but it's allowed Naga-Wing to get to half guard.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to hit a switch here but Naga-Wing passes into full mount! Oh no, disaster for Sparxx there! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (6) vs (18) Naga-Wing
Sparxx keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
Sparxx looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (6) vs (21) Naga-Wing
Sparxx trying to control the position but Naga-Wing manages to sink in the hooks.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Naga-Wing trying to secure his dominant position for a moment - making sure Sparxx doesn't escape.
Naga-Wing is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Sparxx tries to roll but Naga-Wing sticks to his back.
Naga-Wing is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Sparxx knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Sparxx for a finish.
Naga-Wing is working for a rear naked choke. Sparxx is not defending it well and Naga-Wing has tightened it up quickly! This could be all over! Sparxx refuses to tap and goes to sleep, forcing the referee to intervene. A little trickle of blood came out of Sparxx's nose as his head slumped to the floor. That is naaaasty!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 11:58 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Ren Naga-Wing!
A relieved looking Ren Naga-Wing thanked the fans for their support and gave the usual line about them being amazing. They seemed to believe that he actually meant it.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 26 (265+lbs, D1): Los Angeles Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Oct 17, 2019 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tsuyoi Kakuto (ranked 1402 p4p, 194 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1470 p4p, 176 weight class). Kakuto comes into the arena with Gorillaz-Dirty Harry blaring out of the sound system. Sparxx is bobbing his head along to his entrance song: Thug Life - Lugz. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the cage.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 2 losses; Tsuyoi Kakuto! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 13 wins and 9 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Frank Antenori, Timothy Bukovac and Percy O'Donnell.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx shoots in with a takedown attempt and he has Kakuto pinned against the cage. Kakuto gets the underhooks and manages to circle away.
Kakuto stuffs the takedown attempt from Sparxx. Sparxx gets slowly back to his feet.
Kakuto dives in for a single leg takedown but Sparxx sprawls and the fighters end up clinched against the cage.
Kakuto forces Sparxx back against the cage and clinches.
We've been hearing reports that Kakuto has been drilling takedowns in recent sessions so let's see if that has an impact on the result of this fight.
Sparxx drops down for a takedown but doesn't get it.
Tsuyoi Kakuto has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Kakuto gets control of Sparxx's arms and successfully pulls guard. Kakuto will no doubt be looking for submissions off his back.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Kakuto not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Kakuto trying to control the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Kakuto is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Kakuto looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Kakuto is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Kakuto looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Kakuto keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Kakuto swivels though and keeps the full guard.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Kakuto is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Kakuto has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Kakuto controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
Kakuto is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx passes Kakuto's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Kakuto is looking to get full guard. It looks like he might be successful but at the last minute Sparxx jumps into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Kakuto (0) vs (3) Sparxx
That's three minutes gone in the round.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
Kakuto is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Kakuto, who protects the arm well.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Kakuto manages to regain guard - a lesson learnt for Sparxx.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Kakuto working for a triangle but Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Kakuto keeps moving.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx passes Kakuto's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Sparxx prevents Kakuto from improving his position.
Sparxx wants to control but Kakuto is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Kakuto defends it well.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Kakuto is defending well.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura. This could be trouble! No, Kakuto has managed to free his arm - good work.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to advance position but Kakuto counters by regaining guard.
Kakuto looking for a sweep. Not yet Kakuto, not yet.
Kakuto is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Kakuto is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx drops back for a leg here. A bit of a high risk move... He's looking for a kneebar by the looks of things. Now both of them are looking for submissions. Sparxx seems to have locked his on tight now - Kakuto screams in pain and taps out furiously! It certainly was a high risk move but it's paid off for Sparxx, as he picks up the win!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kneebar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx decided to go for the less than humble approach in his post fight interview, telling everyone how he is going to conquer the world. The crowd seemed to like it when really that sort of approach could have gone either way.
Tsuyoi Kakuto was interviewed post fight and said '今日は私が勝てないと神は私に言った
Kyō wa watashi ga katenaito kami wa watashi ni itta (God Told Me I cannot Win today) しかし、明日はいつ'. |
|
|
|
Event:
NSC ADCC TRIALS 4
Date: Sep 06, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1428 p4p, 173 weight class) and Pele Ronaldo (ranked 3777 p4p, 345 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 12 wins and 9 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 3 losses; Pele Ronaldo!
The judges for this bout are Roosa Järviläinen, Tarja Halkonen and Marco Blurström.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx feints and as Ronaldo raises his hands in defense, Sparxx changes levels and drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Ronaldo
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Ronaldo keeps moving.
Ronaldo working for submissions but it's allowed Sparxx to get to half guard.
Sparxx is working for a kimura but Ronaldo is defending it quite comfortably.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Ronaldo defending well.
Sparxx is working for a submission of some sort.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Ronaldo has no desire to be mounted, so is trying to control. Sparxx is working away from the top position though.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Ronaldo is controlling Sparxx's trapped leg to prevent Sparxx from advancing to side control.
Ronaldo looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Ronaldo manages to get to full guard.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Ronaldo looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Ronaldo looking to control.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Ronaldo looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Ronaldo is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Ronaldo manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Ronaldo's guard.
Ronaldo working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx controls from within his opponent's guard.
Ronaldo told us pre-fight that he has been working on his escapes in training. Let's see if he can call on some of his new skills to get back to his feet.
Sparxx trying to control but Ronaldo is working from the bottom.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Ronaldo is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Ronaldo had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ronaldo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Ronaldo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Ronaldo looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ronaldo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Ronaldo is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Ronaldo has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx's corner is telling him to maintain position.
Ronaldo is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Sparxx trying to control but Ronaldo is working from the bottom.
Ronaldo working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Ronaldo is retaining full guard.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ronaldo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Ronaldo is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Ronaldo manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Ronaldo's guard.
Ronaldo tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Ronaldo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is really struggling to control Ronaldo but he's trying to hold on to the position.
Ronaldo is controlling Sparxx's posture.
Ronaldo working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Ronaldo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Ronaldo is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Ronaldo can't keep his opponent in guard - Sparxx advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Sparxx in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx prevents Ronaldo from improving his position.
Ronaldo is staying active underneath Sparxx, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Ronaldo sees it coming and defends easily.
Ronaldo wants to get back to full guard.
Ronaldo is pressing down on Sparxx's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Ronaldo keeps moving.
Ronaldo looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Ronaldo throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Ronaldo is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Ronaldo had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Ronaldo keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Ronaldo throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Sparxx escapes and throws Ronaldo's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (5) vs (0) Ronaldo
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Sparxx has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
Sparxx wants to control but Ronaldo is keeping him busy.
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
Ronaldo is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
You can see the frustration on Ronaldo's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx wants to lay and pray for a moment but Ronaldo keeps working.
Ronaldo is looking to regain half guard here but Sparxx keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Ronaldo is defending well.
A bit of a lull in the action. I'm sure it will pick up again soon... even if the ref has to physically pick them up and put them back on their feet.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Ronaldo is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx wants to control but Ronaldo is keeping him busy.
Ronaldo gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Ronaldo is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Ronaldo is looking to control Sparxx's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Ronaldo avoid being mounted?
Sparxx trying to control the action but Ronaldo is working from the bottom.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Ronaldo wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
Ronaldo regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Ronaldo has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Ronaldo's legs - danger averted.
Ronaldo has an omoplata and is looking to use it perhaps as a submission or perhaps to transition. Sparxx is in a bit of discomfort here, but he's managed to free himself and has dived into side control! That didn't work out too well for Ronaldo. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (8) vs (0) Ronaldo
Ronaldo is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Ronaldo is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx trying to control the position but Ronaldo is working away.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 8 to 0.
After the big win, Tyrone Sparxx made sure to do all the important stuff like thanking his sponsors FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!) and telling the interviewer how much he loves him. |
|
|
|
Event:
NSC ADCC TRIALS 2
Date: Aug 23, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Ren Naga-Wing (ranked 1964 p4p, 223 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1385 p4p, 175 weight class). Sparxx is bobbing his head along to his entrance song: Thug Life - Lugz. Ren Naga-Wing has the edge in experience - let's see if he can make that count tonight.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 8 losses; Ren Naga-Wing! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 11 wins and 9 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Arvi Lind, Matti Vanhoillinen and Johanna Lukiainen.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Naga-Wing takes the fight into the clinch.
Sparxx gets a trip takedown into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx controlling the action here.
Naga-Wing is refusing to be controlled, as Sparxx sits in half guard.
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Naga-Wing doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Naga-Wing defends it well.
That's one minute gone in the round.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Naga-Wing trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Naga-Wing is positioning himself well to prevent Sparxx advancing to mount.
Sparxx wants to control but Naga-Wing is keeping him busy.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is just content to waste time from the top position. Naga-Wing takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Naga-Wing is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Naga-Wing gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Naga-Wing can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Naga-Wing is one step ahead there.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing advances to half guard.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Sparxx working for a triangle but Naga-Wing defends it easily.
Naga-Wing trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing slips effortlessly into side control - very nice. Score +3 for passing guard: Naga-Wing (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to improve his position.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx is not content to let Naga-Wing control the position.
Naga-Wing happy to just control the position for now.
Naga-Wing wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Naga-Wing trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (5) vs (4) Sparxx
Naga-Wing tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Naga-Wing trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is trying to work for a kimura but Naga-Wing is defending well.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing tries to roll over but Sparxx keeps him under control.
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Naga-Wing wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Sparxx is actively looking for submissions here but good counter grappling here from Naga-Wing as he works his way to full guard.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Naga-Wing keeps moving.
Naga-Wing is trying to control the position but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Naga-Wing keeps moving.
Naga-Wing is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Naga-Wing is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Naga-Wing is pulling down on Sparxx's head. It's preventing any offense from Sparxx, at least for the moment.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Naga-Wing gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (7) vs (4) Sparxx
Naga-Wing controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Naga-Wing stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Naga-Wing avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Naga-Wing trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Naga-Wing wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Naga-Wing passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Naga-Wing works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Naga-Wing (10) vs (4) Sparxx
Naga-Wing trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx tries to hold on but Naga-Wing postures up.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing trying to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Naga-Wing's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx is desperately trying to improve his position but Naga-Wing has a good base and remains in mount.
Naga-Wing trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx wants to improve position but instead he's given up his back. Score +3 for taking back: Naga-Wing (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to break free.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Naga-Wing working for a choke but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx is really stuck here.
Naga-Wing working for a RNC but it's not happening just yet.
Naga-Wing doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (13) vs (6) Sparxx
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is stalling in the full guard.
Naga-Wing keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx looking to sit in guard and control but Naga-Wing gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Naga-Wing (15) vs (6) Sparxx
Naga-Wing preventing the sweep.
Naga-Wing trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Naga-Wing is one step ahead there.
Sparxx has thrown up a leg looking for a triangle. Naga-Wing doesn't defend quickly enough and Sparxx has managed to lock this one up! Can Naga-Wing escape?! NO! He's tapping out! Damn, that was a quick submission - congrats to Sparxx on a fantastic submission victory.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 14:31 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx took to the microphone after his victory and thanked his sponsors, FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!) for their support in the buildup to the fight. |
|
|
|
Event:
NSC ADCC TRIALS 1
Date: Aug 16, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1361 p4p, 171 weight class) and Frank Rucco (ranked 22069 p4p, 510 weight class). Sparxx comes to the ring accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the ring.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 9 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Hilo, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Frank Rucco!
The judges for this bout are Arvi Lind, Ben Zyskovitsi and Matti Vanhoillinen.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Excellent takedown into side control there by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Rucco
Rucco is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx controlling from side mount.
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Rucco is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Rucco knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Sparxx moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Sparxx has hold of Rucco's arm. He's looking for a kimura. Rucco seems comfortable defending it but Sparxx has shifted his position slighty and is cranking on the arm! Rucco is real pain and he's forced to tap out! Rucco is disgusted with himself for not defending it better but Sparxx couldn't care less - he's delighted!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:44 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx really struggled to get his t-shirt on before his hand was raised. Making sure that FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!) logo gets some air time is pretty tricky when you're all sweaty. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 25 (265lbs, D1): London Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Jul 26, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Alejandro Scott (ranked 2146 p4p, 265 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1360 p4p, 0 weight class). Scott comes to the cage accompanied by Alejandro - Lady Gaga. Sparxx is bouncing up and down as he enters the arena, backed by Thug Life - Lugz. Tyrone Sparxx is staring across the cage at his opponent, tweaking his nipples.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Helsinki, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 2 losses; Alejandro Scott! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 8 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Richard Clark, Phil Schofield and Andrew Berry.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
No luck with that takedown attempt from Scott.
Sparxx drives through with a takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Scott (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but Scott is working from the bottom.
Scott is looking for a triangle but Sparxx pushes his legs off easily.
Scott controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Scott is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Scott is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Scott looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Sparxx's corner are shouting for him to control the position and he seems happy to oblige.
Sparxx is fighting to break Scott's control of his arms but Scott is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Scott has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Scott's legs - danger averted.
Scott is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Scott keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Scott slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Scott (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Scott pushes his legs off easily.
Scott postures up.
Sparxx looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Scott has picked Sparxx up and slammed him! Sparxx can't keep hold of the triangle and Scott manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Scott (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Scott thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Scott is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Scott wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Scott is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Sparxx is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Scott goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Sparxx has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Scott but great work by Sparxx. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Scott (5) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to land an Americana. He has the arm isolated but Scott is keeping cool and he's avoided the danger for now.
Scott manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Scott (7) vs (6) Sparxx
Scott prevents Sparxx from improving his position.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx wants to control but Scott is keeping busy.
Scott trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Scott is controlling well.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Scott is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Scott to get the leverage.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Scott is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Scott keeps him under control.
Sparxx with the active half guard here but Scott passes nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Scott (10) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Scott tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Scott tries for a kimura. Not really close to a finish though.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Scott working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Scott wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Scott tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Scott has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
Scott tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Scott has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
Scott is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Scott working away.
Scott wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Sparxx, who protects the arm well.
Sparxx trying to control but Scott flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Scott (13) vs (6) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Scott won't let him.
Sparxx is trying to avoid being dragged into an even worse position than he's already in but Scott is staying active.
Scott has got one arm under Sparxx's chin. This could be trouble... Sparxx trying to control the other hand but Scott gets it free and sqeezes tight - just a matter of time now! Yep, Sparxx has tapped out! The fight is over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 11:57 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Alejandro Scott!
Alejandro Scott really struggled to get his t-shirt on before his hand was raised. Making sure that Groove Gear logo gets some air time is pretty tricky when you're all sweaty.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WVTSW S01 WK5B
Date: Jul 07, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1366 p4p, 164 weight class) and Helio Kimura (ranked 11212 p4p, 460 weight class). Sparxx comes to the cage accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 7 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of New York, with a TWGC record of 23 wins and 18 losses; Helio Kimura!
The judges for this bout are Wesley Smith, Cecil Peabody and Stewart Dunkirk.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in looking for a takedown. Kimura tries to sprawl out of it but Sparxx keeps driving through. The fighters are pinned against the cage. Kimura manages to get underhooks and after a bit of a struggle, circles away and we're back to standing.
Kimura clinches up with Sparxx and pushes him back against the cage.
Sparxx turns his hips and lands a very nice judo throw into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (0) Kimura
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Kimura is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx controls the position from side control.
Kimura is looking for a sweep.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control but Kimura is keeping him busy.
Sparxx is trying to get an arm triangle but Kimura is defending well.
Sparxx tries to cartwheel into mount but he doesn't manage it.
Sparxx goes for an armbar here - this could be all over! But no, Kimura has escaped beautifully and is now on top in side control! Oh, that's unlucky for Sparxx but great work by Kimura. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Kimura
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Kimura content to control the pace. The referee will try and keep them active though.
Sparxx tries to bench press Kimura off him but Kimura keeps the position.
Kimura controls the position.
It looks like Kimura might be adopting somewhat of a lay and pray gameplan here, which I'm sure won't go down too well with the paying fans in attendance... Or the ring announcers come to think of it.
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Kimura wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Sparxx is working hard here to advance position.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Kimura is moving around in side control but his primary objective seems to be to maintain the position.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Kimura is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is moving his hips around well on the bottom and has managed to get back to half guard.
Kimura controlling the pace.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx is pressing down on Kimura's left leg trying to get back to full guard. He's managed it.
Sparxx is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at 3Band MMA ($800/week) that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Kimura gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Kimura is stalling in the full guard.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx working away from the bottom but not quite defensive enough there because Kimura has passed into half guard!
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Kimura is pressing down on Sparxx's thigh, looking to free his foot. Sparxx is holding on for now.
Sparxx is looking to control Kimura's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Kimura performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
Sparxx looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Kimura has picked Sparxx up and slammed him! Sparxx can't keep hold of the triangle and Kimura manages to pass to side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (7) Kimura
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control but Kimura postures up.
Kimura moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Kimura sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Kimura stopping the sweep attempt from Sparxx.
Sparxx looking for subs off his back but Kimura has passed one foot through into half guard.
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Sparxx.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to sweep but instead, Kimura has passed into half guard.
Kimura not doing much here.
Kimura frees up his trapped foot and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (10) Kimura
Kimura avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is wriggling around trying to escape.
Kimura controlling from mount.
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Kimura has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (4) vs (13) Kimura
I really don't envy Sparxx right now.
Kimura doesn't have the hooks in and Sparxx manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (13) Kimura
Sparxx drops back for a leg but he's not going to get it - he lets go and Kimura dives on top into guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (15) Kimura
Sparxx can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Kimura controls the pace.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Kimura is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Kimura pushes down on Sparxx's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control but Kimura passes into side control!
Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (6) vs (18) Kimura
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
A lull in the action here.
Kimura is continuing to stall.
Well,Sparxx is on his way to losing a decision here. Can he use his experience to pull something off in the closing minutes?
Sparxx is positioning himself to get back to half guard.
Sparxx struggling a bit here.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Kimura controls the position.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Kimura keeps moving and retains side control.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx is trying to maintain the position but Kimura is very close to passing his half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Kimura is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Kimura has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (6) vs (21) Kimura
Sparxx is trying to escape the mount.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Kimura content just to control the position here.
Sparxx bucks up and manages to get a nice reversal! He's in guard on the top - nicely done! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (21) Kimura
Sparxx trying to control but Kimura is working from the bottom.
Kimura looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Kimura has his hands on Sparxx's head, controlling the position.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
And that's the end of the fight!
Kimura wins on points by 21 to 8.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
WVTSW S01 WK4B
Date: Jul 01, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1369 p4p, 151 weight class) and Diyorbek Nurudinov (ranked 2575 p4p, 238 weight class). Sparxx comes into the arena with Thug Life - Lugz blaring out of the sound system. Both fighters will be looking to make this an exciting fight for the fans, I'm sure!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 9 wins and 7 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 2 losses; Diyorbek Nurudinov!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Franklin, Stewart Dunkirk and Robert Twigg.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Nurudinov darts in looking for a takedown but Sparxx gets double underhooks and turns Nurudinov into the ropes.
Sparxx misses with a takedown attempt - Nurudinov sprawls well and throws a nice strike on the way out which just misses.
Nurudinov darts in and clinches Sparxx up against the ropes.
Sparxx wants a takedown.
Nurudinov turns his hips and lands a very nice judo throw into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Sparxx (0) vs (4) Nurudinov
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Nurudinov really doesn't want to stay on the ground with Sparxx. If he can't get it back to his feet, it's only a matter of time before he'll be tapping out.
Nurudinov is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx is in a tricky position. We've heard reports from his gym mates at 3Band MMA ($800/week) that he's been drilling escapes, so let's see if he can get back to his feet.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Nurudinov is aware though and is defending well.
Nurudinov is looking to advance position but Sparxx has hit a scissor sweep - now he's on top in mount! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (4) Nurudinov
Sparxx has control of Nurudinov's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Nurudinov regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Nurudinov can't escape the position.
Sparxx tries to control but Nurudinov wriggling away.
We get told so often about how wrestlers don't like to be on their backs. Let's see if Nurudinov can do anything to dispel that myth.
Nurudinov can't escape the position.
Nurudinov is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Nurudinov tries to reverse the position but Sparxx maintains control.
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Sparxx is trying to take his opponent's back.
Nurudinov keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Nurudinov to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Nurudinov shrugs it off.
Nurudinov is wriggling around trying to escape.
Nurudinov is squirming around, avoiding Sparxx's attempts to control the action.
Sparxx has hold of an arm here, looking to extend it. He's committed to the armbar attempt here! Will he get it?! Yes! Nurudinov is forced to tap!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:55 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx managed to slip a mention for his sponsors, FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!), into his post fight interview. |
|
|
|
Event:
WVTSW S01 WK2B
Date: Jun 16, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1370 p4p, 153 weight class) and Ushat Belov (ranked 3011 p4p, 281 weight class). Sparxx comes to the cage accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. I can't wait for this one - let's get the fighter introductions out of the way and get this one started!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 7 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Ushat Belov!
The judges for this bout are Wesley Smith, Cecil Peabody and Gwen Towbar.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx dives in and grabs Belov's left leg, looking for a takedown. Belov pushes down on Sparxx's head and hops out.
Belov wants to counter with a clinch but Sparxx pushes him away.
Belov moves into the clinch successfully.
Belov jumps guard and drags Sparxx to the mat. He's obviously going to be looking for submissions off his back.
Belov wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Belov trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Belov looking to hit a scissor sweep but Sparxx is one step ahead there.
Sparxx trying to control but Belov is working from the bottom.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Belov is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Belov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Belov had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Belov swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Belov has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Belov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Belov is defending well.
Sparxx is just sitting in half guard, waiting for something to happen.
The fighters are battling for position here. Belov manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Belov is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Sparxx has been talking about how he's improved his wrestling in the run up to the fight so let's see if that's enough to sway the balance.
Belov keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Belov has been taking part in the yoga sessions down at DOG HOUSE!!. Presumably he's going to look for a slick submission... Or maybe he's looking to avoid one.
Belov looking for a sweep. Not yet Belov, not yet.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Belov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Belov working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Belov keeps moving.
Sparxx seems content to control from guard here. He's going to have to remain active though if he doesn't want to get stood back up.
Belov is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx pushes down on Belov's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Belov has a hand on Sparxx's thigh, trying to get back to full guard. Sparxx takes advantage of the position though and mounts him! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (3) vs (0) Belov
Sparxx wants to control the pace but Belov is squirming around nicely.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Belov to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Belov shrugs it off.
Sparxx trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Belov is working to get back to half guard.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now.
Sparxx is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Belov to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Belov shrugs it off.
Belov is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx tries to control but Belov wriggling away.
Belov is trying to escape the mount.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Belov is still trying to improve position.
Sparxx trying to control but Belov is having none of it.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is working for a guillotine from mount but Belov frees his head quite easily.
Belov tries to hold on but Sparxx postures up.
Belov is desperately trying to improve his position but Sparxx has a good base and remains in mount.
Sparxx pushing the pace here, looking to move to his opponents back and work for a finish.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Belov is wriggling around here but as he tries to escape, Sparxx has taken his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (6) vs (0) Belov
Belov rolls, trying to escape but Sparxx keeps control of the position.
Belov is keeping busy.
Belov showing good submission defense here.
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is remaining active here, looking for the choke. The more discerning members of the crowd will appreciate his efforts.
Belov looks to control his opponent's hands but he's not mananging it at the moment.
Belov breaks Sparxx's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (2) Belov
Belov wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Belov wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Belov can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Belov trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Belov is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Belov manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (8) vs (2) Belov
Sparxx thinks about going for a leg but decides against it, in order to maintain the position.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Belov swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Belov throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx forces his way into half guard.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Belov wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura here.
Belov is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx performing his best blanket impression for a moment.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Belov does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Belov defends it well.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Belov gets full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Belov is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Belov is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Belov working a defensive guard here.
Belov is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Belov keeps moving.
Sparxx won't allow Belov to sweep him here.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx pushing down on Belov's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Belov is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
Belov preventing any damage for now, controlling his opponent's head.
Sparxx is looking to advance position but Belov won't allow it.
Sparxx is trying to control. Belov wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Belov is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Belov is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Sparxx pulls his head out easily.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Belov looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Belov is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Belov defends the submission attempt.
Belov is looking for a sweep. Sparxx is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Belov is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.
Sparxx passes to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (11) vs (2) Belov
Belov is in all sorts of trouble here.
Sparxx looks like he's working for a submission but he's not found anything just yet.
Belov is wriggling around trying to escape.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to control but Belov wriggling away.
Sparxx controlling the position easily from mount.
Belov is desperately trying to get back to half guard.
Sparxx is working on an americana here. Ooh, that looks pretty nasty! Nope, Belov has managed to escape the submission attempt.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control but Belov is having none of it.
Belov regains half guard.
Sparxx wants to free his trapped foot but Belov is holding on for dear life with his legs.
Belov trying to control from the bottom.
Sparxx is thinking about going for an arm triangle but he can't free his leg.
Belov wants to get back to full guard.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Belov doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
Sparxx is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Belov is just riding it out for now. Sparxx eventually gives up the hold.
And that's the end of the fight!
Sparxx takes the fight on points by 11 to 2.
Jumping up and down and very excited, Tyrone Sparxx waved his t-shirt featuring FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!)'s logo in front of the cameras. |
|
|
|
Event:
WVTSW S01 WK1B
Date: Jun 09, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Cajun Puto (ranked 22013 p4p, 425 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 1339 p4p, 151 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music, which hasn't gone down very well with the crowd. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 10 wins and 5 losses; Cajun Puto! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 7 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Alan Glass, Daniel Franklin and Wesley Smith.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
A really sloppy takedown attempt there from Puto.
Puto looking to shoot here. He's gone for it and he's landed a takedown into side control! Oh, that's bad for Sparxx! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Puto (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Puto is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Sparxx knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Puto keeps moving and retains side control.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face as Puto controls the position.
Sparxx gets one leg under and gets the fight to half guard.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Puto is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to control Puto's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Puto wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Puto trying to control from half guard but Sparxx is working away.
Puto passes the guard and advances to mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Puto (7) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx really trying hard to get back to half guard here.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Puto can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Sparxx told us pre-fight that he has been working on his escapes in training. Let's see if he can call on some of his new skills to get back to his feet.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Puto takes his opponent's back. Perhaps a chance to lock up a rear naked choke here.
Score +3 for taking back: Puto (10) vs (0) Sparxx
Puto has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Sparxx has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx breaks Puto's hooks off and manages to turn into his guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Puto (10) vs (2) Sparxx
Puto had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Puto keeps moving.
Sparxx is in a good position here but he's just trying to control... And he's not even managing to do that successfully.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Puto.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Puto is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Puto manages to sweep nicely, so he's now on top. Sparxx manages to get himself to full guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Puto (12) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Puto from controlling successfully.
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Puto pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Puto from controlling successfully.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Puto forces his way into half guard.
Puto tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
Puto trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Puto tries to pass.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Puto pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Puto sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Puto is controlling the pace.
Puto is trying to improve position by moving to mount. Sparxx has hold of his neck though and manages to move into guard! All of a sudden, Puto is in a lot of trouble! Sparxx is straining to finish and he's done it! Puto taps out! Amazing!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 6:51 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
After the big win, Tyrone Sparxx made sure to do all the important stuff like thanking his sponsors FinnFighter Nutrition (Five 160Q supps!) and telling the interviewer how much he loves him. |
|
|
|
Event:
Legacy
Date: May 18, 2019 |
#R1##TD#
Sparxx gets the takedown into side control.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Mulligan is working from the bottom.
Mulligan can't do much from the bottom here.
Sparxx throws a strike aimed at the side of Mulligan's head but Mulligan avoids it well.#SUB#
Sparxx working hard here to secure a kimura but he's not really in the right position for it.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.#SUB#
Sparxx wants to work for a kimura but he's foiled early by Mulligan, who protects the arm well.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Mulligan can't do much from the bottom here.
Mulligan is sneaking out the side here. He's bucked Sparxx off and has taken his back!#T1#
Will Mulligan go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Sparxx definitely looks more muscular than last time we saw him fight.
Sparxx trying to control the hands but Mulligan breaks the grip.
Sparxx turns into Mulligan and is now in his guard.
Mulligan is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Mulligan is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx stays in close to Mulligan's body and controls the position.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Mulligan keeps moving.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Mulligan is on top in guard.
#REVB#
The fighters are going at a pretty good pace and they're both starting to sweat now.
Mulligan throwing shots from guard but he's hitting more mat than opponent. #T2#
Mulligan wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Mulligan looking to pass the guard.
Mulligan slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard. #SUB#
Mulligan is posturing up here but Sparxx has hold of an arm and he's gone for an armbar! Mulligan tries to roll out but it's too tight and Mulligan has to tap! Slick submission there by Sparxx!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:45 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx took to the microphone after his victory and thanked his sponsors, Garra Nutri for their support in the buildup to the fight.
|
|
|
|
Event:
NSC 20: Chaelsson vs Pinochet
Date: May 07, 2019 |
#R1#
Sparxx takes a jab on the nose there. A little bit of blood seems to be coming out. Hopefully that won't affect his breathing.
#CL#
Huge gets to the clinch - let's see what his plan is here.
Huge is trying to stall.
#TD#
Huge has moved round to his opponent's back and is looking for a suplex! Oh snap! He's tossed Sparxx clear over his head and slammed him to the mat!
Sparxx is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
Sparxx just trying to survive but Huge is wriggling into a better position, looking to finish.
Huge knows he needs to get back to his feet asap. He's simply no match for Sparxx on the ground.
Huge trying desperately to keep hold of the dominant position.
Sparxx turns into Huge and is now in his guard.
The crowd are loving this. Great action here.
Sparxx pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Huge is keeping the position for now.
Huge controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself. #T1#
Sparxx stands up over Huge, holding his feet. He dives back in and lands a decent shot to the head.
Huge wants to stand and escape but Sparxx is having none of it. #SUB#
Huge is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Huge can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx trying to control but Huge is working from the bottom.
Sparxx engaging in some classic timewasting tactics.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.#SUB2#
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Huge is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Huge manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Huge's guard. #T2#
The crowd are getting on the fighters' backs, as the pace has dropped off in the last minute or so.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Huge is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Sparxx working from the guard for now, landing some ground and pound.
Huge controls Sparxx momentarily but Sparxx frees himself.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Huge is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
The crowd thankful this round is nearly over.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet. #SUB#
Huge looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
And that’s the end of the round – the fighters go back to their corners.
Tony Huge dominated that round.
That's time! Back to the action!
#R2##TD#
Huge looks for a takedown. He's got it. We're now in half guard.
Huge is really dominating this fight. Is there anything that Sparxx can do to turn this around?#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.#SUB#
Huge is looking for a kimura here.
#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Huge is looking to stall here but Sparxx recovers full guard. #SUB2#
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
#T1##SUB2#
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Huge pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx looks more muscular than last time we saw him. He must have been on the weights.#SUB2#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Huge defends easily.
#SUB2#
Sparxx is looking to cinch up a triangle. Huge throws the leg off to one side though and gets in tight to Sparxx's body to avoid the submission. Sparxx has instead reached around Huge's neck and now has a guillotine! Oh, this is biiiig trouble! Sparxx arches his back and squeezes and forces the tap from his hapless opponent.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:40 of round 2, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx really struggled to get his t-shirt on before his hand was raised. Making sure that Garra Nutri logo gets some air time is pretty tricky when you're all sweaty.
Tony Huge spoke after the fight, saying 'Hey maaann'.
|
|
|
|
Event:
NSC 13: Maximus vs Hop
Date: Apr 09, 2019 |
#R1#
Rayburn scores to the head and body with a nice combination!#CL#
Sparxx instigates a clinch. #TD2#
Rayburn has Sparxx pressed up against the ropes. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Rayburn pulls back from the ropes and twists to the side, sending Sparxx tumbling to the mat - Rayburn dives into Sparxx's guard.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Rayburn defends easily.
#SUB#
Rayburn is sitting in close to Sparxx's body. Sparxx has gone for a guillotine from the bottom. Oh damn, that looks pretty tight! Rayburn is panicking - it looks like this one could be all over! Yes, Rayburn is tapping! That was a very nice submission by Sparxx.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:36 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Garra Nutri in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales).
|
|
|
|
Event:
NSC 9: Maximus vs Torres
Date: Mar 26, 2019 |
#R1##TD#
Sparxx throws a loose over hand right and dives in with a double leg takedown. Angelo tries to sprawl but it's too late and the fighters hit the mat. Sparxx is in Angelo's guard.#SUB2#
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Angelo has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Angelo's legs - danger averted.
Sparxx won't allow Angelo to sweep him here.
Sparxx throws a big right hand that misses. #SUB2#
Angelo looks to be working for a triangle here. Oh, it looks like he might have it! Sparxx has picked Angelo up and slammed him! Angelo can't keep hold of the triangle and Sparxx manages to pass to side control!
Sparxx avoids the strikes from the bottom by Angelo.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
A lull in the action here.
Angelo tries to improve position but can't.
Angelo is trying to control Sparxx's posture but Sparxx avoids it.
Sparxx gets to mount! Angelo was on the offensive and wasn't defending properly.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Angelo is trying desperately to improve position.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.#T1#
Sparxx can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Angelo is looking to escape.
Angelo is trying to escape the mount.
#SUB#
Sparxx has control of Angelo's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Angelo regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Sparxx lands a big shot there that rocks Angelo but he's holding on and managing to survive for now.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
Sparxx connects with a couple of good shots from mount.
Angelo wants to control but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx lands a heavy elbow. #T2#
Sparxx looking to control and managing it successfully.
Sparxx connects with a couple of good shots from mount.
Angelo keeping his composure momentarily, calmly looking to get back to half guard.
Sparxx has been looking to land a fair amount of strikes on the ground. He might be looking to soften his opponent up in order to work for a submission.#SUB#
Sparxx is working for a guillotine from mount but Angelo frees his head quite easily.
Sparxx landing strikes from the mount.
The crowd cheering loudly, showing their appreciation for the quality fight we're seeing here.
Sparxx controlling the pace for now. #SUB#
Sparxx looking to secure an arm triangle but Angelo defends it well.
Angelo is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
And that’s the end of the round – the fighters go back to their corners.
Tyrone Sparxx dominated that round.
That's the end of the round. The referee orders the cornermen out of the ring so we can get back down to business.
#R2##TD2#
Angelo drops down and drives through with a powerful takedown into guard.#SUB#
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx is really dominating this fight. Is there anything that Angelo can do to turn this around?
Angelo throwing strikes but missing.
Angelo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Angelo scores with a decent looking elbow strike.
Angelo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Sparxx preventing the ground and pound from doing any damage.
Angelo must be cautious of submissions here, given that his opponent has the superior Jiu Jitsu.#SUB#
Sparxx has his foot on Angelo's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Angelo works his way back into a safe position though.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.#SUB#
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Angelo gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Sparxx is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.#SUB#
Sparxx working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Angelo doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Angelo manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem. #T1#
Hammerfist, elbow! yells Angelo's corner. There ya go! There ya go!
Angelo postures up.
Angelo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard.
Angelo throws a big elbow that misses.
Angelo trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #SUB#
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
#SUB#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Angelo can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Angelo pushes his legs off easily.
Angelo wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.#T2##SUB#
Sparxx working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Angelo doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Angelo manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem. #SUB#
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Angelo defends well.
Angelo stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard. #SUB#
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Angelo throws a big elbow that misses.
The crowd thankful this round is nearly over.
Angelo tries to free his leg and advance position but Sparxx is retaining full guard. #SUB#
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Angelo can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Angelo trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
And that’s the end of the round – the fighters go back to their corners.
A close second round but Thomas Angelo will probably get the nod - 10:9.
The fighters get back to their feet, the hooter sounds and we're back to the action! This is the final round!
#R3##TD#
Sparxx shoots in from a long way out. He's driving through with the takedown attempt and he eventually gets it, landing in Angelo's guard.#SUB2#
Angelo has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Angelo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can. #SUB2#
Angelo is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Angelo trying to keep a closed guard but Sparxx is proving a slippery customer.
Angelo is the more experienced fighter here and he's going to need to draw on some of that experience if he's going to pull this one out the bag.#SUB2#
Angelo is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Sparxx defends well.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Angelo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Angelo is working an open guard here, looking to improve his position. No doubt that will leave him open to counters but at least he's being more offensive.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Angelo is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Angelo being controlled here, momentarily. #T1#
Angelo is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx trying to control but Angelo is working from the bottom. #SUB2#
Angelo working for submissions but it's allowed Sparxx to get to half guard.
#SUB2#
Angelo actively working from the bottom here.
Ground and pound from Sparxx.
Sparxx is looking to take a break and control but Angelo is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
Sparxx is thwarting Angelo's attempts to control the position.#T2#
Well. There's a bit of a lull in the action here and the crowd are starting to get restless.
Angelo is in trouble now - Sparxx has advanced to mount!
Sparxx looking to control but Angelo is working nicely, looking to advance position himself. #SUB#
Sparxx is going oldschool here, as he tries to force Angelo to tap using a forearm choke. This isn't 1993 though, so Angelo shrugs it off.
Thomas Angelo has stepped it up - he knows he needs a finish here!
Angelo is looking to improve his position but Sparxx isn't that keen on the idea.
Sparxx works his way to his opponent's back.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Sparxx keeps control of the position easily here as Angelo tries to buck him off.
Angelo is really stuck here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Tyrone Sparxx showed his dominance in that final round.
Well Sparxx has outscored his opponent in every aspect of the fight today. Only a scarily incompetent judge or two will keep him from a well deserved win... Over to the ring announcer for the scorecards.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3 rounds of action, we go to the scorecards for a decision.
Judge Arvi Lind scores the fight for Tyrone Sparxx!
Judge Johanna Lukiainen scores the fight for Tyrone Sparxx!
Judge Matti Vanhoillinen scores the fight for Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx wins by unanimous decision!
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Garra Nutri in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales).
Thomas Angelo spoke after the fight, saying 'This guy is good! But I know I am better than him!'.
|
|
|
|
Event:
ADWGC 2
Date: Feb 20, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Pablo Dominguez (ranked 16333 p4p, 501 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 4324 p4p, 410 weight class). Dominguez comes to the cage accompanied by Change by The Deftones. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. This should be a great matchup!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 21 wins and 5 losses; Pablo Dominguez! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 7 wins and 6 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Gregory Folan, Alec Ball and Dillan Fox.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
A momentary lapse in concentration from Sparxx enables Dominguez to shoot in and score with a neat double leg. Sparxx manages to secure a closed guard as the fighters hit the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Dominguez (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to sweep here but Dominguez controlling him for the moment.
Dominguez content to stall in guard here.
We've been hearing good reports from Dominguez's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Dominguez seems to have a rather negative gameplan on the ground. He seems keen to just score the takedown and hold down Sparxx for as long as he can get away with.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Dominguez passes Sparxx's left leg - he's now in half guard.
Dominguez is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
Dominguez controlling the action here.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control but Dominguez postures up.
Dominguez stalling.
Sparxx has found himself in a tricky position here. He's been working his transitions in training so let's see if he can work his way out of it.
Sparxx is looking to improve his position.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez content to control rather than advance.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez continues to stall.
Dominguez's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez works his way into full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Dominguez (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Dominguez tucks in and makes sure he doesn't lose the dominant position.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Further stalling from Dominguez.
If it seems like I'm not saying a lot, it's just because Dominguez is stinking the place up with his stalling.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez controlling the position easily from mount.
Sparxx tries to reverse the position but Dominguez maintains control.
Dominguez controlling his opponent.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
More hug and hope from Dominguez.
Sparxx wants to hold on but Dominguez pushes him away.
Dominguez controlling the position easily from mount.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
Dominguez controlling the pace for now.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
Dominguez tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
Dominguez keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx trying to control but Dominguez postures up.
Dominguez is taking a breather. Sparxx says something to him but it's hard to make out. Perhaps he's telling him to get on with it and actually do something.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx won't allow Dominguez to pass to mount.
Sparxx tries to roll over but Dominguez keeps him under control.
Dominguez controlling the action here.
Sparxx wants to control but Dominguez is keeping busy.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Dominguez in particular looking to stall.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez content to control rather than advance.
Sparxx is positioning himself well to prevent Dominguez advancing to mount.
Dominguez content to sit in half guard and control for a moment.
Dominguez has controlled the position for a good 20 seconds, which will no doubt be starting to frustrate his opponent.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control from the bottom.
Neither fighter is being very active at the moment, with Dominguez in particular looking to stall.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Dominguez works his foot free and advances to mount. Score +3 for passing guard: Dominguez (8) vs (0) Sparxx
Dominguez controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx wants to control but Dominguez is having none of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Dominguez content just to control the position here.
And that's the end of the fight!
Dominguez takes the fight on points by 8 to 0.
Pablo Dominguez is the new heavyweight champion!
Post fight, Pablo Dominguez stared into the camera and said 'Train Gracie Jiu-Jitsu by day, Joe Rogan podcast by night. '.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
GRAPPLEMANIA PPV
Date: Feb 01, 2019 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 4250 p4p, 439 weight class) and Cajun Puto (ranked 7563 p4p, 531 weight class). Sparxx comes to the cage accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 6 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 4 losses; Cajun Puto!
The judges for this bout are Franklyn Lucas, John Roberts and Jonathan Paton.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Puto shoots in for a takedown and gets it. Let's see what he's got on the mat. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (0) vs (2) Puto
Sparxx trying to control the position.
Puto stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Puto won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Puto sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Puto wants to take a breather but Sparxx is having none of it.
Puto tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Puto seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
We've been hearing good reports from Sparxx's training camp. Apparently he has been rolling around with some good quality BJJ practitioners and has been sharpening his skills. Let's see if that has an impact on the fight today.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx wants to control but Puto is keeping busy.
Puto tries to pass the half guard into mount. Sparxx knows what he's doing though and prevents the attempt.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Puto is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Puto trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx managing to control the position.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Puto is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Puto stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (0) vs (5) Puto
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx looking for a sweep but Puto has passed into full mount! Oh no! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (0) vs (7) Puto
Puto fails to advance to Sparxx's back.
Puto wants to control but Sparxx has made it back to half guard. Nice work.
Puto is stalling here. Sparxx is in no mood to hang around though. He's locked up a kimura from the bottom! Puto seems to be keeping calm but he's forced to roll out of the hold and Sparxx has ended up in side control on the top. Nice work. Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Sparxx (4) vs (7) Puto
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Puto sneaks a leg under to get back to half guard.
Puto works his way to full guard. Good work.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Puto keeps moving.
Puto is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Sparxx is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Puto is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Puto has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (9) Puto
Puto pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Puto forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Sparxx wants to control but Puto is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Puto wants to pass to mount but Sparxx is defending the position.
Puto is thwarting Sparxx's attempts to control the position.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Puto is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Puto wants to free his trapped foot but Sparxx is holding on for dear life with his legs.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Puto is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Puto passes the half guard and he's now in mount! Big trouble for Sparxx! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (12) Puto
Puto wants to take Sparxx's back but he can't do it this time.
Puto trying to control but he's not successful this time.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx has worked his way to half guard, taking advantage of Puto's lack of action.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to improve his position but Puto is controlling well.
Puto is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Puto looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
Puto moves nicely into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (4) vs (15) Puto
Puto wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Puto has knee on belly and now moves to full mount! Trouble for Sparxx! Score +2 for reaching mount: Sparxx (4) vs (17) Puto
Puto fails to take his opponent's back.
Puto can't quite control the action as he would like just now, as Sparxx is looking to escape.
Puto goes for an armbar but he's not got it… Sparxx turns into him and now he's in Puto's guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (17) Puto
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Puto bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (6) vs (19) Puto
Puto trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Puto stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Puto passes Sparxx's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Puto is just content to waste time from the top position. Sparxx takes advantage of the situation and regains full guard.
Puto wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Puto preventing the sweep.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control the position but Puto postures up.
Puto content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Sparxx has locked up a guillotine! Sparxx's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Puto is holding on here and Sparxx must be using up a lot of energy. Puto has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Sparxx gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 9:28 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
A very excited looking Tyrone Sparxx made sure he remembered to thank all the fans both in the arena and on the internet. He said all the coolest people spend all day on MMA websites, which got a big reaction. |
|
|
|
Event:
Quick Fight Championship
Date: Jan 01, 2019 |
#R1##CL2#
Daniels takes the fight into the clinch.
Sparxx tries to score a body lock takedown but Daniels shows good agility there to stay on his feet.#TD#
Sparxx has Daniels pressed up against the cage. He's trying to work for a single leg takedown. Sparxx pulls back from the cage and twists to the side, sending Daniels tumbling to the mat - Sparxx dives into Daniels's guard.
Daniels is trying to control the position from the bottom.
Daniels might have to switch it up a bit here because his efforts to control Sparxx haven't been going to plan, at least at the current moment in time.
Daniels looks winded!#SUB#
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx pushes down on Daniels's leg and manages to get into half guard.#SUB#
Sparxx seems like he's working for an arm triangle here. He's freed his trapped foot and he's rotating nicely. Daniels is in big trouble! He's tapping out! This one is aaaaaaaaaaaall over!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 1:58 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Arm Triangle). Tyrone Sparxx!
After winning the bout, Tyrone Sparxx thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Shawn Daniels was interviewed post fight and said 'Thank you fans for your support! I love you all! You're my inspiration!'.
|
|
|
|
Event:
OC! Grappling 7
Date: Dec 30, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 7148 p4p, 495 weight class) and Carlos Silverio (ranked 23203 p4p, 569 weight class). Chooooooooon! I think Sparxx might be my favorite fighter, now he's come out to Thug Life - Lugz. Silverio has chosen Shiro Sagisu - Angel of Doom as his entrance music. Over to our ring announcer for the fighter introductions!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 6 wins and 5 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 8 wins and 3 losses; Carlos Silverio!
The judges for this bout are James Ackerman, Sam Margolis and James Glass.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx moves into the clinch.
Sparxx has hold of one of Silverio's legs. Silverio is fighting the takedown attempt but Sparxx gets the trip and lands the takedown into guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) Silverio
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Silverio swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Sparxx is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Silverio is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Silverio has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) Silverio
Silverio is fighting to break Sparxx's control of his arms but Sparxx is doing a good job of controlling the position at the moment.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Silverio pushing down on Sparxx's thigh, trying to pass to half guard. He's managed it... Nice work.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Silverio is looking to pass the guard... He's managed it - he's now in full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (2) vs (5) Silverio
Silverio has control of Sparxx's right arm, working for a kimura. It's a bit of a token attempt though and Sparxx regains control of the situation pretty easily.
Silverio wants to control the pace but Sparxx is squirming around nicely.
Sparxx tries to improve his position but instead Silverio has taken his back! Score +3 for taking back: Sparxx (2) vs (8) Silverio
Silverio is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Silverio. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Silverio's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (4) vs (8) Silverio
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Silverio is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx preventing the sweep.
Sparxx trying to control but Silverio is working from the bottom.
Silverio had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Silverio tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Silverio keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Silverio wants to sweep here but Sparxx controlling him for the moment.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Silverio keeps moving.
Sparxx will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Sparxx content to sit in guard, stalling... Great. Oh but he could get punished here because Silverio has locked up a guillotine! Silverio's face is contorted as he sqeezes tight on the submission attempt - will he finish? Sparxx is holding on here and Silverio must be using up a lot of energy. Sparxx has gone limp! He's out! He's out cold! Silverio gets to his feet, tossing aside his stricken foe. Arms raised, he milks the applause from the crowd. Great submission!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:42 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Carlos Silverio!
In his post fight interview, Carlos Silverio started talking himself up. Luckily his charisma kept the crowd on side and gave him a good reception.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
OC! Grappling 5
Date: Dec 15, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Ice Tea (ranked 3320 p4p, 326 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 7059 p4p, 488 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Both fighters look pumped up here. Let's hope this is a good fight!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Las Vegas, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Ice Tea! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 5 wins and 5 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Sam Margolis, Daniel Bishop and Paul Tew.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Tea scores with a takedown into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Tea (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Tea trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Tea wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Tea trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Tea trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx bucks up whilst keeping hold of a body lock, managing to reverse the position. Now he's in top in Tea's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Tea (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx not doing a lot at the moment. He'll have to show some more aggression or the fight will get stood up.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Tea (2) vs (5) Sparxx
That's one minute gone in the round.
Tea trying to control but Sparxx flips him over like a cheap hooker and has his back! Score +3 for taking back: Tea (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx looking for the RNC.
Sparxx has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Tea has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Sparxx not allowing Tea to control his hands.
Sparxx controls the action.
Sparxx is working for the rear naked choke. He has one arm under the chin but Tea has hold of the other arm. A bit of a stalemate here.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Tea knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Tea for a finish.
Tea is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has his hand under the chin of his opponent looking for the choke. He's nearly got it! This one could be all over! But no, Tea has freed his hand and lives to survive another… well, another couple of seconds at least!
Sparxx trying to control momentarily.
Tea trying to control the position but Sparxx manages to sink in the hooks.
Sparxx looking for the choke but no joy.
Sparxx has the hooks in. Tea is trying to push off one leg but he has to do so cautiously to avoid being submitted.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Tea is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Tea is keeping busy.
Sparxx controlling well, preventing Tea from escaping the position.
Tea fending off the submission attempt from Sparxx.
Tea is defending well here and trying to improve his position.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Tea is staying cool under pressure, defending well against the rear naked choke attempt from his opponent.
Sparxx is working the back position looking for the choke. Oh, he's slid into an armbar! Beautiful transition and Tea taps out! Fantastic Jiu Jitsu from Sparxx.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 4:26 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx thanked the fans post fight for their support. |
|
|
|
Event:
OC! Grappling 2
Date: Nov 17, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Rutger Hermann (ranked 7415 p4p, 528 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6989 p4p, 514 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. I don't know about you partner, but I'm pumped for this one!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 2 losses; Rutger Hermann! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 4 wins and 5 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Andrew Berry, James Ackerman and Richard Clark.
The official calls the fighters to the middle and the contest is under way.
Sparxx wants to clinch up but Hermann keeps it at a distance.
Sparxx gets taken down but at least he's managed to land in guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Hermann (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Hermann content to stall in guard here.
Hermann stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx is working the butterfly guard. He manages to land a nice scissor sweep and is now in half guard on the top. Nice move. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Hermann (2) vs (2) Sparxx
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
The fighters are battling for position here. Hermann manages to regain full guard. Nice work.
Hermann throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Hermann is retaining full guard.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Hermann looking to control.
Hermann has his foot on Sparxx's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Sparxx works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx is pushing down on Hermann's leg trying to pass to half guard. Hermann is fighting to maintain full guard but Sparxx has managed to sneak the leg through.
Hermann moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
Sparxx passes Hermann's right leg, so he's now in half guard.
Hermann is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Hermann controlling the position for now.
Sparxx looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Hermann wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy.
Hermann is trying to get back to full guard.
Hermann might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx is thwarting Hermann's attempts to control the position.
Hermann wants to improve his position but Sparxx is controlling well.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Hermann is concentrating on defense, preventing Sparxx from advancing position.
Hermann is looking to improve his position.
Sparxx seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Hermann does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Hermann is controlling Sparxx's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Hermann actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but Hermann defending well.
Sparxx trying to control the action but Hermann is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking for a submission but Hermann manages to get full guard, putting an end to that submission attempt.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Hermann had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Sparxx passes easily into side control. Nice work. Score +3 for passing guard: Hermann (2) vs (5) Sparxx
Hermann tries to control but Sparxx manages to take his back. Score +3 for taking back: Hermann (2) vs (8) Sparxx
Hermann trying to control but he's just got himself in more trouble.
Sparxx trying to control.
Hermann trying to control the action but Sparxx just sinks the hooks in.
Well, with Sparxx on his back, surely it's only a matter of time before Hermann is tapping out... Can he escape the position?
Hermann won't enjoy being in this position. Sparxx looking for the choke. Oh... he's slipped the arm under the neck - Hermann is tapping - it's over boys! Sparxx picks up the submission victory!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 5:18 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (RNC). Tyrone Sparxx!
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career. |
|
|
|
Event:
DARE SUBMISSION SERIES 4
Date: Nov 07, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Josh Heath (ranked 7912 p4p, 554 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6966 p4p, 519 weight class). Heath comes to the ring accompanied by Blaze all day -by KOTTONMOUTH KINGS. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. There are an array of beautiful celebrities at ringside tonight! I wonder if any of them paid for their tickets.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Josh Heath ! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 5 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Ben Zyskovitsi, Tarja Halkonen and Arvi Lind.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx dives in and scores a takedown into Heath 's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Heath (0) vs (2) Sparxx
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Heath is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx sitting in guard here, content to control.
Heath is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Sparxx slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx stopping the sweep attempt from Heath .
Heath working a defensive guard here.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx is frustrating his opponent with some stalling tactics from top position.
Heath keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Heath on his back here. We all know that wrestlers don't like being on their back so let's see if Heath tries to get out of the position.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Heath being controlled here, momentarily.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Heath swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Heath (0) vs (5) Sparxx
Heath tries to buck Sparxx off but Sparxx is having none of it.
Sparxx thinks about going for a far side armbar but bails out and retains the dominant position instead.
Heath is trying to improve his position.
Sparxx tries for a kimura but Heath is defending well.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Heath knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Sparxx has worked his way into a potential kimura here. Heath is trying to get out of the position but his squirming has just got him deeper into trouble. Sparxx yanks on the arm and Heath is forced to tap due to a very painful looking submission! Nice work by Sparxx.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 2:39 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Tyrone Sparxx!
An out of breath Tyrone Sparxx thanked his loyal fans in his post fight interview, giving them credit for his success over the course of his career.
Josh Heath spoke after the fight, saying 'Fuck you'. |
|
|
|
Event:
LACC - Conflict
Date: Oct 03, 2018 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between James Pinkerton (ranked 7152 p4p, 214 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6647 p4p, 211 weight class). Pinkerton comes to the cage accompanied by Under and Over It. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Both fighter's entrance songs getting the crowd jumping here.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of New York, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; James Pinkerton! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 3 wins and 4 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Don Winkell, Timothy Bukovac and Jack Bonds.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Sparxx closes the distance and after a bit of a stuggle, scores a takedown into Pinkerton's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Pinkerton (0) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Pinkerton is retaining full guard.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx is holding a leg here, probably looking for an ankle lock - he drops back and goes for it! Pinkerton is in trouble! Is it all over??? No! Pinkerton has escaped and now he's on top! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx has his foot on Pinkerton's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Pinkerton works his way back into a safe position though.
Sparxx controls Pinkerton momentarily but Pinkerton frees himself.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Pinkerton pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Pinkerton trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Pinkerton trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx looking to control.
Pinkerton trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Pinkerton is one step ahead there.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Pinkerton pushes his legs off easily.
Pinkerton advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Pinkerton (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Pinkerton trying to control the action but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Pinkerton goes for an armbar! This could be all over! Wait, no, Sparxx rolls with the submission and now he's on top in Pinkerton's guard! Nice work there by Sparxx! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (5) vs (4) Sparxx
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton trying to control the position here.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Pinkerton looking to control the pace of the fight rather than finish it.
Sparxx drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Pinkerton manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Sparxx has Pinkerton in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (7) vs (4) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx throws his legs up looking to secure a triangle. Oh, that looks pretty tight, I gotta say! Pinkerton escapes and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Pinkerton (10) vs (4) Sparxx
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx regains half guard.
Pinkerton is looking for the mount but instead finds himself back in full guard.
Pinkerton trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Pinkerton pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Pinkerton passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Pinkerton (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Pinkerton is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton working away.
Sparxx is trying to work for a sweep but Pinkerton has mounted him! Score +2 for reaching mount: Pinkerton (15) vs (4) Sparxx
Pinkerton controlling from the full mount.
Pinkerton has hold of Sparxx's left arm, perhaps looking for a submission. The two fighters tussle over control of the isolated limb and Sparxx manages to get his arm back to his side and away from danger.
Pinkerton wants to take his opponent's back but he's not managed it.
Pinkerton looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton wants to take his opponent's back but Sparxx doesn't allow it.
Pinkerton looking to control but Sparxx is working nicely, looking to advance position himself.
Pinkerton is going to have to think about doing something other than just controlling because Sparxx is managing to avoid having the position dictated to him.
Sparxx looking to escape from mount but he's given up his back! Score +3 for taking back: Pinkerton (18) vs (4) Sparxx
Pinkerton is persistently looking for the submission but Sparxx is defending it well.
Pinkerton is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Pinkerton. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Pinkerton's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (18) vs (6) Sparxx
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control but Pinkerton is working from the bottom.
Sparxx controlling from the guard. I say controlling but really, he's stalling.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Pinkerton is retaining full guard.
There's a bit of a scramble here and now Pinkerton is on top in guard.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (20) vs (6) Sparxx
Pinkerton trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Pinkerton (23) vs (6) Sparxx
Pinkerton wants to control but Sparxx is keeping him busy.
Pinkerton is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Sparxx knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Sparxx manages to get back to half guard.
Still in half guard, Pinkerton seems content to control.
Sparxx is trying to get back to full guard.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Pinkerton wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Pinkerton trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Pinkerton tries to pass.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Pinkerton gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Pinkerton looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (23) vs (8) Sparxx
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Pinkerton trying to control the position.
Sparxx drops back, looking for a kneebar! Pinkerton looks panicked! The fighters roll across the mat, one looking to finish, one looking to escape. Pinkerton looks to have wriggled free... Yes, he's got his leg free and he's dived into side control! Good work there from Pinkerton! Score +4 for clean sweep to past guard: Pinkerton (27) vs (8) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to work a leg under to get back to half guard but Pinkerton wriggles his own leg back out and remains in side control.
Pinkerton tries for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Pinkerton tries for an arm triangle. That looks pretty tight to me. Is this one over!?! Possibly, maybe, no Pinkerton has let go of the choke. Obviously it wasn't as tight as we thought!
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx is still trying to improve position.
Pinkerton is looking to take a break and control but Sparxx is keeping him honest, looking to work from the bottom.
You can see the frustration on Sparxx's face, being in this tough position on the bottom.
Pinkerton controlling from side mount.
Sparxx manages to land a sweep and he's now on top! Lovely Jiu Jitsu! Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Pinkerton (27) vs (10) Sparxx
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Pinkerton sees it coming and defends easily.
Pinkerton gets back to full guard.
Pinkerton keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Pinkerton looking for submissions from the bottom but instead Sparxx passes into side control.
Score +3 for passing guard: Pinkerton (27) vs (13) Sparxx
Pinkerton regains half guard there - taking advantage of Sparxx's attempt to lay and pray for a moment.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Pinkerton trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx seems to be working for a kimura but Pinkerton defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Pinkerton is doing well to avoid being mounted. He's controlling the position at the moment.
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Pinkerton is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
Sparxx is looking for an arm triangle, whilst trying to pass to side control. Pinkerton doesn't seem that keen to cooperate though. No luck this time Sparxx.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Pinkerton is defending well.
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Pinkerton sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx wants to take a breather but Pinkerton is having none of it.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Pinkerton wants to get back to full guard.
Pinkerton keeping control of the leg, stopping his opponent passing to mount.
And that's the end of the fight!
Pinkerton takes the fight on points by 27 to 13.
James Pinkerton seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
Tyrone Sparxx was interviewed post fight and said 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
RVT 1 - Charles vs Al Hammad
Date: Sep 06, 2018 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6467 p4p, 193 weight class) and Leonard Rocambole (ranked 5385 p4p, 202 weight class). Sparxx's ring entrance music is that housewives' favourite, Thug Life - Lugz. I can't wait for this one - let's get the fighter introductions out of the way and get this one started!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 4 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Rio de Janeiro, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Leonard Rocambole!
The judges for this bout are Paulo Santos, Luis Engracia and Edson Gomes.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rocambole closes the distance and pushes Sparxx back into the cage.
Rocambole gets control of Sparxx's arms and successfully pulls guard. Rocambole will no doubt be looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Sparxx (3) vs (0) Rocambole
Sparxx working away.
Rocambole wants to control the position but that's not easy when your opponent is in side control! Sparxx seems to be going for some sort of submission here. Hard to say what - oh, it's a Brabo choke! He's got it! Rocambole is tapping! Wow, great finish!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 0:33 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Brabo Choke). Tyrone Sparxx!
After the big win, Tyrone Sparxx made sure to do all the important stuff like thanking his sponsors Dr. Dogood (160 quality for $135) and telling the interviewer how much he loves him. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 22 (265lbs, D3): Finals - Round 1
Date: Aug 11, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Rizzo Young (ranked 2052 p4p, 0 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6442 p4p, 116 weight class). Young comes to the cage accompanied by Oh man! oh man! it’s...Rage against the machine- Know your enemy. Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. I can't wait for this one - let's get the fighter introductions out of the way and get this one started!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Montreal, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 0 losses; Rizzo Young! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 2 wins and 3 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Steve Smith, Gregory Folan and William Peck.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Young moves into the clinch.
Sparxx is working for a takedown up against the cage. He can't get it on this occasion though.
Sparxx is trying to work for a single leg takedown but Young pulls him back up using the underhooks.
Sparxx tries to pull guard but Young holds him up against the cage and eventually Sparxx drops back down to his feet.
Rizzo Young has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Young has clasped his hands together around Sparxx's back... aaand, he's got a takedown into side control. Nicely done. Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Young (4) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to improve position but can't.
Young happy to just control the position for now.
Young advances to mount. Score +2 for reaching mount: Young (6) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to get back to half guard but can't.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx slips a leg in and gets back to half guard.
Young wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Young looking to pass the half guard. Not this time.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx trying to hold on to Young's head to control him but Young postures up.
Young trying to mount his opponent but Sparxx defends it.
Well, if Young is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
Sparxx wants to control but Young is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Young might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx is trying to keep Young in close.
Young wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Young avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Young trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Young stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Young trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx looking to sweep here. No luck so far.
Young is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Young pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Young pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back, moving his hips, looking for an opening.
Sparxx can't keep his opponent in guard - Young advances to half guard, no doubt looking to mount.
Young is looking for a kimura. It's going to be difficult to finish that from half guard though and Sparxx defends it well.
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
We've been hearing that Young has been drilling a lot of ground and pound in training, so let's see if he get the finish.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Young moves into side control, avoiding a weak kimura attempt from Sparxx. Score +3 for passing guard: Young (9) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to control but end up mounted... ooooh, that's bad. Score +2 for reaching mount: Young (11) vs (0) Sparxx
Young controlling his opponent.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Sparxx is squirming around, avoiding Young's attempts to control the action.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to get to half guard.
Young avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
Young controlling the pace for now.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx has given up his back here.
Score +3 for taking back: Young (14) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx manages to reverse the position and now he's in Young's guard. Nice work there by Sparxx.
Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Young (14) vs (2) Sparxx
Young pulls Sparxx in to control the position.
Young looking to control.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Young keeps moving.
Young looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Young not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Young had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Young trying to control the position.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Young is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Young is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Young manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Young's guard.
Young is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
Young had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Young throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Young is trying to keep Sparxx in close.
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Young working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Sparxx doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Sparxx manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Young is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Young keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Young is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Young sees it coming and defends easily.
Sparxx seems to be looking for submissions.
Young makes his way to full guard. A much better position for Young.
Young had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Young is trying to control the position from the bottom.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Young controlling the position.
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Young has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Young's legs - danger averted.
Young keeping full guard, as Sparxx tries to pass.
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Young is doing well to control the posture of his opponent and prevent any damage.
Sparxx is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Young had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Young keeps moving.
Sparxx passes into half guard.
Young is looking to regain full guard. Not this time though.
Young trying to control but Sparxx postures up.
Sparxx is looking for a kimura but he's never going to get it from there.
Sparxx wants to work for an arm triangle but Young is really keeping half guard well and defending the submission attempt.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Young wants to control but Sparxx is keeping busy and won't allow it.
Young controlling the position well.
Sparxx is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
Young gets full guard.
Young trying to control the position.
Young is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx wants to control from the top but Young keeps moving.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
Young working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx trying to control but Young is working from the bottom.
Young working a defensive guard here.
Young can't do much from the bottom at the moment, as Sparxx controls the pace.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Sparxx trying to control but Young is working from the bottom.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx postures up.
Young wants to control here, rather than go for any submissions from the bottom. At least for now.
Sparxx trying to control but Young is working from the bottom.
Sparxx tries to free his leg and advance position but Young is retaining full guard.
Sparxx drops back looking for a leg! Young is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Young manages to kick Sparxx off! Sparxx jumps back into Young's guard.
Young is pulling down on Sparxx's head to control his posture.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Young looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Sparxx advances position into side control! Score +3 for passing guard: Young (14) vs (5) Sparxx
And that's the end of the fight!
Young takes the fight on points by 14 to 5.
During a confident post fight interview, Rizzo Young thanked all his fans. He seemed very genuine when describing how motivated his fans keep him.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 22 (265lbs, D3): Amsterdam Qualifier - Round 2
Date: Aug 03, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6332 p4p, 115 weight class) and Michael MP (ranked 4510 p4p, 0 weight class). Sparxx comes to the cage accompanied by Thug Life - Lugz. MP is bobbing his head along to his entrance song: Whitesnake - Is This Love?. Michael MP is the more experienced fighter, so let's see if that makes a difference tonight.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 3 losses; Tyrone Sparxx! And in the blue corner, fighting out of London, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 0 losses; Michael MP!
The judges for this bout are Daniel Blasius, Saam Ante and Paul Aken.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx fakes a strike and closes the distance, dragging MP to the ground. Sparxx is now in MP's guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (0) MP
MP lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Sparxx (2) vs (2) MP
MP pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx looking for submissions from the bottom here. Moving his hips around, possibly looking for an armbar.
Sparxx might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
MP advances to half guard.
MP seems to be looking for submissions.
MP is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
MP is sneakily working for an arm triangle but Sparxx sees it coming and defends easily.
MP looking for a kimura but he'll have to free his other leg if he wants to finish that. Perhaps he's just using it as a distraction technique.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
That's one minute gone in the round.
MP looking to pass the guard.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
MP pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
MP advances to half guard.
MP is trying for a guillotine from the top but the pressure isn't in the right place so Sparxx is just riding it out for now. MP eventually gives up the hold.
The fighters are starting to get a bit slippery now, which will make submissions a bit more difficult.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
MP is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
MP is trying a forearm choke… I don't think that's going to do much at this level of the game.
MP is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but MP defends easily.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to cinch up a triangle. MP throws the leg off to one side though and gets in tight to Sparxx's body to avoid the submission. Sparxx has instead reached around MP's neck and now has a guillotine! Oh, this is biiiig trouble! Sparxx arches his back and squeezes and forces the tap from his hapless opponent.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:30 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx very nearly forgot to thank Top Nutrition 160Q\200$ 140Q\150$ 100Q\50$ amongst all the excitement of his win but just as the interview came to a close, he screamed their name. Hopefully he'll get a few nice freebies in the mail as a thank you.
Michael MP was interviewed post fight and said 'That was unexpected. Give me another 5 minutes and that dude is getting wrecked.'. |
|
|
|
Event:
TWGC 22 (265lbs, D3): Amsterdam Qualifier - Round 1
Date: Aug 02, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Kent Schoenfield (ranked 23984 p4p, 0 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6319 p4p, 113 weight class). Sparxx is bobbing his head along to his entrance song: Thug Life - Lugz. This should be a great matchup!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Sydney, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Kent Schoenfield ! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 3 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Paulsen Ambrosius, Paul Aken and Radbod Blank.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Sparxx shoots in for a takedown from distance. He catches Schoenfield napping and manages to drive through into side control! Score +4 for clean takedown past guard: Schoenfield (0) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx swings around for an armbar but Schoenfield sees it coming a mile off and turns beautifully into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Schoenfield (2) vs (4) Sparxx
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Schoenfield slips nicely into half guard.
Sparxx wants to get back to full guard.
Sparxx actively working from the bottom here.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Schoenfield is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx looking for submissions off his back.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Schoenfield is breathing heavily.
That's one minute gone in the round.
A real slowdown in the pace of the fight for a moment, as Sparxx holds on and takes a little breather.
Schoenfield might be looking to lock onto one of his opponent's long limbs for a submission, whilst we're on the ground.
Sparxx looking to hit a scissor sweep but Schoenfield is one step ahead there.
Sparxx is working actively off his back, looking to secure an arm or perhaps work for a triangle.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Schoenfield is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx isolates an arm and boxes in a triangle. Schoenfield stacks Sparxx on his neck as he steps over and passes to the side. He's now in a much more dominant position where he can look to do some serious damage. Nice move by Schoenfield ! Score +3 for passing guard: Schoenfield (5) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx manages to get one leg in to regain half guard.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to control but Schoenfield postures up.
Sparxx desperately trying to maintain half guard.
Sparxx trying to control here.
Sparxx is controlling Schoenfield 's position as best he can from this difficult position.
Sparxx works his way to full guard. Good work.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx trying to keep a closed guard but Schoenfield is proving a slippery customer.
Sparxx pushes a forearm under Schoenfield 's chin to create some space. He's escaped his hips and pivoted quickly for an armbar! Can he extend the arm? Yes, Schoenfield is tapping out! Damn, that was fast!
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:27 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Armbar). Tyrone Sparxx!
Tyrone Sparxx gave a mention to Top Nutrition 160Q\200$ 140Q\150$ 100Q\50$ in his post fight interview. That will please them (and hopefully generate some sales). |
|
|
|
Event:
LACC Season 2 - First Round
Date: Jun 28, 2018 |
Coming up we have a super heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Andy Millman (ranked 6138 p4p, 197 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 6118 p4p, 129 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music, which hasn't gone down very well with the crowd. Both fighters look fresh as a daisy as they make their way towards the cage.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the super heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Los Angeles, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Andy Millman! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Timothy Bukovac, Jack Bonds and Frank Antenori.
The fighters bow as they face eachother in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Millman instigates a clinch.
Millman is looking for a takedown.
Sparxx is working on a leg, looking for a takedown but Millman is defending well.
Millman prevents a takedown attempt there.
Sparxx is working for takedown but Millman is calmly controlling the position for now.
Andy Millman has stuffed three takedown attempts in the round now. That's going to take a lot out of Tyrone Sparxx.
Millman has hold of a leg and is looking for a trip takedown. Sparxx avoids it nicely though and we remain in the clinch.
Millman decides to pull guard.
Millman is working from a closed guard but he's struggling to control his opponent.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Millman swivels though and keeps the full guard.
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Millman slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Millman (2) vs (0) Sparxx
The ref warns both fighters not to hold the cage as they work up against the meshing.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx has a loose triangle. He'll be looking to tighten that up but Millman can see exactly what he's planning and manages to posture up and free himself.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Millman from controlling successfully.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Millman defends it easily.
Millman is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Millman defends well.
Millman slows down the pace of the fight, as he sits in guard.
Millman drops back looking for a leg! Sparxx is in trouble here! The fighters roll with the hold and Sparxx manages to kick Millman off! Millman jumps back into Sparxx's guard.
Millman controls the pace of the fight for a moment.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx looking to control.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Millman from controlling successfully.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Millman gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx should think about turning a few of those tyres round his middle into muscle if he wants people to take him seriously as an athlete.
Millman slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Millman's ground tactics aren't going to win him many fans. Let's hope he's got fireworks for us if he gets back to his feet because he's not doing much on the ground.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Millman gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Millman wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Millman wants to control from the top but Sparxx keeps moving.
Millman looking to sit in guard and control but Sparxx gets the butterfly guard and sweeps. He's now in the guard on the top. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Millman (2) vs (2) Sparxx
Millman lands a beautiful sweep and he's now moved into his opponent's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Millman (4) vs (2) Sparxx
Millman wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx looking for a sweep. Not yet Sparxx, not yet.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Millman from controlling successfully.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx throwing his legs up looking for a triangle.
Sparxx working from the bottom, still in full guard. He's managed to get a loose triangle. Millman doesn't seem to be doing much to defend here, obviously he feels comfortable in the position. Millman manages to throw the legs off his shoulder and he's back into guard - no problem.
Millman sitting in guard, not really doing much.
Sparxx is looking for a triangle but Millman pushes his legs off easily.
Sparxx has an active guard here but Millman has managed to pass into half guard.
Well, if Millman is going to just lie there, perhaps we should talk about what we're having for dinner tonight… I'm having a ham and pineapple pizza… Yum. Can't wait.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to get to full guard but Millman has control of the leg.
Millman wants to lay and pray for a moment but Sparxx keeps working.
Sparxx looking for submissions from an awkward position here.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Millman, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Sparxx moves his hips nicely and gets into full guard.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Millman tries to pass.
Millman won't allow Sparxx to sweep him here.
Millman trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Millman from controlling successfully.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Millman slows down the pace of the fight for a moment. He'll need to remain active if he doesn't want to see the fight stood back up.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Millman from controlling successfully.
Millman preventing the sweep.
Millman pushes down on Sparxx's leg and manages to get into half guard.
Sparxx trying to control but Millman postures up.
Sparxx is looking to sinch up a guillotine here but Millman pulls his head out easily.
Sparxx wants to control the action here but instead Millman manages to pass to full mount! Score +3 for passing guard: Millman (7) vs (2) Sparxx
Millman fails to take his opponent's back.
Sparxx sneaks a leg under to get to half guard.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Millman seems to be working for a kimura but Sparxx defends the submission attempt.
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Millman is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Millman tries to pass to full mount but Sparxx defends it.
The fighters are pressed up against the cage, both looking to find a bit of space to work.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Millman has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Millman (10) vs (2) Sparxx
Millman will need to keep those long limbs tucked in whilst he's on the ground, to prevent any submissions.
Millman avoids the attempt from Sparxx to control.
That's nine minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is just holding on here. Millman manages to take his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Millman (13) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx is in a world of trouble here. He's outmatched on the ground here and he'd better get Millman off his back sharpish unless he wants to be submitted.
Millman is trying to stick to Sparxx's back but Sparxx is turning into Millman. He's managed to reverse the position - now he's in Millman's guard. Polite applause from the crowd in appreciation of some nice Jiu Jitsu by Sparxx. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Millman (13) vs (4) Sparxx
Millman working a defensive guard here.
Millman keeping moving, preventing Sparxx from controlling successfully.
Millman had isolated an arm as going for a kimura. Sparxx defends it easily.
Sparxx wants to pass the guard but Millman is keeping the position.
That's ten minutes gone in the round.
Millman is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx trying to control but Millman is working from the bottom.
Sparxx has gone for a leg lock! Millman slips out almost immediately though and dives into Sparxx's guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Millman (15) vs (4) Sparxx
Millman wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx tries to land a sweep but no joy.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Millman is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx looks winded!
Millman sneaks a leg through and gets to half guard. That was like a knife through butter how easily he passed Sparxx's guard.
Millman is trying to work for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
That's eleven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is looking to control Millman's leg but it's slowly edging free. Can Sparxx avoid being mounted?
Sparxx tries to roll over but Millman keeps him under control.
Millman is looking for a kimura but Sparxx is holding onto that half guard position, so it's hard for Millman to get the leverage.
Sparxx slips a foot under and gets full guard. Nice work.
Millman trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Millman is aware though and is defending well.
Millman wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is keeping the position.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Millman is aware though and is defending well.
That's twelve minutes gone in the round.
Millman is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Sparxx looking for a guillotine here but Millman defends easily.
Sparxx is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Millman is aware though and is defending well.
Millman forces his way into half guard.
Sparxx looking to work for a kimura from the bottom.
Millman slows the pace down in half guard.
That's thirteen minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx tries to regain full guard. Instead though, Millman has advanced to mount. Uh oh. Score +3 for passing guard: Millman (18) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx is in all sorts of trouble here.
Millman controlling from the full mount.
Sparxx is writhing around trying to get back to his feet.
That's fourteen minutes gone in the round.
Millman controlling his opponent.
Millman wants to finish this one by submission but Sparxx is holding onto his waist, trying to prevent any attacks from Millman.
Sparxx stops Millman from taking his back. Still, being mounted isn't any better.
Sparxx has given up his back.
Score +3 for taking back: Millman (21) vs (4) Sparxx
Sparxx tries to break free.
Boooooooooooooooooooo!!! God, this has been a terrible round. Come on you two, sort yourselves out!
Will Millman go for the finish here or will he try and keep control of the position?
Millman is looking to finish the fight by rear naked choke. Sparxx knows exactly what he's got planned though, so he's defending well. Maybe a few strikes would soften Sparxx for a finish.
And that's the end of the fight!
Millman takes the fight on points by 21 to 4.
The defeated Tyrone Sparxx had this to say: 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
DARE SUBMISSION SERIES 2
Date: Jun 20, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Jared Morgan (ranked 6627 p4p, 536 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 5933 p4p, 512 weight class). Chooooooooon! I think Morgan might be my favorite fighter, now he's come out to Thug Luv: Bone Thugs N Harmony ft 2pac. Sparxx is bouncing up and down as he enters the arena, backed by Thug Life - Lugz. Man, I cannot wait for this one!
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of Hilo, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 2 losses; Jared Morgan! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 1 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Marco Blurström, Tarja Halkonen and Matti Vanhoillinen.
Let's get this grappling contest under way! Who will be victorious?
Morgan closes the distance and clinches up, looking for a takedown. He shifts his weight and gets a nice trip into half guard. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Morgan (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Morgan is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep. Morgan is wise to his cunning plan and keeps the top position.
Sparxx is staying active underneath Morgan, who seems content to just control the action from this position.
Morgan keeping composed on the top, looking to control the action.
Sparxx is defending against the submission attempts here by Morgan.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Morgan seems very keen to just sit and control from half guard but Sparxx does not like that idea so much and is remaining active off his back.
Sparxx is trying to control but can't.
Morgan is keen to just control but Sparxx is a slippery customer.
Sparxx gets back to full guard.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Sparxx working a defensive guard here.
Morgan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Morgan trying to pass the guard but can't manage it just yet.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Morgan trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Morgan stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Sparxx swivels though and keeps the full guard.
The fighters are tangled up in the ropes here. We might need a restart if the fighters can't break free themselves.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Morgan gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx should think about turning a few of those tyres round his middle into muscle if he wants people to take him seriously as an athlete.
Morgan postures up.
Morgan is intent on slowing down the pace of the fight, simply looking to control.
Sparxx is looking for a guillotine. You can't force these things though and Morgan defends well.
Morgan stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Morgan (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx wants to control but Morgan postures up.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
The fighters are starting to perspire pretty heavily.
Morgan moving around in side mount but really he's just happy to control for now.
Sparxx is not content to let Morgan control the position.
Sparxx tries to buck Morgan off but Morgan is having none of it.
Sparxx prevents Morgan from improving position.
Morgan is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
Sparxx is looking to reverse the position.
Sparxx keeps trying to improve his position.
Morgan has worked his way into a potential kimura here. Sparxx is trying to get out of the position but his squirming has just got him deeper into trouble. Morgan yanks on the arm and Sparxx is forced to tap due to a very painful looking submission! Nice work by Morgan.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 3:56 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Kimura). Jared Morgan!
Jared Morgan seemed lost for words in his post fight interview but he remembered to thank his fans and directed everyone to his website.
In defeat, Tyrone Sparxx stepped up to the mic, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
Event:
DARE SUB GP FINALE
Date: Jun 13, 2018 |
Coming up we have a heavyweight Tycoon World Grappling Championship rules bout between Derek Rogan (ranked 4849 p4p, 470 weight class) and Tyrone Sparxx (ranked 5865 p4p, 531 weight class). Sparxx has chosen Thug Life - Lugz as his entrance music. Derek Rogan has the edge in experience - let's see if he can make that count tonight.
This TWGC bout is 1 fifteen minute round in the heavyweight division. Introducing today's competitors. In the red corner, competing out of London, with a TWGC record of 1 wins and 1 losses; Derek Rogan! And in the blue corner, fighting out of Amsterdam, with a TWGC record of 0 wins and 0 losses; Tyrone Sparxx!
The judges for this bout are Yasuomi Hirokawa, Yukihiro Shimada and Tatsuya Matsuyama.
The fighters connect hands in the middle of the mat and we are under way.
Rogan looking for a takedown here - he's got it. Score +2 for takedown into guard / half guard: Rogan (2) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx keeping full guard, as Rogan tries to pass.
Sparxx has his foot on Rogan's thigh. He's trying to push off and get in position for a triangle, I think. Rogan works his way back into a safe position though.
Rogan stands and throws Sparxx's legs to the side, diving into side control. Score +3 for passing guard: Rogan (5) vs (0) Sparxx
Sparxx is trying to get back to half guard.
Rogan tries for a kimura but Sparxx is defending well.
Rogan is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
We've had a slow start to the round here - hopefully the action picks up.
Rogan looking for an arm triangle but it's way too loose to do anything.
Rogan is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
That's one minute gone in the round.
Sparxx is not content to let Rogan control the position.
Sparxx is looking to regain half guard here but Rogan keeps moving and retains side control.
Rogan is looking to finish here, going for an Americana. Sparxx knows the correct defense though, so he's OK.
Rogan is looking for a kimura. He might have it! No, Sparxx has escaped the position, nice work there.
That's two minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx is trying to control Rogan's posture but Rogan avoids it.
Sparxx is looking for a sweep.
Sparxx manages to work his way to half guard, despite Rogan's best efforts.
Sparxx regains full guard. Nicely done.
Rogan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Sparxx wants to sweep but no luck.
Sparxx escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Rogan gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Rogan stays in close to Sparxx's body and controls the position.
That's three minutes gone in the round.
Rogan looking to pass the guard.
Rogan trying to control the position from guard on top but Sparxx is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rogan is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Rogan is taking a break and basically stalling. The referee will not allow him to do that for long.
Sparxx looking to control.
Rogan trying to control but Sparxx is working from the bottom.
Rogan drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Rogan jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
That's four minutes gone in the round.
Rogan pressing down on his opponent's thigh, looking to pass guard. Sparxx is keeping the position for now.
Sparxx keeping moving, preventing Rogan from controlling successfully.
Sparxx not looking particularly offensive just at the moment.
Rogan looks to be in better condition than last time we saw him fight. Obviously he's been working hard on his cardio.
Rogan is trying to work a guillotine from the top, or something like that? Don't know how he thinks he's going to get a finish from there.
Sparxx wants to control the position but Rogan says "no thanks buddy" and passes to half guard.
Rogan is trying to control. Sparxx wants to improve his position but can't escape this time.
That's five minutes gone in the round.
Rogan wants to pass the guard but Sparxx is defending well.
Rogan seems content to maintain position for now, rather than mounting any offense.
Rogan is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx is defending against the submission attempts here by Rogan.
Rogan is working for submissions here but there's nothing on.
Sparxx manages to get to full guard.
That's six minutes gone in the round.
Rogan drops back looking for a heel hook - he quickly realises he's not going to get it but Sparxx manages to dive on top of him before he can escape and now Rogan has Sparxx in his guard. Score +2 for sweep to guard / half guard: Rogan (5) vs (2) Sparxx
Sparxx trying to control but Rogan is working from the bottom.
Rogan looking to control.
Rogan is throwing his legs up, looking for submissions. Sparxx is aware though and is defending well.
Sparxx drops back for a leg! It's a sloppy attempt though and Sparxx jumps back into guard quickly, to retain the dominant position.
Rogan escapes his hips to the side and looks to be working for an armbar. Sparxx gives him a little smile and shakes his head. No chance.
Sparxx looking to pass the guard.
That's seven minutes gone in the round.
Sparxx got a little sloppy there for a moment and Rogan has worked his way into a loose triangle - can he finish it?! No, Sparxx has managed to get both his arms back between Rogan's legs - danger averted.
The fighters are trapped in the ropes so we're going to have a reposition here. The ref calls for a break and repositions the fighters in the center of the ring.
Sparxx trying to control but Rogan is working from the bottom.
Sparxx avoids a guillotine attempt easily.
Rogan is active off his back here, looking for submissions.
Sparxx trying to control the position from guard on top but Rogan is wriggling around, looking for whatever he can.
Rogan looking for a guillotine here but Sparxx defends easily.
Sparxx stands up and looks to throw the legs aside to pass to side control. Rogan swivels though and keeps the full guard.
That's eight minutes gone in the round.
Rogan is looking to cinch up a triangle. Sparxx throws the leg off to one side though and gets in tight to Rogan's body to avoid the submission. Rogan has instead reached around Sparxx's neck and now has a guillotine! Oh, this is biiiig trouble! Rogan arches his back and squeezes and forces the tap from his hapless opponent.
Ladies and gentlemen, after 8:24 of round 1, we have a winner by way of Submission (Guillotine). Derek Rogan!
After winning the bout, Derek Rogan thanked all his fans and promised he'd do even better in his next fight. The crowd seemed to love his humility.
Tyrone Sparxx spoke after the fight, saying 'Taking a couple days off, and I'm back training my skillz'. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
